The Science 
of 
Personal Magnetism 
and 
The Art of Its Application 
for the 
Treatment of Disease 
Including a Treatise on Massage and 
the Diet 
By 
DR. E. L. SWICK, S. T. S. P. 
IM 
3926 ANGELINE STREET 
SEATTLE, U. S. A. Copyrighted 1923 
by 
DR. E. L. SWICK, S. T. S. P. 
Seattle, Wash. 
Press of 
Pigott Printing Concern, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Page 
Preface 3-8 
Introduction 9-12 
SECTION I. 
Chapter I. 
Magnetism 13 
Cures Felon—Ignorance and Superstition Have Ever Been Its 
Drawback—Common People Practice It—An Early Experi- 
ence—Steps on a Nail—First Personal Efforts—Later Efforts 
—Apoplexy—A New Field of Thought—New Discoveries. 
Chapter II. 
Magnetism Is Not a Form of Suggestion 21 
Evidence of a New Law—No Theory of Mind Can Explain— 
Agreement Not Necessary—Positive Proof—Not a Faith Cure 
—Faith Not Essential for Results—Faith Supplanted by Fear 
Controls Cicrulation—Headache and Eye Trouble—Unex- 
pected Results—Wrongfully Applied. 
Chapter III. 
Almost Incredible Cures 30 
Badly Burnt Eye—Blind Baby Cured—Glucoma—Minister’s Wife 
Saved. 
Chapter IV. 
Magnetism As a Vital Force 35 
Magnetism Produces Heat—Value of Magnetic Heat—Superior 
to Hot Water Bottles—Magnetism Must Be Applied Accord- 
ing to the Condition of the Patient—Produces Relaxation— 
Results of Treatments. 
Chapter V. 
Value and Effect of Passes 40 
Passes Remove Trouble—Convinces the Editor—Passes Are Al- 
ways Helpful—Must Use Caution—Value of Passes. 
Chapter VI. 
Should the Well Sleep With the Sick? 44 
Sleeping with the Sick Is Beneficial—Animal Heat—Baby Cries 
for Its Mother—No Substitute for Natural Things. II 
Page 
Chapter VII. 
Superiority of Magnetism 48 
It’s Harmless—Saves a Life—Bright’s Disease—High Percent- 
age of Cures—Superiority of Magnetism—Meets Man’s Needs. 
Chapter VIII. 
The Mystery of Magnetism 53 
The Use of Water in Treating—Left Handed People—Positive 
and Negative—Polarity of the Hands—How to Test Your 
Hands—The Value of This Test—Knowledge Brings Results 
—How to Increase the Strength of Your Hands. 
Chapter IX. 
Lie Still After Treatment 59 
Chapter X. 
The Length of Time to Treat 61 
Chapter XI. 
The Magnetic Breath 63 
Chapter XII. 
Magnetism a Universal Remedy 65 
All Use it Correctly—Boy Cures Girl. 
Chapter XIII. 
Magnetism Reveals Cause of Disease 69 
Produced New Symptoms—A Remarkable Experience—Old Trou- 
bles Return—Value of Water in Treating. 
Chapter XIV. 
Do Not Treat Chronic Troubles When Treating Acute Cases.. 75 
Injured Eye—Acute Trouble Made Worse—Keep Your Eyes 
Open—Symptoms of Improvement. 
Chapter XV. 
A Doctor In Every Home 79 
Magnetism Is a Money-Saver—Prevents Long Suffering—Com- 
mon People’s Remedy. 
Chapter XVI. 
Prominent Men Indorse 82 
Magnetism Indorsed by Prominent Doctors. Page 
III 
A Flesh Reducer 84 
Sick Headaches. 
Chapter XVIII. 
Quick Cures 87 
Chapter XIX. 
Magnetism at the Time of Death 89 
Smoothing the Road. 
Chapter XX. 
Jesus Has Dignified Magnetism 92 
Fountain of Health. 
Chapter XVII. IV 
SECTION II. 
Page 
The Application of the Various Phases of Magnetism in the 
Treatment of Disease and the Alleviation of Pain and Suffer- 
ing. 
Chapter XXL 
Rheumatism 97 
Cause No. 1—Results of Diet—Cause No. 2—Mental Conditions 
Govern—Cause No. 3—Treatment—Caution No. 1—May Affect 
Heart—Caution No. 2—Fruit Juices—Diet—Feeding After 
Fever Is Gone—Do Not Treat Swollen Parts—Believed Mag- 
netism Was Evil—Time of Recovery—Demand Time. 
Chapter XXII. 
Headaches 110 
Remove Congestion—Cause No. 1—Congestion at the Base of 
the Brain—Cause No. 2, Liver—Cause No. 3, Stomach Trou- 
bles—Locate the Cause—Cause No. 4, Eyes—Cause No. 5, 
Nervousness—Cause No. 6, Over Stimulation—Cause No. 7, 
Reflex Headaches—Protein Poisoning—Cause No 8, Bilious 
Headaches. 
Chapter XXIII. 
Hay Fever 116 
Sexual Influence—Influence of Generative Organs. 
Chapter XXIV. 
Prostate Gland 120 
Improves Eyesight—Treatment—Affects Sexual Powers. 
Chapter XXV. 
Paralysis 124 
New Theory for Paralysis—An Interesting Case—Surroundings 
—Effects of Mind. 
Chapter XXVI. 
Asthma 130 
New Cause for Asthma—Liver Trouble—Nearly 100 Per Cent 
Cures—Change of Climate Never Cures Asthma—Mental Con- 
ditions—Power of Thought. 
Chapter XXVII. 
Eyes 137 
Inflamed Eyes—Growth on Eyes—Magnetism Controls Circula- 
tion—Cataracts—Blindness—Interesting Cases—Eye Strains. V 
Page 
Epilepsy 143 
Impurities Produce Epilepsy—Epilepsy Can Be Cured. 
Chapter XXIX. 
Tuberculosis 149 
Rich Poods to Be Avoided—Nature’s Remedy—Effects of Bear- 
ing Children—Proper Feeding Essential. 
Chapter XXX. 
Cancer 156 
Cancer Product of Impurities—Cancer of the Face—Cancer of 
the Navel—Cancer Disappears—Cancer of the Breast—Saved 
After Operation—Cancer of the Lip—Cancer of the Stomach 
—Uterine Cancers—Impossible to Cut Out Disease—Cancer 
of the Liver and Bowels—Cancer Patients Need Blood—Spe- 
cial Suggestions. 
Chapter XXXI. 
Appendicitis 166 
But Few Cases of Appendicitis—Diagnosis—Simple Treatment 
Effective—Treatment—One Hundred Per Cent Success. 
Chapter XXXII. 
Liver Trouble 172 
Liver Produces Asthma—Magnetism Diagnoses Case—Influence 
of Female Organs—Reflex Conditions—Special Notice—Effect 
of Caffeine. 
Chapter XXXIII. 
Babies 180 
Treat the Abdomen. 
Chapter XXXIV. 
Convulsions 182 
Causes of Convulsions—An Interesting Case—Applied Hands 
Differently—Treatment Produced Pain. 
Chapter XXXV. 
Children Cases 188 
Subnormal Child—Castor Oil Harmful—Calomel. 
Chapter XXVIII. VI 
Page 
Chapter XXXVI. 
Startling Discoveries 193 
Cause for Ear Trouble—Curvature of the Spine—A Peculiar 
Case. 
Chapter XXXVII. 
Bad Tempers .199 
Chapter XXXVIII. 
Worms 201 
Chapter XXXIX. 
Pneumonia In Children 202 
Special Notice—Child’s Liver Must Function. 
Chapter XL. 
Heart Troubles 205 
Effects of Tea and Coffee. 
Chapter XLI. 
Stomach Trouble 209 
Pneumo-Gastric Nerve Important. 
Chapter XLI I. 
Obesity 212 
Complete Fast Helpful. 
Chapter XLIII. 
Eczema, Rash and Pimples 215 
Eczema in Babies—Eczema—Drying up Eczema Dangerous— 
Psoriasis—Convulsions with Eczema. 
Chapter XLIV. 
Typhoid Fever 223 
Massage Helps Nose-Bleed—N u r s i n g—Special Notice—Care 
When Convalescing. 
Chapter XLV. 
Pneumonia 228 
Treatment—Breaking Pneumonia—Bilious Fever. Page 
VII 
Female Troubles 231 
The Generative Organs—Abdominal Muscles Weak—Falling of 
the Womb—Treating “Hopeless” Cases—Change of Life— 
Change of Life Not Dangerous—Hot Flashes—Benefits From 
Fasting—Suppressed Periods—Magnetism Stops Flooding 
—Miscarriage—Magnetism Prevents Miscarriage—Blood Poi- 
son, Miscarriage — Magnetism Woman’s Friend — After 
Pains—Pregnancy Vomiting—Influence of Generative Sys- 
tem—Goitre — Leucorrhoea — Treatment Simple and Effect- 
ive—Ovarian Abscesses—A critical Period—Care of the Girl 
as She Approaches Womanhood—Unnecessary Sorrow—Pains 
in the Side—Displacement of the Womb—Avoid Douches. 
Chapter XLVII. 
Gall Stones 261 
Abscessed Gall Bladder—Instant Relief Given. 
Chapter XLVIII. 
Yellow Jaundice 266 
Frequent Baths Help. 
Chapter XLIX. 
Enemas 268 
Benefits of the Enema. 
Chapter L. 
Accidents and Bruises 270 
Wounds Successfully Treated. 
Chapter LI. 
Varicose Veins 273 
Chapter LI I. 
Old Sores 275 
Old Sores Eliminated. 
Chapter LIII. 
Constipation 279 
Piles Usually with Constipation. 
Chapter LIV. 
Diarrhoea 282 
Persistency and Patience Needed. 
Chapter XLVI. VIII 
Page 
Erysipelas 284 
Fasting and Sweats Assist. 
Chapter LVI. 
Ears 286 
Easing the Pain Simple. 
Chapter LVII. 
Colds : 288 
Improper Living Contributes—Flu and Grippe—Drugs Not Nec- 
essary; Rest Is. 
Chapter LVIII. 
Diabetes 292 
Bright’s Disease Will Respond—Bright’s Disease. 
Chapter LIX. 
Teeth 295 
Abscesses of the Teeth—Good Food vs. Dental Bills. 
Chapter LX. 
Blood Poisoning 298 
Bad Cases Successfully Treated. 
Chapter LXI. 
Insanity 301 
Sane Treatment for Insane Patients. 
Chapter LXI I. 
Venereal Diseases 304 
Drugs Impotent with Syphilis. 
Chapter LXIII. 
Scattering Diseases * 307 
Observe Rules; Retain Confidence. 
Chapter LXIV. 
Seeing of Spirits 310 
Illusions of the Brain. 
Chapter LXV. 
Neuralgia 313 
Chapter LV. Page 
IX 
Pleurisy 315 
Chapter LXVII. 
Bladder Trouble ....317 
Chapter LXVIII. 
Lumbago and Sciatica 319 
Chapter LXIX. 
Piles 321 
Itching Piles—Protruding Piles—No Need for Operations. 
Chapter LXX. 
Ptomaine Poisoning 324 
Chapter LXXI. 
Locomotor Ataxia 325 
Chapter LXXII. 
Catarrrh 327 
Chapter LXXIII. 
Water Drinking 329 
Bathing—Clean Feet for Health—Foot Bathing. 
Chapter LXXIV. 
Night Sweats 332 
Cold Sweats—Clean the System—Sweating Feet. 
Chapter LXXV. 
Cross-Eyes 334 
Child’s Eye Straightened. 
Chapter LXXVI. 
Stammering 337 
Chapter LVII. 
Nose-Bleeding 339 
Treatment. 
Chapter LXVI. X 
Page 
Contagious Diseases 341 
Measles—Quick Relief Given—Mumps. 
Chapter LXXIX. 
Coughs 344 
Chronic Coughs—Symptoms Resemble Tuberculosis. 
Chapter LXXX. 
Tonsilitis , 346 
Prevent Future Attacks. 
Chapter LXXXI. 
Treatments Produce Sweating 349 
Chapter LXXXII. 
Boils and Carbuncles 350 
Chapter LXXXIII. 
Anaemia 351 
Chapter LXXXIV. 
Practical Suggestions 353 
Number One, “Selling Health”—Number Two, Time of Treat- 
ment—Optimism Always Helps—Number Three, Teach 
Cause—Number Four, Destroying Hope—Number Five, Watch- 
ing You Treat—Number Six, Patient’s Confidence—Create 
Confidential Relation—Number Seven, Why Disease Returns— 
Number Eight, Patients Dictating Treatment—Number Nine, 
Treatment of Patient—Be Tactful—Number Ten, The Effects 
of Treatment versus The Effects of Disease—Number Eleven, 
Evidence of Progress—Number Twelve, Refuse Credit— 
Patient’s Memory Bad—Number Thirteen, Forgetting Con- 
ditions—Number Fourteen, Establish Confidence—The Need 
of Wisdom—Number Fifteen, Take Time—Number Sixteen, 
Be Wise—Number Seventeen, Evade Some Questions—Num- 
ber Eighteen, Keep Patient Cheerful—Watch Symptoms— 
Number Nineteen, Look for Mental Troubles—Number Twen- 
ty, Teach Your Patient—Number Twenty-One, Feelings Do 
Not Cure—Number Twenty-Two, Magnifying the Disease— 
Contagion Not Likely—Number Twenty-Three, Do Not Be 
Afraid—Number Twenty-Four, Advise Deep Breathing—Num- 
ber Twenty-Five, Adverse Suggestions Harmful. 
Chapter LXXVIII. PREFACE 
In the writing of this book we recognize magnetism as 
a common people’s remedy; that it is God’s provision for 
the work of repair in the human body. When once under- 
stood it will bring a reformation in every home and in 
every person’s life. The fear of disease will be eliminated, 
as you become conscious of a power that is ever at your 
command. By the presence of this power you have 
something that is equal to any emergency that might rise, 
except in major accidents that may call for surgery, and 
even in these cases it will be found a great aid in produc- 
ing a rapid recovery. 
In writing this work we have had the common people 
in mind, therefore we have used only such terms as can 
be grasped by all people, and have therefore purposely 
eliminated every element that would make any subject 
difficult to understand by anyone able to read the English 
language. We endeavor to make it extremely brief and 
to the point. We have attempted to eliminate every 
unnecessary sentence to give clearness. We recognize 
the fact that it does not contain all that could be written 
upon these subjects, however, it includes all that is 
needed to treat practically all diseases successfully. We 
hope it will serve the purpose of a hand-book because of 
its brevity and simplicity. We have endeavored to com- 
pile these facts in as condensed form as possible and yet 
preserve clearness. 6 
PREFACE 
Our conclusions have been drawn, not upon the few 
illustrations we have mentioned, but from hundreds of 
cases. Those which we have mentioned were the cases 
which served best to illustrate the point we were making. 
It is the principle and the application we desire to establish 
in the minds of all who read this book. 
We would appreciate any suggestions from any 
source as to the lack of clearness on any subject. We trust 
that all who read this work will try these principles as we 
have described them before disputing my conclusions. 
I realize one of the great difficulties in having work 
of this kind accepted, is the fact that the critics may base 
their acceptance or rejection upon theory instead of 
practice. 
If we are to progress we must explore new fields. 
Our forefathers and our teachers may have been 
right in what they taught, but it does not imply that 
they had all of the truth to teach. We usually reject new 
things because we are taught that certain things are 
right, and therefore will not listen or give a new idea a 
fair trial. Our preconceived ideas are our greatest hin- 
drance to advancement. No doubt our greatest minds 
have predicted the utter failure of many inventions that 
are now a perfect success. All I plead for in this work is 
a fair trial. I care nothing about what science has said, 
or will say, concerning this treatise. I do care what the 
common people will say when they try its application. 
They are to be the judges. 
In your efforts to investigate the truthfulness of the 
contents of this book I ask you not to expect perfect re- PREFACE 
7 
suits to follow your first efforts. You may succeed, but 
if you do not, remember that it is not due to the law, 
but to your failure to accurately diagnose the case to 
which you are trying to apply this law. Remember, some 
cases are harder than others, and there may be complica- 
tions of which you, as an amateur, may not see, or if you 
did you might not appreciate their effect and their part 
in the case. 
If you should make an attempt, and do not effect a 
complete cure, but are successful in producing favorable 
results on the case, be generous enough to admit what you 
have done, for that proves the existence of the law. 
Your success is governed wholly by what you put into 
the case, your accurate diagnosis and your accurate appli- 
cation of the laws to the case according to your diagnosis. 
If you should fail entirely do not get discouraged, as 
this is the history of all new undertakings. 
I am conscious of the fact that many people will not 
have the courage to attempt the handling of a thing so 
serious as blood poisoning or typhoid fever but would 
call a medical physician, and at the same time attempt to 
cure some old chronic ailment in which the medical men 
had utterly failed and abandoned. By doing this you are 
attempting to accomplish that which all science has failed 
to perform. Why not try the new method for the acute 
disease, such as blood poisoning and fever, which I have 
taught in this work? These things will show quick results. 
And again I recognize that if perfect success does not 
attend the first treatment one will become discouraged and 8 
PREFACE 
abandon all efforts. This principle will never bring you 
success. Had the Wright brothers been disposed to have 
stopped at their first failure, flying machines might not 
have been in existence today. The failure to fly as they 
desired at the first did not disprove the law, but proved 
their lack of a sufficient knowledge of the law. 
Persistency will bring you experience; that will mean 
knowledge which will open a new world of thought and 
practice. 
In writing this book I have endeavored to give you a 
little insight to a new world of thought that will enable 
you to be of greater service to mankind and enable you 
to help relieve the suffering of friends and loved ones, also 
strangers and those that are unfortunate. All we ask is 
a fair trial before you reach your conclusion concerning 
the contents of this book. 
DR. E. L. SWICK. 9 
INTRODUCTION 
U A PURPOSE accomplished; a duty done,” was 
my comment, as I read this manuscript, that so 
- clearly and completely gives to the public a 
most useful discovery. 
True, others have used “Magnetism” as a healing 
agent, but all others have treated it as a something myste- 
rious, religious or superstitious. For the last twenty years 
I have known that Dr. E. L. Swick has planned, at some 
time, to reduce magnetic healing to a science. 
He did not try to sit down at first and write about it, 
proving theories by argument, but he tested it for many 
years in daily practice as a physician, also by teaching 
mothers how to use their own hands to stop the baby’s 
cramps, remove the boils, stop headaches,—in fact, test- 
ing what he believed to be a law by actual use in every 
way possible. 
Years ago I was fully convinced that he had definitely 
proven that there is an actual “Magnetic Current” present 
in the human body and that by applying it understand- 
favorable results would be obtained. 
My education had been in other methods of healing, 
and it was with skeptical interest that I watched Dr. Swick 
“holding on hands,” but I saw rheumatics, cancer cases, 
abscesses, tuberculosis, fevers, liver and stomach disor- 
ders—in fact, almost every known body ailment—re- 
spond to Magnetic Treatments. All the while Dr. Swick 10 
INTRODUCTION 
was working on the theory of the polarity of the hands, 
on the basis that the right hand held at a point would 
stimulate and that the left hand would soothe. 
At last I was convinced that the polarity theory was 
correct and began trying it in my practice and found that 
it really worked. 
Reading this manuscript, I was surely surprised and 
delighted to see its completeness and thoroughness. Here 
is the experiences of years expressed in such clear, force- 
ful, and concise manner that anyone can easily understand 
and apply. This book will not only be a very valuable 
text for every drugless physician or healer to have in his 
library, but it is so plainly written and so simple in appli- 
cation that any father or mother can save many a call 
for the family doctor by turning to this book, where he 
can learn how to handle, not only the emergency, but 
also the chronic, ills of the members of the household. 
In working out the science of Magnetic Healing, Dr. 
Swick has not traveled an easy path. He has suffered 
ridicule, in fact at many times actual persecution, by those 
who ignorantly condemned and those who for their own 
protection did not want a system of healing taught to the 
public that did not have to be written in Latin and filled 
at the drug store. But in spite of almost insurmountable 
difficulties Dr. Swick constantly said, “Some day I will 
write a book that will become a text on Magnetic Heal- 
ing.” 
I am sure that everyone who reads this book and tests 
the method of healing, so clearly explained herein, will INTRODUCTION 
11 
be really thankful that the author undauntedly stuck to 
his purpose and so thoroughly worked out this new sys- 
tem. I say “new,” for while history shows it to be the 
oldest healing art known to man, yet the scientific appli- 
cation as set forth by Dr. Swick is new and is distinctly 
his, and it is highly gratifying to see that in this book a 
long-planned ambition has been so finely achieved. 
I have tested his theories in actual practice for many 
years and I know that the simple methods set forth in this 
book will do all claimed by Dr. Swick and are usable by 
anyone who has the patience and perseverance to try. 
DR. EMERY C. WILLIAMSON. 13 
SECTION I. 
CHAPTER I. 
MAGNETISM 
IN attempting to write upon magnetism I am con- 
scious of the fact that I am writing on a sub- 
ject that has long been repudiated by science and the 
larger part of thinking men. At various periods there 
have been numbers of magnetic healers appearing in dif- 
ferent parts of the world, but their work has never received 
public recognition, but, instead, has been ridiculed by the 
masses. By many it is known as mesmerism, named 
after Dr. Mesmer (1753-1815), who attracted much atten- 
tion with his great cures by magnetism. Many medical 
men investigated his work and pronounced it a fake; he 
was ostracized from the whole medical world and died 
in disgrace. Yet Mesmer’s name lives today, while his 
persecutors have long been forgotten. From that time 
on there have been many people in various civilized parts 
of the world who have healed the sick by the laying on 
of the hands. How they did it differs according to the 
person performing the cure. Everyone has his own 
theory, nevertheless multitudes of people have been 
cured by these so-called magnetic healers. Why the 
work of these people has never been honestly investi- 
gated I do not know, other than that of prejudice against 
anything new. Some believed that it was the work of 
the devil, and shunned those who styled themselves 14 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
magnetic healers; others believed that the power to heal 
by the laying on of the hands was due to the departed 
spirits giving them this power. This has kept many a 
person from making an honest investigation. It is also 
true in late years. Anyone practicing magnetism is 
looked upon as a spiritualist. The very mention of the 
word magnetism brings you into more or less question in 
the minds of everyone who hears of your work. Dur- 
ing my twenty years of practice I have come in contact 
with a great many people who have known much about 
magnetic healing. They have come in contact with a 
number of people in various parts of the United States 
that have performed wonderful cures, yet these 
persons never did anything to spread magnetism. They 
saw its simplicity; they saw its effectiveness, and in many 
cases have received its benefits—and yet many were 
ashamed to tell how they were cured. Many will come 
to you and request that it be kept a secret that they are 
taking magnetic treatments. This feeling concerning 
magnetism and magnetic treatments is one of the main 
reasons why it has never spread. The recipients of 
its power and blessings very frequently tell of it, yet those 
who do hear of it refuse to believe that it had anything 
to do with effecting their cure. Others believe that mag- 
netism is only a form of mental healing. It is so classed 
by all the medical world as being only another form of 
suggestion. Let this be as it may, the fact remains that 
many have been cured and many have been able to per- 
form cures considered no less than marvelous. CURES FELON 
15 
IGNORANCE AND SUPERSTITION HAVE EVER 
BEEN ITS DRAWBACK 
The use of magnetism in the past has been confined 
usually to the extremely ignorant and illiterate, which 
has always hindered the advancement of this work. Paul 
Caster of Iowa is known to tens of thousands for the 
great works that he has done with magnetic healing, yet 
it was said that he could not write his own name. It has 
been my privilege to meet a number of these magnetic 
healers, but without exception they were people of ex- 
tremely low mentality. One man, living in the Ozark 
mountains of Missouri, told me in a conversation over 
thirty years ago that he had never found a felon that he 
could not cure by holding his hand upon it for thirty 
minutes. He had practiced a number of years with per- 
fect success until he was thoroughly convinced that it was 
the work of the devil, after which he never again used it. 
I once met an old colored man in Oklahoma who 
was well known throughout the whole town and country 
for the wonderful cures he had made, yet the old man 
could not read one word. It was my pleasure to spend 
an hour with this old colored gentleman and to hear the 
story of his cures, which were vouched for by prominent 
citizens of that town. 
COMMON PEOPLE PRACTICE IT 
There is scarcely a community without someone that 
can perform cures with the simple heat of their hands. 16 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
It is one of the common practices of many people to 
stroke heads downward when the head aches, and boast 
of the fact that they have never seen a headache that 
they could not cure. Many nurses will tell you that by 
gently stroking the patient’s forehead they have produced 
sound sleep and rest for the patient. People who dis- 
covered that they can do these things were of great value 
in many communities in the earlier days. The possessor 
of this wonderful power was usually sent for in all cases 
of sickness in the neighborhood. The wonderful results 
which they accomplished have never yet caused the sci- 
entific world to make an honest investigation. 
There are so many of these cases that space and time 
would not permit mentioning all. 
AN EARLY EXPERIENCE 
My attention was first called to this work when I was 
pastor of a little Baptist Church in Eureka, Kansas. There 
was a regular attendant in my congregation who had in- 
formed me as to the wonderful things he could do by the 
laying on of the hands. I had no reason to question the 
brother’s word, for he was a man of honor and integrity. 
Later I met with a misfortune by stepping on a nail, which 
penetrated the sole of my shoe and my foot so deeply that 
it had to be pulled out of the foot. Within a few hours 
my limb was badly swollen and very painful. All ma- 
terial remedies had been applied, with no avail. The 
swelling increased, as well as the pain. It was rapidly STEPS ON A NAIL 
17 
assuming the nature of blood poisoning. After having 
endured this for some time, I decided to let the old man 
try his power of “laying on of the hands,” knowing he 
could do no harm, and it did not interfere with anything 
else that we were doing. 
After the old gentleman arrived he asked for a basin 
of water in which he moistened his hands and placed 
the palm of the right hand on the nail hole and the left 
on the opposite side. With this position he maintained a 
gentle pressure for possibly thirty minutes or more, after 
which he made many passes down over my limb and out 
over the toes. To my surprise, after one hour of such a 
procedure there was no swelling or soreness in the foot. 
This never made much of an impression on my mind, 
not enough that I even told of it. It never entered my 
mind that I might do the same thing if I would only try. 
Time went on and it was almost entirely forgotten. 
A number of years passed and the subject of healing 
by the laying on of hands never entered my mind again. 
FIRST PERSONAL EFFORTS 
One day I was invited to go to the hospital to visit 
a man very sick from the effects of an operation for 
appendicitis. On reaching the hospital I found the man 
very set against religion. He had no use for preachers, 
and was rather abusive, and his conversation was every- 
thing but a credit to a gentleman. Nevertheless, I re- 
turned the next day, only to find him more bitter and 18 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
abusive than ever because I was a minister of the Gospel. 
While I remained in the room he became very sick and 
vomited violently, after which he would become almost 
unconscious. The sister picked up an arm and rubbed 
it and I picked up the other. I ran my hand 
under the gown and stroked his back, hoping to relieve his 
suffering. He at once became drowsy and remarked how 
very soothing it was, and soon fell asleep. He did not 
know when I left. 
On my return the following day I found him waiting, 
but in an entirely different spirit, which was a surprise 
to me, for he had been so bitter before. He informed me 
of the wonderful benefit he had received from my strok- 
ing his back. I was unconscious of having done anything 
special the day before that was demonstrating a great law. 
It meant a complete turning point in my life. He asked 
me to repeat what I did the day before, which again pro- 
duced the same results. I visited him every day, and 
finally he asked me to hold my hands over the incision, 
which I did, and the recovery was nothing less than mar- 
velous. I thought nothing of what I had done, other 
than to relieve his suffering. He was so grateful for 
what I had done for him he became one of my most 
ardent admirers. 
LATER EFFORTS 
A few days following this incident at the hospital I 
was called over to see one of the members of my church, 
an old soldier, who had a stroke of apoplexy and had been APOPLEXY 
19 
taken home in a taxi. I was telling the family my experi- 
ence with the man at the hospital of a few days before, 
when the wife asked me if I would do the same to her 
husband, as it did that man so much good. I readily 
granted the request and did for him daily the best I could, 
with the result that in three weeks’ time he was able to 
return to his carpenter’s bench. 
Following this experience, another old soldier, hav- 
ing heard of what I had done in the case just mentioned, 
phoned and asked me if I would not come and do the 
same thing for him, as he was troubled with cramps in 
his limbs and had been unable to sleep for years without 
having to be up three or four times during the night. 
A NEW FIELD OF THOUGHT 
My experience in this case was something entirely 
new. It never dawned upon me that I had done any- 
thing in the other cases, but this gentleman was much 
impressed with what he could feel from my hands. The 
results of this treatment led me into a field of thought 
that the others had not, for while treating this case, those 
cramps which had so long attacked the groins each night, 
seemed to leave and create a pain down the limb. As 
I moved my hands downward very slowly, one on each 
side of the limb, the pains would immediately shift to a 
new place ahead of my hand, until they reached the end 
of the toes, and there disappeared. The old man died 
about three years afterwards but never had another 
cramp during this time. 20 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
This caused me to think that there was some virtue 
in the hands. Why should that position of the hands 
cause a pain in the limb? As I pushed my hand down- 
ward, why should the pain immediately move ahead of 
my hands down the leg and then disappear, never to 
return? A number of other cases came to me at this 
time, all being chronic and, seemingly, hopeless, but were 
quickly and completely cured. 
NEW DISCOVERIES 
The word soon passed around the city, and during 
the following three years I remained as minister of the 
First Baptist Church of Olympia, Wash., there were hun- 
dreds that applied for treatments. I did not at that time 
call them treatments. And as I continued to lay my 
hands upon each one I discovered many different symp- 
toms following the application of the hands. Some 
would produce pain, and some would destroy pain. 
In those cases where I produced pain I soon learned to 
readjust the hand, and by so doing was able to relieve 
pains, when the former position made it worse. These 
experiences, which were many, taught me that there was 
a virtue in the application of the hands. 21 
CHAPTER II. 
MAGNETISM IS NOT A FORM OF 
SUGGESTION 
I know it is a common belief that magnetism is only 
a form of suggestion. I could easily believe so myself 
had I not had eighteen years of practice to dispute the 
theory. I can safely say that those who are preaching 
the fact that magnetism is only a form of suggestion are 
those who have never practiced it; or if they have prac- 
ticed it and not had these experiences, it is due to the fact 
that they have seen, but never recognized them as a 
result of their treatment, but rather a result of the 
disease. 
My reasons for believing that magnetism is not sug- 
gestion, but as distinct a law as the law of gravitation, is 
based wholly upon my years of practice, and not upon 
theories. I can see how mind can produce almost any 
phenomena, but I cannot see how mind can produce the 
experiences that I have had during my long practice of 
magnetism. How anyone could make my experiences 
the results of thought is more than I can understand. 
For they were so many and so uniform that I know when 
I do certain things I am going to get certain results. I 
also know that if certain conditions exist I am going to 
get certain results, whether I know anything about the 
existence of these conditions or not. 22 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
EVIDENCE OF A NEW LAW 
Rev. , a returned minister from India, was 
brought to me by his presiding elder for treatments, stat- 
ing that his case was so serious it was not believed pos- 
sible for him to live. Quantities of blood and pus passed 
from his bowels constantly, producing extreme weakness 
and sickness. 
His case had baffled all of the medical fraternity 
whom he had consulted. They were confident that there 
was an abscess in the intestines. I proceeded to treat 
him with that idea. I believed that it was an intestinal 
trouble. But, to my surprise, when my right hand re- 
mained quiet over the gall bladder for a few minutes 
there immediately developed a heavy drawing sensation. 
This showed me without a doubt that the abscess was not 
in the intestines, but in the gall bladder. This diagnosis, 
made by the aid of magnetism, led to the treatment of 
the gall bladder entirely. The result was that his trou- 
ble quickly and permanently disappeared. 
NO THEORY OF MIND CAN EXPLAIN 
Now if it was the mind that made the drawing, why 
would it not do the drawing in the intestinal region, 
where we expected it, if there was an abscess? 1 treated 
the intestines and expected a cure by that treatment. He 
expected it also, but no results were accomplished. No 
progress was made until the discovery of the abscess in 
the gall bladder. I have had many patients who had ut- AGREEMENT NOT NECESSARY 
23 
most confidence in my ability to treat their cases success- 
fully. 1 also had equal confidence in my ability to cure 
them, believing I understood their cases perfectly. Now 
here we have a perfect agreement between two minds, 
and a perfect expectation in both minds. We also are 
agreed as to what is wrong and have agreed how it shall 
be removed, and upon treatment of that case, according 
to our preconceived idea, find that it makes the patient 
worse, and we have to give an entirely opposite treat- 
ment from that which we had planned. This treatment, 
which was entirely contrary to our expectation, quickly 
produced results. To explain an experience of this kind 
upon any theory of mind one must surely indulge in men- 
tal gymnastics. 
POSITIVE PROOF 
Another evidence of magnetism has been the fact 
that on treating certain cases there have been revealed 
other conditions, of which we knew nothing, that led 
to the discovery of the cause. 
Mrs. had suffered from intense pains and 
cramps in the stomach. The doctor had injected four 
hypodermics of morphine into the pit of her stomach with 
no relief. After several days of this kind of treatment 
I was called to attend the case. Agreeable to my theory, 
I used my left hand on the pit of the stomach and right 
opposite on the back. After about fifteen minutes of 
this treatment, to my surprise the pain entirely disap- 24 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
peared and showed itself in the right ovary. I then pro- 
ceeded to treat the ovary the same as the stomach. After 
a few minutes the pain returned to the stomach. I then 
proceeded to treat the stomach again, and the pain shifted 
into the female organs, and there remained during her 
entire illness, but never returned to her stomach. 
The woman knew her pain was in the stomach. The 
medical doctors knew it, and gave treatments based on 
this knowledge. I believed the same thing. Yet the 
application of the hands revealed the fact that this pain 
was only reflex, and the real trouble was in the ovaries 
and uterus. 
This, to my mind, is conclusive proof that magnetism 
is more than mind. Or if it should not be, then mind 
works in a way of which we have absolutely no knowl- 
edge. 
The same thing is true in the drawing of a boil or the 
treating of blood poisoning. You will not secure the 
same results by holding the left hand on the boil and the 
right on the opposite side as you will by holding the 
right hand on the boil and the left on the opposite side. 
Now if that is due to mind, what difference does it 
make which hand you hold on the boil? Furthermore, if 
magnetism is only an agreement between two minds, 
then you must have a perfect agreement before you can 
get results. But this is not the case, as you can treat a 
man who has no belief in your system and must be held 
down by force while being treated. NOT A FAITH CURE 
25 
FAITH NOT ESSENTIAL FOR RESULTS 
Mrs. brought her boy, who was suffering with 
asthma. He was seriously ill, and had been for many 
months, to the extent that the medical doctors had or- 
dered him to be taken South to a warmer climate as the 
only hope of saying his life. When he began treatments 
with me he was bitterly opposed to them, and had to be 
held by force while I administered the treatments. As 
a result, within two weeks’ time his asthma was entirely 
gone, and it never returned. 
FAITH SUPPLANTED BY FEAR 
Miss , about twenty-two years of age, came 
to the office for treatments for hemorrhage of the bowels. 
She had been through all medical treatments and spent 
much time in the hospitals, all to no avail. She was ex- 
tremely pale and emaciated and was a nervous wreck. I 
believed the hemorrhages were due to the irritation of 
the intestinal region, and proceeded to treat with the right 
hand in front and the left hand on the back, and finished 
the treatment by making many passes from her head 
downward over the abdomen, extending to the end of 
her toes. 
I left the room as soon as the treatment was finished 
and within a few minutes I heard her crying and moaning 
as she remained on the treating table. I immediately 
entered and found her in great distress, sitting up, hold- 
ing her head and exclaiming that she had never felt like 26 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
that before in her whole life and she was sure she was 
going to die. I at once saw what I had done and had her 
lie down again and made a number of passes from her 
abdomen up toward her head, just opposite the way I 
made the passes at the close of the treatment. I contin- 
ued this for two or three minutes, after which she became 
absolutely quiet and normal. 
If it was her mind that produced this last condition in 
her body, then how did her mind produce the first con- 
dition? We were in perfect harmony and expected good 
results, while in the last treatment, which quieted her, 
she was afraid to have me do anything, as it might make 
her worse. Yet it produced perfect results. 
The next few treatments were given just the oppo- 
site from the first. I began by using the left hand in front 
and the right in the back, for a period of about twenty 
minutes, and then placed the left on the back and the right 
at the base of the brain for five minutes, then the left 
at the base of the brain and the right on the top of the 
head, and finished with a number of passes upward over 
the abdomen and chest, over the back of the neck and 
over the top of the head. And never again did that same 
thing occur. These treatments lasted for a period of 
thirty minutes. 
I have had many similar experiences which would 
fill a whole book, showing that as you apply magnetism 
you control the circulation of the blood. In this case 
just mentioned, there was a congestion of blood in the 
intestines, and when I used the right hand on the abdo- CONTROLS CIRCULATION 
27 
men and the left on the back it drew more blood into 
the intestines, which meant an absence of blood from 
the head. This condition produced the sensation of dy- 
ing. And when I gave the opposite treatment and took 
the blood toward the head I readjusted the circulation 
and the abnormal sensations of the head were quickly 
removed. This experience, and many others, has taught 
me that there is a positive law, and for convenience we 
call it magnetism. When this law is obeyed or disobeyed 
you will get results accordingly, independent of what 
your thoughts may be. 
HEADACHE AND EYE TROUBLE 
Another interesting experience occurred during my 
early work as a magnetic healer: When I was invited 
in to relieve a violent headache of Mrs. , of Olym- 
pia, she had been suffering for nearly a month with a 
badly inflamed eye. It was so swollen that it protruded 
nearly even with the nose, and the pain was almost un- 
bearable. The doctors had turned back the lid, which 
was so inflamed and swollen, and scraped it, thinking 
there might be some foreign matter concealed, which 
they had not found. 
Two osteopaths had worked on the case for nearly 
two weeks, all to no avail. A medical doctor told the 
sister that there was no hope for her and that she would 
not recover. They decided to try magnetism, the hus- 
band as well as the wife being very skeptical, because it 
seemed too simple to apply after all of the knowledge of 28 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
the medical men had failed. To my surprise, within 
twenty minutes from the time of this treatment, the head- 
ache disappeared, and never returned. 
UNEXPECTED RESULTS 
The case progressed very rapidly, the swelling dis- 
appearing and inflammation lessening and she was soon 
able to be out of bed. One day when I called to treat 
her I found her sitting in a chair by the stove. I treated 
the head and eye while she sat there, and for some reason 
unknown to me, after about five minutes’ treatment she 
began to chill and was soon in a very serious condition 
and had to go to bed at once. I was somewhat amazed 
that the treatments should bring on such a condition and 
could not think why it produced this chill. I could do 
nothing to stop it. They rushed and got a hot water 
bottle to put at her feet and then covered her up, hoping 
to break the chill, but all to no purpose. I felt very 
much put out at the loss of this patient and my inability 
to do anything or to know what I had done. As I stood 
looking at her I threw back the covers and made passes 
from the head to the feet, and in one minute she was 
entirely warm. To tell me then that this was brought on 
by mind, when I saved her from the grave and restored 
her to health so that she could be around the house, is 
utter folly. I fully believed that I could complete the 
cure, and yet my treatment given that day produced this 
serious result and when the passes were made which were WRONGFULLY APPLIED 
29 
contrary to the treatment given, the chill rapidly disap- 
peared. 
These are a few of the things that make me believe in 
the positive and absolute law governing magnetism. If 
you will see its greatness and usefulness you must study 
and learn to apply the laws that govern it. I have found 
not one single case in my experiences that mind had any- 
thing to do with the application of magnetism in produc- 
ing these strange results, although I recognize mind as a 
great factor in all cases. 30 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER III. 
ALMOST INCREDIBLE CURES 
There has been no one thing that has marked my 
experiences more than surprises that have come to me in 
the way of cures. Many cases come to us for help that 
seem almost mockery to attempt curing. In many cases 
I have given the treatment only because of their request, 
and not because I had any faith that anything could be 
done. And yet while giving this treatment magnetism 
would reveal certain conditions existing that were un- 
known to them and myself. And then by treating this 
condition it produced a recovery that was nothing less 
than incredible. 
BADLY BURNT EYE 
Mr. , thirty-three years of age, came to the 
office with his left eye badly burned by the exploding 
of some hot babbit. As he was pouring this babbit it 
exploded and four or five pieces entered his eye, settling 
between the eyeball and the lower lid. These pieces 
cooled in this place. He became suddenly blind for a 
short time from the shock. The other men at the mill 
at once administered first aid and removed these particles 
of babbit. They were very small, with the exception of BLIND BABY 
31 
one piece nearly a quarter of an inch long and cooled to 
fit the curve of the eyeball. No words are needed to 
describe the condition of the eye when he reached my 
office. The pain was very intense and almost unbear- 
able. It looked to me like mockery to attempt to handle 
a case like that with magnetism. However, with the 
great faith which I have in magnetism, I proceeded to 
treat him. 
The results of the treatment were nothing less than 
marvelous. All suffering was removed by the first 
treatment, so that he went home and never lost an hour’s 
sleep the first night after the accident. He returned to 
my office the next morning, the whole eye being one solid 
blister below the pupil, and apparently about to burst. 
I was afraid to touch it for fear this would occur and 
destroy the eye. However, I proceeded to treat it twice 
daily, and to our surprise after five days nothing more 
than a bloodshot condition remained, which quickly dis- 
appeared. 
In this case he had never met me and knew but little 
about my work. It was a condition I had never seen, and 
the seriousness of it would be apparent to anyone, yet 
magnetism, correctly applied, was able to remove all 
suffering and quickly restore the eye to a normal condition. 
BLIND BABY CURED 
Rev. in 1914 brought his three-year-old baby 
girl, who had become totally blind, to the office and asked 32 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
me what I could do for her. The history of the case was 
very interesting, as she was troubled with a tubercular 
gland which was discharging. An epidemic of pinkeye 
prevailed in the city and the child soon became infected, 
resulting in the gland ceasing its discharge and all of this 
poison being apparently discharged through the eye, 
which resulted in the child becoming blind. She had all 
kinds of medical treatment, which only added to her suf- 
fering. The parents were informed that she might regain 
her sight after a few years. 
Two weeks of magnetic treatments restored the sight 
and left the girl completely healed. It seemed like an 
absurdity to attempt to cure his case, which was a case 
of pinkeye plus a tubercular condition. 
GLUCOMA 
Mrs. , an old lady seventy years of age, 
had suffered for many months with a condition called 
glucoma, or hardening of the eyeball. It had lost all 
appearance of an eye, resembling nothing but a piece of 
raw meat. Both eyes watered so freely that a handker- 
chief was saturated every few minutes. 
Specialists had treated her for many weeks. It had 
grown continually worse, until she was informed that 
there was no way of saving the good eye without remov- 
ing the diseased one. She was an avowed skeptic as to 
even receiving any relief. No member of the family had 
any confidence in magnetism, and treatments were taken SAVED FROM OPERATION 
33 
only with the thought of trying something. The first 
treatment stopped all watering of the eye and the pain, 
so that she was able to sleep soundly the first night, this 
being the first sleep she had for three days and nights. 
After a course of treatments this eyeball became per- 
fectly clear and all symptoms of her glucoma completely 
disappeared. The specialists insisted that they were 
wrong in their diagnosis because they knew there was no 
remedy for glucoma. Such is the attitude of science. 
Many of these kinds of cases have marked my 
years of experience, and when you remember that all 
these parties were absolute skeptics, and their cases seem- 
ingly foolish to attempt, and yet were cured, then to have 
someone pronounce magnetism as a mind cure, or to have 
it alluded to as only another form of suggestion, is 
beyond my power of comprehension. 
MINISTER’S WIFE SAVED 
Rev. brought his wife to me from Tacoma, 
Wash. She had been treated by a so-called magnetic 
healer, with no results. Each treatment had made her 
worse, until the husband said that she would go insane 
if she took another, as each treatment increased her 
nervousness. He made several visits to my office to 
learn whether or not I could treat her without producing 
this state of nervousness as were the results of the other 
magnetic treatments. 34 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
When he informed me that the treatments had made 
her much worse I at once believed it was due to the fact 
that the healer had not applied magnetism correctly. I 
found that he had used the left hand on the front and the 
right on the length of the entire spine. This constituted 
his application of magnetism, which resulted in a high 
state of nervousness following each treatment. 
After a few weeks of debating as to whether they 
should attempt another magnetic healer, he brought her 
to my office in Seattle. I gave the opposite treatment to 
what the other doctor had given. Now, remember, she 
was filled with fear, and all she knew about magnetism 
had been of suffering, and her mind had naturally op- 
posed the treatment and she did not expect favorable 
results. The treatment was given with the left hand on 
the spine and the right on the front, and to her surprise, 
but not to mine, she fully recovered, with no more ner- 
vous symptoms following my treatments. 
The results of this healer’s work was no argument 
against magnetism, but rather an argument for it, as it 
showed there was the presence of the power in the “lay- 
ing on of the hands’’ and results were determined by 
method of right or wrong application. 35 
CHAPTER IV. 
MAGNETISM AS A VITAL FORCE 
In trying to answer the question as to what is mag- 
netism, one is lost for an explanation that would be 
accepted by all. We know that it exists, and all we know 
about it is how to use it to get results. Some medical 
writers have termed it a Vital Force. I know of no better 
name, and accept it as being very practical and truthful, 
for one cannot conceive a magnetic treatment without 
being convinced of the aptness of this name, Vital Force. 
This brings up the question, so long discussed: 
Is there any power that leaves the body of the operator 
and penetrates the patient? The opponents of magne- 
tism contend there is not, and that it is only a form of sug- 
gestion. The magnetic healers are unanimous in the 
belief that there is a force. It would be very difficult to 
convince the patients that there is not a something that 
is transmitted from the hands of the healer to the body 
of the patient. It is hardly worth while to argue with 
those who have never practiced it, for they cannot appre- 
ciate the evidence or know what awaits them, as it is 
acquired only by practice. 
MAGNETISM PRODUCES HEAT 
There is practically no patient but who is con- 
scious of a heat that leaves the hands of the healer 36 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
and penetrates his body. From whence comes this heat? 
The temperature of the healer’s body is no higher than 
that of the patient. Yet when contact is made and a 
circuit is formed there is a consciousness of a heat 
which penetrates the body, and in many cases goes 
from one hand to the other. What is this heat? That it 
is really a vital force is not denied by any except those 
who have never received it. Its power over the circula- 
tion, over the poisons of the system has never been fully 
appreciated nor measured and never will be. 
All we can know is that when this force is applied in 
a certain manner certain results are produced. If you 
want to learn of the truthfulness of this fact have some- 
one stroke your eyes sometime when you are suffering 
from a headache or your eyes are heavy and drowsy. Let 
the operator stand behind you with moistened fingers and 
stroke gently from the inner corner of both eyes to the 
outer corners. Continue this for a period of five minutes, 
making the passes from the eyes over the forehead, over 
the top of the head and down over the neck, always 
throwing the hands outward at the finish of the pass. 
Repeat these many times, and I am quite sure you will 
need no further argument to convince you of the virtue 
of this something which we call Vital Force. 
Your eyes will be opened and great relief will be ex- 
perienced when such treatment has been given. VALUE OF MAGNETIC HEAT 
37 
SUPERIOR TO HOT WATER BOTTLES 
Another evidence of the presence of some force in 
our bodies which we call magnetism, and others call 
Vital Force, is the results that we produce in the person 
receiving the treatment. This is very plainly demon- 
strated in the case of one very seriously ill. 
I have been called in on a number of cases where the 
patient was close to death and complained of extreme 
coldness. Hot water bottles had been applied with no 
avail, yet with the proper application of magnetism 
these people without any exceptions became absolutely 
warm after a few minutes’ treatment, and would remain 
so until death claimed them several days later. And 
never in the meantime was there any need of the use of 
hot water bottles. 
If there is not a vital force how can we explain the 
feelings and experiences of these people at such times? 
They declare they are conscious of a force entering their 
bodies and producing a condition that leaves them abso- 
lutely easy and free from coldness. 
MAGNETISM MUST BE APPLIED ACCORDING 
TO THE CONDITION OF THE PATIENT 
Another evidence of the existence of magnetism as 
being a vital force is seen in the giving of too long a 
treatment to a person who is highly nervous or extremely 
weak. The result observed is one of extreme relaxation 38 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
and weakness, sometimes producing fright, as he believes 
your treatment has weakened and injured him. 
Not a few times have people refused to take more 
treatments, believing that they were weakening. The 
very fact of their recognizing its power to produce this 
supposed serious condition is evidence of the existence 
of some law having been applied to them. This is one 
very interesting and valuable point that must be observed 
by all magnetic healers, namely, the length of the treat- 
ment to be given the patient. It is very difficult to give 
every patient what he needs. They will measure the 
length of the treatment and conclude that they are getting 
more or less than the other person if you should treat 
longer or less than the other person, not realizing that 
they are not buying your time any more than they are 
buying a certain size dose of medicine. 
PRODUCES RELAXATION 
I have had many experiences that have taught me 
the folly of treating for a certain time simply to satisfy the 
mind of the patient. Every healer should know his busi- 
ness and know when to stop. Another evidence of mag- 
netism being a vital force is the fact that some people, 
when once having received a number of treatments, and 
have come through a long period of sickness, suffer with 
weakness when the treatments are stopped suddenly. 
These are usually cases of extreme weakness where the 
patients were virtually living on the strength of the RESULTS OF TREATMENTS 
39 
healers as in the case of old people and delicate babies. 
In such cases the treatments should not be discontinued 
suddenly, if preventable, reducing the number accord- 
ing to the condition of patient. In numbers of cases 
where the treatment was stopped suddenly weakness fol- 
lowed, but would immediately leave when given another 
treatment, showing they were simply living on the 
healer’s strength. Other experiences have shown differ- 
ent results and conditions. In numbers of cases the 
patient apparently remained weak during all the treat- 
ments, and strength came rapidly after the treatments 
ceased. All of these things prove that some vital force 
leaves the body of the physician and enters the body of 
his patient. The conditions produced in the body are 
governed wholly by the conditions found in the patient. 
There is no standard by which one can judge as to what 
his treatment will produce in any patient. The treat- 
ment may reveal many things which he and the patient 
knew nothing about. It may produce symptoms and 
several conditions that will be a surprise to both. 
Nevertheless these are evidences of a law which we 
term vital force that exists and can be applied with great 
benefit when once understood and applied correctly. 40 
CHAPTER V. 
VALUE AND EFFECT OF PASSES 
Passes should be given in most cases up over the fore- 
head, back over the top of the head, back of the ears, 
around in front and over the shoulders, down the whole 
length of the body, ending at the toes. These passes 
should be made with a gentle pressure against the body, 
keeping the hands moistened. 
The sensations that the passes will produce will be 
very apparent by the time they reach the toes. In 
some people no sensation is noticeable. These passes 
are of great value to the one who suffers from too much 
blood pressure in the head or from extreme nervousness 
and restlessness. In case the face is white then all such 
passes should be given upward, and never downward. 
After such passes the patient should remain quiet for ten 
or more minutes. The value of these passes can hardly 
be estimated until you observe their power to relieve 
pain and create a condition of health and strength. 
Rev. , of Seattle, came to me for pains in his 
stomach and abdomen. 
The left hand was used on the abdomen and the 
right on the back. The pain immediately left the abdo- 
men and collected at the back and settled down in the 
limbs. He returned the following day, complaining 
about a great weight in his back and limbs. The abdomen PASSES REMOVE TROUBLE 
41 
was entirely free. That day I concluded the treatment 
by laying the patient on his face and made passes with 
both hands, one on each side of his spine, down over his 
back, hips and limbs to the ends of his toes. 
These passes completely removed all the trouble that 
he had been suffering from in his former treatment. He 
expressed the feeling of great weight in his limbs. 
After a number of these passes he affirmed that the 
weight had entirely disappeared and would never allow 
me to give a treatment without concluding with a num- 
ber of passes being made over the whole body, ending at 
the toes. 
CONVINCES THE EDITOR 
So deeply was he impressed with the existence of 
some force entering his body and drawing the poisons 
from one place to another that he often referred to this 
occasion in public speeches when discussing the many 
laws of which we know but little. I well remember 
when I once desired to run an advertisement in one of 
Seattle’s largest dailies it was rejected because they 
believed it was purely a fake. The editor asked me to 
come and see him and give him evidence that it was not 
a fake advertisement. I referred him to a number of 
prominent people with whom I knew he was acquainted, 
and among them was this pastor. In his inquiry as to 
the truthfulness of my claims in this advertisement, the 
pastor offered to pay for a treatment if the editor would 42 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
come and allow me to treat him once, and if he was not 
convinced that there was reality in magnetism he would 
pay for the treatment. This was sufficient for the editor 
and the advertisement was taken without question. 
Many a case has refused to respond to any and all 
kinds of magnetic treatments and has responded quickly 
when the treatment consisted of nothing but passes over 
the affected parts. 
This experience has occurred in a great many cases, 
and every healer will find great help by the free use of 
these passes. Their full effect and value can never be 
measured. 
PASSES ARE ALWAYS HELPFUL 
It is questionable if any treatment should be ever 
given without concluding with a number of these passes 
made over the entire body according to existing condi- 
tions. The passes have served to convince a great many 
people of the existence of magnetism. The exhilarating, 
soothing and quieting effects are quickly noted by the 
masses of people, especially as the passes reach the lower 
parts of the body, or are given over the head in the time 
of extreme attacks, where the face is violently red, or 
over a part where the congestion produces a great amount 
of pain. 
MUST USE CAUTION 
The only word of caution is that they must not be 
made downward if the patient be anaemic and pale, but VALUE OF PASSES 
43 
always upward. In this, like other things, you must use 
your own judgment in determining which way they must 
be made. If there should be extreme pain, then all passes 
should be made downward over the affected parts as this 
will draw all of the impurities away from the heart or 
any other vital organ of the body. 
It is very difficult to give an accurate method of treat- 
ment that will apply to all cases. We have given the 
principles. You can practice and apply them, but your 
own judgment must enter into the majority of all cases. 
If at any time after having made passes over the 
patients they should experience any unpleasant sensa- 
tions, then immediately reverse and make some passes 
the opposite way, which will remove all these sensations. 
The experience you will soon gather from this line of 
treatment will convince you that there is something well 
worth terming a vital force. 
The exhilarating feeling, the relaxed feeling, the in- 
creased circulation, and the nerve force that is experi- 
enced after these passes will be convincing to the most 
skeptical. 44 
CHAPTER VI. 
SHOULD THE WELL SLEEP WITH THE SICK? 
The old theory that the mother should not sleep with 
the baby, that the well should not sleep with the sick 
because they draw their strength from them, is well 
known to everybody. Upon this theory the doctors 
have prohibited the mother sleeping with the baby and 
the well with the sick. Everyone is familiar with this 
teaching. Whether this is right or wrong, it does prove a 
very interesting point—the admission and the recogni- 
tion of the existence of a law which operates from one 
person to another. Whether we have correctly inter- 
preted it or not is not the question, but the fact that there 
is a power, recognized and observed by our medical fra- 
ternity, is of great value in this discussion. 
SLEEPING WITH THE SICK IS BENEFICIAL 
What really takes place is not that the well draw 
the strength from the sick, but instead, too much of the 
vital force emanates from the body of the well person 
and enters the body of the sick person producing too great 
a relaxed condition, which is more or less detrimental. 
This is true in some cases, but not in all. This is 
governed wholly by the condition of the patient. Many 
a case has been greatly helped on the road to recovery ANIMAL HEAT 
45 
by sleeping alone. Many a case has been greatly helped 
by sleeping with someone for an hour each night, and 
then sleeping alone the remainder of the night. This 
contact of the two bodies has charged the body of the 
sick person with the vital force from the well one, and 
when a sufficient quantity has entered the sick body, 
and the patient has then slept alone the remainder of the 
night, excellent results have been secured. In other 
cases where there seemed to have been no remedy avail- 
able, quietness and comfort, ease, health and strength 
quickly returned when the sick person could be taken 
in the arms of some strong, red-blooded person and held 
for a period of time once a day. 
BABY CRIES FOR ITS MOTHER 
Nurses inform me that the new-born babies, whom 
we do not accuse of having any knowledge of these new 
ideas, often cry for hours at night, yet the temperature of 
the room is perfect and their baskets are comfortable, and 
their bodies warm. They are not hungry, yet nothing is 
able to quiet them until the nurse takes the crying child 
to bed and hugs it up to her body. 
What quieted the child? It is too young to know 
anything about the absence of its mother. It has not been 
spoiled, as it has never slept in any bed but the basket. 
That cry was nothing but nature calling its natural need, 
the heat of its mother’s body. Nurses tell me many times 
they have taken a baby to bed with them when nothing 46 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
could quiet it, and in a few moments the child would 
hush its crying and sleep soundly all night. How could 
that tiny infant know the difference? There is but one 
answer: That infant knew what rightly belonged to it. 
It is a cry difficult to hush save by the gratifying of its 
needs. 
Is it not natural that all young seek the strength and 
heat of the mother’s body? Observe the habits of the 
animals and fowls in regard to their young. Notice how 
the young nestle up to the body of their mother. Why, 
if it was not for the soothing, stimulating and strength- 
ening influence of that something that leaves the body 
which we call heat? I believe I am safe in saying that 
one of the great causes of the death of so many babies 
is the erroneous theory of science that the mother takes 
the strength of her child, and must not be allowed to 
sleep with it. Mothers long for their babies. That little 
innocent baby longs for the heat of its mother’s body. 
But science says they must be kept apart. Anyone can 
quickly determine which is right: science or the longing 
of that mother and of the child. God has placed these 
laws within our bodies, and instinctively we seek to use 
them. When we substitute man’s laws for God’s laws 
we need not be surprised at the results. 
NO SUBSTITUTE FOR NATURAL THINGS 
One of the things that makes the raising of babies 
difficult is the substituting of artificial for natural food. HAS NO SUBSTITUTE 
47 
True, in many cases this must be done, and the child may 
thrive; nevertheless, no man can substitute a food 
as perfect as that provided by the mother. If nature pro- 
vides a perfect food for the child, why could she not pro- 
vide a perfect heat? If the substituting of the food is 
more or less injurious and dangerous, why would not the 
substituting of hot water bottles and furnaces be just as 
dangerous and unsatisfactory? 
All of these things prove the virtue of something 
which we term magnetic or vital force. 
Where is the woman who has been sick, tired and 
nervous, and who has not appreciated the heat from the 
husband’s body as he takes her in his arms at night and 
she is able to sleep soundly? Who is it that does not 
know the difference in the heat when sleeping with a 
person or with a number of hot bricks and hot water 
bottles? In the light of this fact, is there any wonder 
that the child cries for the heat that naturally be- 
longs to it? 
I trust that any young prospective mother who should 
ever read this page will not allow any would-be scientific 
man to rob her baby of the strength it should receive 
from the heat of her body, by substituting hot water 
bottles. 48 
CHAPTER VII. 
SUPERIORITY OF MAGNETISM 
The value of any remedy is not measured only by the 
good it can do, but by its harmless effects if it should fail 
to do good. One of the great charges made against 
drugs is the deadly effect upon the human system, and 
especially so when it proves to be the wrong drug given, 
which is often a fact. 
IT’S HARMLESS 
This much is true of magnetism: It never injures. It 
is nature’s own remedy. It is superior to drugs, because 
it puts no poison into the system. It is superior in heal- 
ing because it is the electrical forces of the body, and 
therefore on a level with the body. It never shocks nor 
injures. It is superior to all other systems. No one is 
ever too low to be treated by it. There is no condition 
conceivable to which magnetism cannot be applied. 
There is no person that cannot receive it. He may be 
blind or deaf; he may not be able to understand your 
language; he may be unconscious. Nevertheless, magne- 
tism can be applied, and applied intelligently and 
effectively. This cannot be said of any other system. SAVES A LIFE 
49 
BRIGHT’S DISEASE 
Mrs. , a woman forty-two years of age, had been 
abandoned by several medical physicians and chiroprac- 
tors. Her condition was serious, being that of Bright’s 
Disease. Her whole body was badly swollen and she was 
passing practically no urine, was spitting great quanti- 
ties of blood, and she frequently had convulsions and 
was compelled to sit up continually. The swelling had 
reached the heart. 
She was about to be confined, but was unable to give 
birth to her child because of this condition. Medicine had 
no effect. Osteopaths could not give a massage because 
of her swollen and serious condition. Chiropractors could 
not give her adjustments. She had been notified of the 
fact that she could not live. 
Under these conditions I was again invited to apply 
magnetism to this so-called hopeless case. In this 
case the right hand was used in the front over the abdo- 
men and liver and the left over the kidneys. The results 
were highly satisfactory. In one week she was reduced 
to almost normal size and gave birth to her child with but 
little labor. 
Such cases as these prove the superiority of magne- 
tism over all other systems. 
HIGH PERCENTAGE OF CURES 
The system that is not big enough to treat under all 
conditions and at all times is not big enough for man’s 50 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
needs. A system to meet man s needs must be one that 
can be applied to the insane, the unconscious, the skeptic, 
the avowed disbeliever, the deaf, the dumb and the infant, 
as well as the believer. 
There is no system that will come as near meeting 
all of these conditions and producing results as that of 
magnetism. In maintaining the superiority of magnetism 
as a system for the cure of human ills, I believe I am not 
making an exaggerated claim, for my many years’ ex- 
perience have been accompanied by almost incredible re- 
sults, most of them being cases that had been abandoned 
as hopeless by all other methods of healing. 
This is made much greater when you consider the 
fact that most of these cases had not only been injured 
by the disease, but by many methods of treatment, such 
as drugs, operations, and adjustments. Notwithstand- 
ing this condition or class of cases, we are safe in say- 
ing that eighty-five or ninety per cent of all patients, if 
not cured, are greatly helped. Of the other ten or fifteen 
per cent, the failure for a cure or for help in many cases 
is not due to the ineffectiveness of magnetism, but to the 
impatience and unwillingness of the patient to give it a 
fair trial. 
Because the system is new, and the results have been 
so great, the average person is not patient, and expects 
you to perform a miracle within the first or second treat- 
ment. And if the results are not instantaneous, many 
people will refuse to take more than a few treatments. SUPERIORITY OF MAGNETISM 
51 
All anyone will have to do to prove the superiority 
of magnetism is to practice it on others, or have it prac- 
ticed upon yourself when other remedies have failed. Its 
superiority can be seen in the quickness of relieving al- 
most any suffering. 
MEETS MAN’S NEEDS 
It is a well-known fact that there has never been a 
remedy found for Typhoid Fever. The medical world 
says that the fever cannot be broken, but must run from 
three to six weeks. This is not true with magnetism, as 
a decided change is noticeable after the first or second 
day, and the fever is entirely destroyed after five or six 
days, and in many cases sooner. 
The same is true in many other diseases, such as 
blood poisoning, pneumonia and all acute cases. The 
superiority of magnetism in these cases is so pronounced 
that it refutes the theory that disease has to undergo cer- 
tain processes in order that the body may be rid of it. 
Magnetism, when once understood, will reveal a new 
cause of disease. It will open up a new field of thought 
and practice that will bring light and hope to every suf- 
ferer, so that he will not have to wait and watch his sys- 
tem fight the battles alone. In magnetism, man will find 
his greatest companion, his ever-ready remedy in the time 
of greatest need. It can allay practically all inflammation 
and suffering, and bring peace and quietness to the entire 
nervous system when all drugs have failed. Its after ef- 52 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
fects are not to be deplored. It leaves the system clean, 
strengthened and invigorated. It increases the circula- 
tion. It feeds the nervous system and establishes an equi- 
librium of life’s vital force in every part of one’s body. It 
makes one conscious of an abiding force within the body 
which responds to the touch of the magnetic healer. By 
this one will soon recognize the superiority of magnetism 
over any and all other systems of treatment. 53 
CHAPTER VIII. 
THE MYSTERY OF MAGNETISM 
You will find many people to give you a definition of 
magnetism. They can tell you all about it, but you will 
only be impressed with how little they know, because 
such people’s opinions are usually based upon theory, and 
not upon practice. 
There are many things that you cannot understand, 
neither can you explain, and one of these is the fact that 
the heat emanating from your hands will penetrate the 
body of the person being treated. 
What is this heat? From where does it come? The 
temperature of your body is no higher than that of the 
one you treat. What is that something that leaves the 
hands and penetrates the entire body of the patient? 
What makes that heat? 
These are some things you will never be able to un- 
derstand, but their existence is real. This, with many 
other mysterious things, you will find if you continue to 
practice. You will ever be going into fields of intense 
interest because of the mysterious things that you will 
find as you continue to use this wonderful and mysterious 
law. 54 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
THE USE OF WATER IN TREATING 
I have always found it very helpful to keep the hands 
moistened in all treatments. The reason for this is bet- 
ter experienced than described. The hands usually be- 
come very hot if there is a feverish condition of the body. 
The heat closes the pores of the hands, preventing the 
heat leaving the hands and entering the body of the pa- 
tient. Sensitive patients can easily detect the difference 
in the effect of the heat from the hands when they are 
moistened or when they are dry. 
I keep my hands moistened in the treatments of all 
cases unless the patient’s body should be moist, which 
furnishes the moisture for the hands. 
LEFT HANDED PEOPLE 
The principle of magnetism is the same concerning 
right or left-handed people. My experience has been that 
left-handed people shall use the left hand wherever right- 
handed people use the right. I have had several nurses 
who were left-handed and all had to use the left hand 
where the right-handed person used the right. 
POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE 
There is more science in the application of magnetism 
than in giving a drug. Do not think for one moment that 
you are handling something unscientific. Every law God POLARITY OF THE HANDS 
55 
ever made is absolutely perfect, therefore the law of mag- 
netism is perfect, and the successful use of it depends up- 
on the knowledge of it. To know that there is a positive 
and negative in your hands is absolutely necessary, if you 
would acquire the best results. We do not know our 
hands as such in treating, for then we usually speak of 
them as the drawing hand, which is the right, and the 
soothing hand, which is the left. 
You will not apply magnetism many times until you 
will be convinced of the difference in the application of 
the hands. This application produces different sen- 
sations in the body in many cases where the per- 
son is very sensitive, which proves that one hand will do 
one thing and the other hand another. The same principle 
found in electricity is to be found in your body. 
HOW TO TEST YOUR HANDS 
There is no way to tell which is positive or negative 
in your case except by your experiences. As a rule your 
right hand is positive, or for convenience we will call it 
the drawing hand, and the left is the negative, or the sooth- 
ing hand. If you would test this for your own satisfac- 
tion, place the palm of the right hand gently on a boil and 
the left hand opposite. Hold in this position for several 
minutes, and in most all cases it will produce a very heavy 
drawing pain. Then you know that your right hand is 
the drawing hand. 
It would be well for your satisfaction to use the left 
hand also on this boil and the right on the opposite side, 56 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
and the patient will quickly note the difference in sensa- 
tions. Sometimes it will get easy within a few minutes, 
and if it has just started this treatment will scatter it. 
You should apply the right hand, if it is of several days 
standing and it will draw the boil to a head. 
These experiences will teach you the value of one 
hand over the other. The same thing is true as described 
in the chapter under Liver Trouble and Gall Bladder 
Trouble. If you would use the point of the right fingers 
on the gall bladder and the left on the back of the body, it 
will likewise produce a drawing sensation if there is any 
abscess in that region. Reversing of your hands will 
cause the drawing to stop and will be replaced by a sooth- 
ing sensation. 
This test is valuable, not only to show you the dif- 
ference in your hands, but by so doing, wherever you 
find a drawing sensation made by the right hand, you 
know that there is some condition tending to pus, which 
will aid you in diagnosing many cases that have long 
baffled all physicians. 
THE VALUE OF THIS TEST 
We know by these tests that the right hand draws and 
the left hand scatters. If I wish to draw the blood into a 
place I must use the right hand, and if I want to draw the 
blood away I must use the left. This is absolutely essen- 
tial in the treatment of many cases, in fact practically all 
cases. If there is a congestion, inflammation, soreness or 
an atrophied condition it is essential that the correct hand KNOWLEDGE BRINGS RESULTS 
57 
be used, so as to restore the affected parts to normal. 
With this knowledge of the power and use of your hands, 
giving you a definite remedy to apply, you can secure the 
result you are seeking. 
If you should desire to treat a sore that is old and 
chronic, the one principle underlying that treatment must 
be to produce a perfect circulation through that sore. By 
this process the blood will carry the material in for repair 
and at the same time absorb and carry away the impuri- 
ties. To accomplish this, the right hand must be used in 
all cases. 
If the case should be one of extreme inflammation and 
swelling produced by a bruise, then you want to get the 
blood out of the place by using the left hand on the af- 
fected part. In some cases it is very beneficial to alter- 
nate, using first the right, drawing blood in, and then the 
left to draw the blood out. You may alternate a number 
of times during the treatments of many cases, which 
would aid in creating or establishing a perfect circulation. 
HOW TO INCREASE THE STRENGTH OF 
YOUR HANDS 
The method for increasing the flow of magnetism is 
found only in the increase in the quantity of blood in the 
hands. The hotter the hands the stronger the magnetic 
current. To produce a stronger flow of blood into the 
hands briskly rub them together, or clinch the fists, and 
strike outward, opening the hand as you straighten the 58 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
arms, also swing the arms in a circle backward and for- 
ward for several times. These movements are valuable 
and will aid you in securing a larger flow of blood to the 
hands, which means increased strength in magnetism. 
Whatever may be said of magnetism this one thing is 
true, that power which emanates from the body is im- 
measurably greater when a person possesses a perfect cir- 
culation. 59 
CHAPTER IX. 
LIE STILL AFTER TREATMENT 
It is always well after giving these treatments to insist 
that the patient remain lying down for fifteen or twenty 
minutes, and in many cases for a half hour or longer. If 
not, you may be surprised at some results that will follow 
your treatment and receive somewhat of a shock. Many 
persons, after taking a full magnetic treatment, cannot 
rise without finding themselves extremely dizzy, in many 
cases experiencing severe headache or nose bleeding. This 
can all be avoided by leaving the patient reclining after 
each treatment, and if there is any dizziness or if the pa- 
tient cannot possibly remain the required time, it can be 
overcome by making a number of passes from the feet 
to the top of their heads. Do this at least ten or fifteen 
times, and that will overcome the dizziness that is pro- 
duced by arising immediately after a treatment. This 
annoyed me greatly when I first began my work. The 
third person I ever treated became very much frightened, 
believing I was injuring the heart because of the dizziness 
following the treatment. I did not know that it was pro- 
duced by the rising suddenly and believed that the treat- 
ment was really affecting the man’s heart and I advised 
him to go to a doctor and secure a heart tonic, which he 
did without delay. I later discovered that it was not due 
to the treatment, but due to magnetism having some pe- 
culiar influence over the circulation, which produces diz> 
ziness if the person arises too quickly. 60 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
This can be prevented and save yourself many shocks 
if you will insist that the patient remain quiet for some 
little time. 
I have had a number of patients who would faint en- 
tirely away on arising immediately after a treatment. I 
have had others who would not faint, but would suffer 
from an intense headache, and in some cases a severe nose 
bleeding attack, and others who would have to lie still as 
long as an hour after a treatment. My own eyperience 
is that I must lie still twenty or twenty-five minutes after 
taking a half-hour’s magnetic treatment over the liver 
and kidneys. Otherwise there is a peculiar feeling I can- 
not describe, which is not there if I remain quiet for fif- 
teen or twenty minutes. 61 
CHAPTER X. 
THE LENGTH OF TIME TO TREAT 
So many people think they are buying your time and 
that they are being cheated if they are not given as much 
time as the other doctors give them. Instill this point in 
your patient’s mind, that they are not buying your time, 
but your service, any more than they are buying a certain 
size dose of medicine. They take the medicine for what 
it will do, regardless of the size of the dose, so you must 
give a treatment for what is needed, regardless of time. 
Many people are offended if you treat someone else 
longer than you treat them, whereas they probably have 
only one ailment and the other one might have several. 
The length of the treatment must be governed by the na- 
ture of the disease you are treating, also by the condition 
of the patient. If the patient is extremely weak, too long 
a treatment would porduce too great a relaxation, which 
would frighten him. Practice will soon teach you the 
length of treatment. 
A beginner should treat nothing less than thirty, forty 
or fifty minutes. But the length of treatment must be 
governed by the condition of your patient. If you were 
drawing a boil to a head and it was very painful and ex- 
hausted the patient you could not think of giving a long 
treatment. Treat and then let the patient rest for a few 
minutes, then repeat a number of times during one treat- 
ment. 62 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
There are some cases where a high state of nervous- 
ness requires a long treatment to thoroughly relax. If 
you treat too long and scatter too much poison from some 
old chronic sore you may produce a very unfortunate 
condition, for this poison may set up a condition which 
will be claimed was due to your treatments. It will 
only be the poison in the system, but nevertheless they 
will say it was the treatment that did it. With many such 
patients it is folly to attempt any instruction on these 
points. In these cases short treatments should be given, 
especially at the point of sickness or ailment, followed 
by plenty of treatment of the liver and kidneys to produce 
elimination. 
The question of the length of treatments must be gov- 
erned wholly by your judgment. In the light of what I 
have given you your judgment must be the sole determin- 
ing factor in the length of the treatment. I can only 
teach you the principles. 
It is utterly impossible for me to give a definite method 
for every case. I have only attempted to give the prin- 
ciples of treatments and a wide range of cases in which 
I have applied them and you must use your own judg- 
ment or reason. No book can give these to you. Books 
are only to teach principles and their use and you must 
use your own judgment in applying them to specific cases. 
It is purely a matter of your own natural ability. 63 
CHAPTER XI. 
THE MAGNETIC BREATH 
Some of the most astonishing things in one’s life is 
to find the things with which he has played to be of the 
greatest value. This is especially true in our school days 
when we used to blow our breath through the woolen 
shirt sleeve of some other boy until he would yell because 
of the intense heat. Little did we dream of the great val- 
ue of the heat produced by that process. 
I am not prepared to say that this can be used in al- 
leviating suffering to any great extent, but I do know that 
it has been of great value in treating such things as ab- 
scessed ears in babies, the removal of pain from the eyes 
during extreme headaches and the stopping of internal 
pain when all other remedies failed. 
It is applied by placing a thin woolen cloth or a hand- 
kerchief folded over the affected part and then blowing a 
long, hard breath through this cloth. You will soon learn 
when the cloth is right in thickness to get the best results. 
Open the ear well, place the cloth over it, and blow the 
hot breath through the cloth into the abscessed ear. This 
will usually produce great relief. The same results can 
be procured by placing a cloth over the eye in cases of 
pain, and if not wholly curing, will greatly relieve and 
produce astonishing results in most cases. I have used 
it with great success, and in some cases where I seemed to 
get but little results from the heat of the hands. 64 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Here is a great field for experimenting, and I trust 
someone who reads this article will conduct an extensive 
investigation as to the effects of the hot breath. 
When your hands have failed, then try the hot breath, 
and note carefully which hand you hold on the body to 
complete the circuit. It is difficult to do, as a long-contin- 
ued blowing produces dizziness in the operator. When 
the experiment is made one hand should be upon the body 
in order to make a complete circuit. Note well your ex- 
periences when the hands are changed. It might lead you 
to great fields of thought and usefulness in alleviating the 
suffering of mankind. 65 
CHAPTER XII. 
MAGNETISM A UNIVERSAL REMEDY 
The one question usually asked by all is, “Does every- 
one possess this power?” Others seem to think that it 
is a gift from God who has given it to some, but not to 
all. During these twenty years I have had a great many 
questions asked and have heard a great many opinions 
stated concerning magnetism. There is little need to 
state but few of these were ever based on actual exper- 
iences, but only on theory. And belief not based on ex- 
perience has no great value. 
I have told a great many people how to treat certain 
ailments, and, without a single exception, all reported 
success when they persisted in following the directions I 
had given them. The reason for believing that it is a uni- 
versal remedy is that it is a law of the body and a product 
of the blood. 
Magnetism is to be found only where there is blood. 
Cold hands throw off but little or no magnetism. The 
more blood, the more magnetism. The life is in the blood; 
the power is in the blood. Therefore, everyone possesses 
this power, for everyone has blood. True, some have 
magnetism in larger quantities than others, never- 66 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
theless, everybody has it in large enough quantities for 
home use. Many believe this is God-given, and that only 
those whom God has given this power can do these works. 
A discussion of this subject could be made to cover 
many pages, for it can be made a religious subject. The 
question of divine healing can largely enter into the dis- 
cussion of all healing. Jesus commanded His followers 
to lay hands on the sick. Why this physical contact, if 
it was not to utilize some law? Why would He not tell 
His followers to simply speak the word, and the sick 
would be healed? Or why would He not tell them that 
they should pray for the sick and they would be restored 
to health? Instead, His commands contained the solemn 
injunction, “They shall lay their hands on the sick and 
they shall be healed.” Jesus did nothing inconsistent. 
He never gave any orders just to exercise His power of 
authority, but, instead, every teaching and practice is 
based upon some common sense and reason. And when 
He gave the order to lay the hands upon the sick it was 
for a definite purpose. And in so doing one cannot com- 
ply with this command without utilizing the great uni- 
versal law commonly known as magnetism. 
This commandment, like a great many others, has 
been ignored because of religious belief. All one has to 
do to prove that there is virtue in this commandment is 
to try it. No one can comply with this command without 
getting results, showing that by so doing a law is utilized 
which is universal. 
Many a fevered brow has been cooled by the gentle 
hands of the nurse. Many a person has removed head- ALL USE IT CORRECTLY 
67 
aches by gently stroking the forehead. Many people 
boast of the many headaches they have been 
able to stop. They do not know how it is done, other than 
they gently stroked the forehead, and making passes over 
the head and down over the body. So universal is the 
law that those who use it seldom if ever use it wrongly. 
Why do you always stroke the forehead back over the 
top of the head? Why do you not rub it forward? Why 
when petting a child do you not rub up on the face instead 
of down? Why when you stroke a bruised place on your 
arm or body do you never think of rubbing upward but 
always down? 
These little things have always been overlooked and 
ignored, but they indicate the presence of a law which we 
obey unconsciously. Many are surprised to find that they 
had the power of healing, having believed that it was a 
special gift from God. They have become very enthus- 
iastic upon learning its use. So universal is the law of 
magnetism that 1 have my first person to find who could 
not relieve pain and suffering when he applied the law 
corr ectly. 
BOY CURES GIRL 
I well remember in the days of testing these points of 
taking a girl who was troubled with abscessed ear and 
compelling a boy of about twelve years of age to apply 
his hands, as I directed, to the ear for a period of thirty 
minutes, resulting in a complete stopping of the discharge. 68 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
This was done contrary to the wishes of both the boy and 
girl, yet the results were perfect. 
I have directed treatments given by people, pale, ema- 
ciated and anaemic, and found them securing excellent 
results. 69 
CHAPTER XIII. 
MAGNETISM REVEALS CAUSE OF DISEASE 
Magnetism has revealed many strange and startling 
facts in the treatment of the sick. It has revealed an en- 
tirely new cause for sickness. So strange has been many 
of the experiences of my practice that in rehearsing them 
to medical men they all declare that it is something of 
which they have never heard and that it is entirely new. 
A few of these cases would better illustrate the point than 
I could possible describe. 
Mrs. , about fifty years of age, came to me with 
a case of deafness. I was able to remove this condition 
and restore her hearing, which would last but a few days 
or weeks, and then return. A few treatments would again 
restore her hearing, but only for a short time. I then de- 
cided that there was some other cause creating this com 
dition and that her deafness was only an effect. 
I then proceeded to treat the liver, which I found to 
be very sore. I gave her the usual treatment of a half 
hour, using the right hand in front, and the left in back. 
After a few treatments the results attained were especially 
surprising. These treatments produced an extreme sick- 
ness, resulting in vomiting, chills, extreme paleness and 
sleepiness, to the extent that members of the family 
urged her to take no more treatments, as they thought 
the treatments were injuring her. Her reply was, that if she 
were taking medicines they would say it was simply tak- 70 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
ing effect. So sick did she become that she could return 
to the office but once a week, and the treatments could 
be given for only fifteen minutes, through all her clothes. 
This would produce a condition that would last her fully 
a week, and when she was conscious that it had worn 
away she would return for the next treatment. 
Did magnetism make her sick? Was magnetism too 
severe for her condition? Should she have ceased her 
treatments, as advised? Magnetism did not produce this 
sickness directly, but indirectly. Magnetism was not too 
severe, but what it did was this: It stirred up a poison 
which was so deadly that throwing it into the life stream 
produced this serious condition, and thus magnetism re- 
vealed the character of the poison that was making this 
woman sick. These treatments were continued for many 
weeks until I was able to give her an ordinary treatment 
on the flesh, as I did other patients, without producing 
any ill effects. I do not know of any other system that 
would reveal such a fact. When the liver conditions 
changed, her hearing became normal. 
This experience has been very common among my 
patients, and therefore it is never wise to treat some pa- 
tients too long, for by so doing you scatter that poison, 
which has so long been settling in one place. Throwing it 
back into the blood stream in many cases will cause a 
severe fever, lasting sometimes for several days. 
I well remember having one case of a lady who was 
blind and suffered a great deal of pain in her eyes. After 
a few treatments to relieve her the pain entirely disap- 
peared, but was followed by an apparent case of grippe, PRODUCED NEW SYMPTOMS 
71 
accompanied with high fever for several days, but the 
pain in the eyes was gone. To treat such cases wisely 
and not produce this condition, which might frighten 
them, and lose the case to a medical doctor, who will de- 
clare you have injured the patient and discredit your work, 
you should give short treatments at the beginning. 
Endeavor to scatter just the amount of poison that the 
system can eliminate without creating other symptoms 
that might frighten the patient. 
A REMARKABLE EXPERIENCE 
A most remarkable experience came to me soon after 
my discovery of magnetism. A Mrs. , the wife of 
one of our state legislators, whose husband had become 
acquainted with me and my work while I was chaplain of 
the House of Representatives in Olympia, Washington, 
came with her husband, to Olympia to be treated. The 
results had been highly satisfactory and she returned 
home. 
Later she returned for more treatments for a trouble 
which had been of thirty years’ standing, brought on by 
an accident at the age of thirteen. While playing she 
slipped from the top of a haystack to the ground and 
landed on her toes, spraining the muscles in her right 
groin, which resulted in several days of very painful suf- 
fering; it finally wore away and left apparently no bad 
results. A few months later a severe neuralgic pain made 
its appearance in the left temple. This pain day by day 
settled down over her face and then traveled downward 72 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
over her left side, settling in the left groin, and suddenly 
leaving, it appeared in the right groin, and produced such 
a serious condition she was compelled to remain in bed 
for many weeks, suffering severely all the time. Finally, 
the pain disappeared but left the limb, when standing 
erect, so that only the toes touched the floor. 
This condition had remained for over thirty years. 
She was so impressed with the results of the first treat- 
ments she came the second time, believing I could straigh- 
ten this limb. The treatments were given daily over a 
period of two or three weeks of one hour each, with the 
right hand to the groin and the left hand on the back. 
This resulted in weakening the limb, but, as far as we 
could tell, nothing had been done toward straightening it. 
She had decided to return home the following day. On 
awakening the next morning she was surprised before 
arising to find the return of the old pain in the groin 
which she had during her attack thirty years before. She 
recognized it as the old pain which had caused her pre- 
vious suffering. This pain was very intense and severe, 
but quickly left the groin and traveled up her right side 
and settled in the right arm, making it completely help- 
less. 
She was somewhat excited over her condition and 
was unable to call for help. She remained in this con- 
dition for a couple of hours, believing that it would grad- 
ually wear away, which it did, traveling downward over 
her right side and settling in the limb, leaving the arm per- 
fectly natural, but producing a completely helpless con- 
dition in the limb. This condition remained for several OLD TROUBLES RETURN 
73 
hours, when she phoned for me. This was a new exper- 
ience to me. The treatment I gave her was different from 
those usually given to patients, but was very effective. 
VALUE OF WATER IN TREATING 
i placed the helpless foot in a basin of water, and on 
the nude body I used my right hand in front and the left 
in back, gradually drawing it downward over the limb un- 
til my hands reached the water. This, she said, produced 
a sensation like a ball going before the hands, and this 
would disappear as the hands reached the water. I con- 
tinued this for two hours, until no more sensation was 
noticeable by this process. All pain had disappeared and 
her limb was absolutely normal. 
This was the beginning of her recovery, and she was 
able to journey home the next day. The limb rapidly 
straightened, until she could walk almost normally. 
These experiences prove to us some very important 
points in the question of disease and its cause. 
What was that which traveled down the left side of the 
body and located in the injured groin? What was that 
that moved out of this groin thirty years later and pro- 
duced results as before described? What was it that con- 
tracted those cords and muscles in that groin and drew the 
limb and held it so firmly for these thirty years? There 
is but one answer, namely, nothing but the poisons of the 
system settling on these muscles, causing the contraction 
which shortened the limb. The magnetic treatments were PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
74 
able to scatter this poison back into the system. And as 
it was completely scattered from its long resting place 
these muscles relaxed, and the limb became straighter 
until it reached almost normal condition. 
The one great lesson I have learned from this and 
many other similar experiences is that sickness is due to 
the accumulation of poisons in some vital organ produc- 
ing a condition which prevents that organ from function- 
ing, and any system that can remove that poison which 
prevents that organ from functioning will be able to pro- 
duce health and bring relief to all suffering mankind. 
Magnetism has been the means that has revealed this 
principle to me, and when any treatment given upon this 
principle is applied according to the laws of magnetism, 
it will be rewarded by results that will be satisfactory in 
any case, provided they will give you time and co-opera- 
tion. 
The one principle underlying all treatments is the scat- 
tering of poison and throwing it back into the blood 
stream, and then treating the liver, kidneys, and all elim- 
inative organs, to assist in eliminating this poison from 
the system. I cannot understand any system that does 
not have this for its basic principle in treating the sick. 
If you will ever be watchful you will find these same 
things as a result of your treatments. 
You will not find such well defined cases every day 
nor every week, but in the course of a few months or a 
few years you will have numbers of experiences that will 
corroborate all the statements I have made. 75 
CHAPTER XIV. 
DO NOT TREAT CHRONIC TROUBLES WHEN 
TREATING ACUTE CASES 
I well remember having a Miss , who had for 
many years been an invalid with an abscessed hip, being 
confined to her bed practically all of her life. The other 
limb was now paining and threatening to abscess the same 
as the diseased one. I was called to treat her to prevent 
the forming of this new abscess. The treatments were 
a success, and the pains soon disappeared. 
She was so impressed with the success of magnetic 
treatments she insisted that I treat the chronic abscess, 
which was discharging, and very painful. 
In those days I did not understand the cause of dis- 
ease and granted her request, treating to scatter the poi- 
son from the chronic place. As a result much of the pain 
and suffering was overcome in the chronic hip, but the 
result was that the acute condition which I had treated in 
the other hip again became worse, which I could not re- 
lieve. She at once believed I had made her condition 
worse and dismissed me as her physician. The truth of 
the matter is, this treatment should not have been given 
in this way. I should not have treated the old chronic sore 
when I was treating an acute condition, because by so do- 
ing I scattered that deadly poison that had been gathering 
for many years in the chronic hip and threw it back into 76 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
the blood stream, and it settled in the acute trouble, and 
I was never again able to scatter it. 
Therefore I lost my patient, and the credit that was 
due magnetism. I have learned this lesson: When 1 
have an acute ailment to treat I never treat a chronic ail- 
ment at the same time. 
INJURED EYE 
Mrs. , about thirty years of age, met with an ac- 
cident while removing tacks from the carpet, one striking 
her with its sharp point in the pupil of the right eye. This 
produced a very serious condition. The eye became 
quickly inflamed and was very painful. For many days 
she had to remain in total darkness, as nothing which the 
doctor did allayed her suffering. 
Finally it was decided to remove the eye in order to 
save the other eye. It was at this time that I received the 
patient. The first treatment succeeded in removing all 
the suffering, which did not return. I treated her daily 
for possibly a week, both eyes returning to normal con- 
ditions, and apparently all trouble had disappeared. I 
saved not only the good eye, but made it possible for her 
to see fairly well out of the injured one. 
While treating she remarked that she had for four 
years a constant pain in the back of the liver, which had 
never left since a serious spell of sickness four years be- 
fore. Not knowing anything about the law of which I am 
writing now, I proceeded to remove that pain. I treated 
so as to scatter the pain, and succeeded perfectly. The ACUTE TROUBLE MADE WORSE 
77 
pain never came back to her side, but within twenty-four 
hours the injured eye again became very painful. The 
pain was as severe as when the eye was first injured. It 
was almost as difficult to treat and remove the pain as it 
was the first time. Then the question came to me, why 
should this eye begin to hurt after having been well for 
nearly a week? This time conditions were entirely dif- 
ferent, although the eye pained as severely as ever, while 
the other eye was not even inflamed. The injured eye 
was not even red. 
What caused this new pain in the injured eye? Now 
I know that it was nothing less than the scattering of the 
poison from the old chronic ailment that she had in her 
side throwing it back into the blood stream and 
it settled in the injured eye, where there was an 
acute condition, although free from its past suffering. It 
took a number of treatments, covering a period of two 
weeks, to remove the pain permanently from her eye. 
One treatment would remove it entirely for several days 
and I would think she was well, but soon it would return. 
Another treatment would be given and the same exper- 
ience would follow. This continued for a couple of weeks 
or more, and finally disappeared, and the pain never re- 
turned in her side nor her eye. This strange experience, 
with the others, has taught me never to treat an old 
chronic ailment when treating an acute condition. If 
you do it will give you trouble, which may result in your 
losing your patient unless you can explain it sufficiently, 
thus gaining time to effect a cure. It is better, however, 78 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
to treat only one trouble at a time, when one is acute and 
the other chronic. 
KEEP YOUR EYES OPEN 
The one great principle that should be obeyed by all 
magnetic healers is the question of being observant. Ob- 
serve all symptoms and be able to distinguish those pro- 
duced by your treatments and the ones produced by the 
disease. 
Many a healer has lost the value of his treatments 
and his usefulness because of his failure to distinguish 
between the symptoms that arise from the effect of his 
treatment and those produced by the disease. Scattering 
these poisons through the system creates new symptoms 
in many cases which causes the patient to believe your 
treatments are making him worse. He will often remark 
that he had not been so and so until you began the treat- 
ments. With a clearer understanding as to what mag- 
netic treatments will do, and teaching the patient what 
to expect from the results of your treatments, you will 
gain his confidence in the power and virtue of your 
method. 
SYMPTOMS OF IMPROVEMENT 
Another important result of treatments is the sensa- 
tion of lightness that accompanies magnetic treatments. 
After a number of treatments patients are conscious of 
the loss of a dead, heavy feeling through their whole body, 
and especially in the limbs. Possibly no one thing is more 
quickly noticeable than their feeling of lightness and that 
a burden seems to have left their body. 79 
CHAPTER XV. 
A DOCTOR IN EVERY HOME 
One of the most important things concerning mag- 
netism is the fact that the remedy is ever at hand. Many 
a person has suffered untold agony while waiting for the 
arrival of the doctor, all of which could be prevented if 
the parents in that home understood the law of magnetism. 
Relief could be given while waiting for the physician. 
There are but few, if any, pains that magnetism will not 
overcome. If it had not other value in your home or life 
than stopping pain it would be worth all the efforts that 
it would cost anyone to learn of its use and application. 
There is nothing more soothing, quieting and refresh- 
ing that will produce a sounder sleep than a magnetic 
treatment. 
It will take the place of opiates, and in many cases 
during my many years of experience I have been called 
in to quiet pain and to allay suffering where morphine 
had utterly failed. By understanding the use of magnet- 
ism it prevents disease from becoming chronic. 
Here is one of the most important uses of magnetism. 
Diseases are permitted to run on and on, because there is 
apparently no remedy, or the remedy applied has failed 
of its purpose, and in due time the disease fastens itself 
upon the victim and he becomes a chronic sufferer. This 
could all be avoided if magnetism had been applied in the 
beginning of the case. If they had understood the appli- 80 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
cation of laws governing the body, disease would never 
have a chance to become chronic. Chronic disease 
exists only because the medical science has found no rem- 
edy to apply during its acute stages. This being a fact, 
one can appreciate the value of magnetism as a home 
remedy. 
MAGNETISM IS A MONEY-SAVER 
One cannot appreciate the value of magnetism as a 
home remedy until he counts the cost of treating diseases 
by other systems. 
When unable to conquer these diseases in the acute 
stages they fasten themselves upon the sufferer and con- 
tinue year after year, increasing in severity and serious- 
ness and accompanied by many new attacks. It results 
sometimes in long protracted illnesses and terminates in 
a serious operation, which means many hundreds of dol- 
lars in medicine, nurses, hospital and doctor bills, which 
could have all been avoided had they only known the 
power of magnetism and applied it at the beginning of 
the ailment. 
One of the greatest pleasures that has come into our 
life has been the teaching of these principles to fathers 
and mothers who have spent almost their entire income 
in doctoring a family of four or five children, then watch 
them apply magnetic treatments and see health return 
at once to their family and their bank account grow. In 
writing this book we trust that it will bring that blessing, 
light and liberty from doctor bills, drugs and operations PREVENTS LONG SUFFERING 
81 
that have so long hung over so many homes. We know 
it will do this if you will only be patient, faithful and per- 
sistent in studying and learning to apply the simple laws 
which God has given. No man has ever tried this and 
found it untrue. The opponents of this great doctrine 
are to be found only among those who have never tried, 
or if so, only slightly and with no heart or spirit. 
COMMON PEOPLE’S REMEDY 
It is the only law known to man for the repair of the 
body that belongs to the common people. It is the only 
system that does not require a college education to prac- 
tice. It is the law that people use, whether they know it 
or not. The universality of the law makes it a common 
law and common remedy. God has put these great laws, 
which are simple and yet effective, in the hands of the 
common people, and they would be equal at any time to 
all of their needs if they once learned to use these simple 
laws which God has made. PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
82 
CHAPTER XVI. 
PROMINENT MEN INDORSE 
Thomas J. Hudson, one of the greatest students of 
psychic phenomena, says, “There is a mystery connected 
with the laying on of the hands that is difficult to explain 
upon any theory of the mind.” It does not need explan- 
ation. Conforming with that one great command, “Lay 
your hands upon the sick,” is all that is needed to con- 
vince anyone of the truthfulness of that command made 
two thousand years ago. 
MAGNETISM INDORSED BY PROMINENT 
MEDICAL DOCTORS 
Samuel Hahnemann, the founder of homeopathy, has 
given a description of magnetic healing in his book, “The 
Art of Healing,” which reads as follows: 
“Animal magnetism differs in its nature from all other 
curative agents. This remedial power, the existence of 
which is often denied, is imparted to the patient by the 
touch of a well-disposed person, exercising the full 
strength of his will. It acts in part homeopathically, by 
exciting symptoms similar to those of the disease to be 
cured, and is applied for this purpose by means of a single 
pass or stroke of the hands held flatwise over the body, 
and carried during moderate exertions of the will, from the 
crown to the tips of the toes; this process is efficacious in 
uterine hemorrhages, even when death is imminent. The PROMINENT MEN INDORSE 
83 
application of magnetism also serves to distribute the vital 
force equally throughout the organism, when it is abnor- 
mally active in some parts, and deficient in others; e. g., 
in cases of rush of blood to the head, and sleepless, 
anxious restlessness of debilitated persons, etc., where it 
should also be applied by means of a single, but more 
powerful pass of the hands. It is also capable of impart- 
ing vital power, and of supplying deficiency of the latter 
directly to a single debilitated part, or to the entire organ- 
ism. This object is not reached with the same degree of 
safety and certainty by any power, except that of mag- 
netism, which obviates the disturbances arising from other 
kinds of medical treatment. An effect of this kind is 
obtained in a single part of the body, by applying the hand 
or tips of the fingers, and directing a strong effort of good 
will upon the part suffering from inveterate debility, 
where an internal chronic evil has established its local 
symptoms. Many sudden cures, performed in all ages by 
men endowed with great natural power, belong to this 
category.” 
Herbert A. Parkyn, M. D., principal and founder of 
Chicago School of Psychology, says, in “Suggestive 
Therapeutics,” page 274: “It is impossible to prove that 
magnetism does not exist, and I should be very foolish to 
say that magnetism plays no part in the healing process.” 84 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XVII. 
A FLESH REDUCER 
Another very important symptom that will accom- 
pany practically all magnetic treatments, if given proper- 
ly, is the reduction in size of the patient. Many times 
patients declare that they are losing flesh when the scales 
reveal practically no reduction. This possibly is one of 
the most common symptoms accompanying your treat- 
ments. It also reveals some very important things con- 
cerning disease and conditions that exist of which the pa- 
tient has no knowledge. When the liver and kidneys 
are treated over a period of two or three weeks almost 
all patients, both men and women, but not so frequently 
with the men, will discover the fact that their shoes are 
larger, and at once will think that they are losing weight. 
It is a very wise plan to mention this to all patients, es- 
pecially women, and tell them to watch the size of their 
waistline, and also the tightness of their shoes. These 
facts will have the effect of making them realize the virtue 
of magnetic treatments. 
The reducing of flesh is a very simple matter when 
the cause of its existence is once understood. Many have 
the opinion that the flesh is good because it is solid. Pos- 
sibly no one belief has fastened itself more firmly in the 
minds of patients than that their flesh is healthy because 
it is solid. That which makes the flesh solid is not its 
healthy condition, but the piling up of a mass of im- 
purities. SICK HEADACHES 
85 
Mrs. , a woman of thirty-eight, has been an 
intense sufferer of sick headaches for many years, yet 
fleshy and in all appearances the picture of health. Treat- 
ments were given at the base of the brain with magnet- 
ism, with the left hand on the top of the head and the 
right at the base of the brain, for five or more minutes, 
then the left hand was used at the base of the brain and 
the right at the small of the back over the kidneys for 
a similar length of time, and followed with the right in 
front and the left over the small of the back, making the 
whole treatment cover from thirty to forty-five minutes. 
This treatment, which covered a period of a month, 
brought apparently little improvement. Unlike some 
patients, she believed that it would finally remove her 
headaches. During the second month’s treatment she 
was not disappointed. This treatment reduced her ab- 
domen eight inches and all other parts of her body ac- 
cordingly. Her attacks rapidly and entirely disappeared, 
as well as an ugly varicose ulcer. 
Many cases of this kind could be cited, but this case 
serves the purpose of calling attention to some import- 
ant facts in the reduction of flesh. Why did not the first 
month’s treatment bring results? Why did the second 
month bring results? The answer is simple. Her living 
had so badly clogged the eliminative organs that it took 
one month’s treatments before they returned to normal 
conditions and were able to function properly. As soon 
as they returned to a healthy condition they quickly 
cleansed the system. 86 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Some other points were very noticeable in this case 
that is well worth remembering by any one who is reduc- 
ing or attempting to reduce someone else. During this 
second month, when she lost a large amount of flesh, she 
became extremely weak, due to the loss of impure flesh. 
She felt perfectly well while remaining quiet, but on 
attempting to work found no strength or endurance. The 
thing which should be remembered by all is that of the 
care to be given the patient during this reduction period. 
You can easily injure yourself and retard your efforts by 
attempting to work because you feel well. 
Rest is one of the essential elements in the nursing 
of these patients. No system will bring greater results 
in your efforts to reduce and remove superfluous flesh 
than that of magnetism. 
One could well afford to specialize if he so desired on 
this one line, for there is no one that may not reduce if 
properly treated with magnetism, nursed and given the 
proper diet, which should be governed according to the 
patient. 87 
CHAPTER XVIII. 
QUICK CURES 
It is seldom if ever advisable to tell of your quick 
cures, as some will expect to be cured in unusually short 
time. As a matter of fact, these quick cures are all 
exceptions to the rule. Nature must have time to effect a 
cure. She must have time to clean up the system. Any 
attempt on your part to perform miracles will result in 
seriously crippling your influence, because you cannot 
perform these quick cures in many cases. They do not 
expect it of other systems, which are accorded abund- 
ance of time. It is also wise never to take patients who 
simply want to try a treatment. Tell them you have no 
sample treatments; one sample dose would not pro- 
duce results in the medical system of treatment. The 
recovery of a patient lies in one thing only, and that is 
eliminating the poisons from the system. 
You will lose practically every patient who takes a 
trial treatment. They must give this system of healing 
time, as well as they give other systems. Explain to them 
the principles of magnetic treatment, what it does and 
how, and then they will not expect you to perform 
miracles. 
Make your patient feel responsible for remaining well. 
Do not allow him to feel that the future condition of his 
health depends upon your treatment, but upon his method 
of living. It was his living that broke the laws govern- 88 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
ing his body and produced disease. It is his living that 
must obey the laws if he would remain well. Do not 
allow patients to blame you if they do not remain well. 
The one question they invariably ask is whether the 
results of these treatments are permanent. Repudiate 
this idea that they are to receive results from treatments 
that will last indefinitely, but that your treatments are 
only to help clean up the system, and remaining clean 
depends upon their living. By so doing you have not 
only taught them the object of treatments and their place 
in the patients’ lives, but you have taught them the cause 
of their illness and how they can prevent a recurrence of 
the condition so that they will no longer look to the 
doctor for the retaining of health, but to their living. 89 
CHAPTER XIX. 
MAGNETISM AT THE TIME OF DEATH 
It is impossible to tell the full extent of the value of 
magnetism. It is impossible to know all that magnetism 
will do and the blessing it contains for mankind. No man 
has ever tested and been disappointed in the value of any 
commandment or law which God has made and given to 
man. I have seen magnetism perform the incredible: 
effect cures where there was not apparently one ray of 
hope, and bring back health and happiness where it 
seemed to have fled forever. 
To relieve suffering where all opiates had lost their 
power is a common thing for magnetism. Yet there is no 
place where the wonders of magnetism are so plainly 
manifested as in its ability to lessen the sufferings of 
those about to pass to the great beyond. Many times dur- 
ing my twenty years’ practice have I been asked in, not 
to cure, but only to relieve the suffering of the patients 
during their last hours. If magnetism had no other value, 
but to accomplish this one result, it would be 
well worth all we have to say for it. During these 
years a number of requests have come that I should 
attempt to relieve the suffering of those in the last hour 
when morphine had ceased to have its effect. 
Mr. — sent for me to come and see his wife, 
who had been operated upon for cancer of the stomach, 
which was not removed because of its condition, being 90 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
so far advanced that its removal would have been fatal. 
She was a woman, possibly sixty-five years of age. Her 
suffering was intense, as are all of these cases in the last 
days. In this case a week’s treatment relieved all of the 
suffering from that large growth and let her go down to 
her long sleep in peace. 
Mr. , a man about seventy years of age, had 
been operated upon for a cancer of the stomach and he, 
too, was opened but the cancer was not removed because 
of its size, and he was sent home to die. His condition, 
like others, was intensely painful. In this case the third 
treatment removed all of the pain and suffering and he 
passed away without any distress whatever. It so sur- 
prised the medical attendants that they insisted that it 
could not have been a cancer, because cancer patients 
never died without suffering, although five physicians 
witnessed the operation and pronounced it cancer. 
Mrs. , mother of a prominent family in West 
Seattle, had been confined to her bed for many months 
with a large growth. She had never undergone an opera- 
tion, but had been under the constant care of the family 
physician. This growth was as large as a fist and was 
extremely painful. She was possibly eighty years of age. 
Morphine, in this case, as in others, was rapidly losing 
its effect, and all I was asked to do was stop her suffering. 
Magnetism proved itself efficient and the old lady passed 
away by simply going to sleep. You can imagine the 
gratitude of the daughters as they saw their mother pass 
away quietly. For days they had watched her with in- SMOOTHING THE ROAD 
91 
tense agony, realizing what their mother would suffer 
when the morphine lost its effect. 
Space will not permit me to mention the number of 
cases in my twenty years’ experience that I have seen 
magnetism cure or relieve. It has proven itself equal to 
the needs of man up to the very last moment that his 
spirit remains in the body. 92 
CHAPTER XX. 
JESUS HAS DIGNIFIED MAGNETISM 
I realize in writing this article upon magnetism that it 
means to invite the scorn, ridicule and laughter of those 
that are taught to think along a certain line. During 
these twenty years, many times have I been snubbed, 
insulted and oftentimes humiliated because of the inso- 
lent remarks of those who thought themselves very wise. 
But, dear reader, as you have read these words no 
doubt many thoughts have passed through your mind, 
and 1 trust that if you should be prompted to attempt 
the use of this force to alleviate the suffering of mankind, 
the jeers and sneers of those whom you really believe 
lespect you will have no effect upon you. Remember 
that in the use of this wonderful power you are comply- 
ing with the request made by the Teacher of all men, 
Jesus of Nazareth, who said to go into the world and lay 
the hands on the sick and they would be healed. They 
laughed at Him, and even put Him to death. Why 
should you care, if the world should laugh and ridicule 
as long as you obey the commandments of “Him who 
sitteth on the right hand of our heavenly Father?” Re- 
member that Christ has dignified this law by giving it to 
us. Realize you are not using a toy, but one of the most 
wonderful, the most sacred, and yet one of the most far- 
reaching laws with which man has even been blessed. 
There awaits for you blessings, joys and happiness that FOUNTAIN OF HEALTH 
93 
have never descended upon you if you will be but of open 
mind and allow yourself to be used by Him who would 
lead all men to the paths of truth and helpfulness. 
There will come to you that joy, that peace that 
passes all understanding, to know that you have placed 
your life in His hands and are being led in the great work 
of alleviating the suffering of mankind. There will come 
to you that peace and assurance, that while man may 
laugh, God will bless, and victory is yours; and the con- 
sciousness that in all your endeavoring to fulfill your mis- 
sion in life, by obeying the commandments of Him who 
is the Commander of all men, you are doing right. 
True, you will fail in cases. True, you will find things 
that discourage you. You will find obstacles, and times 
of great disappointment, but in such times remember that 
He who led you into this great work sees all of this and 
only asks that you keep the other command, “Be thou 
faithful unto the end.” Remember also friend, that 
failures are not due to the law, and I trust they shall 
never be due to you, but to him who is sick, for he has 
not given you time, or has not cared very much nor re- 
spected the laws that govern his body, and expects to be 
repaired perfectly and, in most cases, instantly. 
Do not claim that you perform the wonderful. Do 
not claim that you can do that which is impossible and 
call yourself a great healer, but be obedient, only claim- 
ing to do what God has said, “Lay your hands on the 
sick and they shall be healed,” and trust God will bless 
His law and keep His promise. 94 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
In the work which shall follow, I have endeavored 
to give you my heart’s experiences. I have many that 
I have never recorded, and paper cannot record the heart- 
aches made by those who thought they were doing right 
in ostracizing me. To take up this work means the 
rejection of yourself by many so-called friends. It means 
to step out boldly and say to the world, “I am going to 
follow God and His commands.” It means to draw a 
line between yourself and many friends. They will say 
that you have become a fanatic, that you have become 
insane and that you are throwing your life away. But 
remember, friends, in preparing and practicing this great 
law you are making the world acquainted with one of 
its greatest needs at the present time. 
The world is searching for a fountain of health, be- 
lieving that it can find it in some spring, the top of some 
mountain, or the digging it from the hills, when it should 
turn its eyes within, where God has placed the fountain 
of eternal youth. It is your business as a magnetic healer 
to teach these principles. It is one thing to heal, but that 
is not your whole mission. You must be a teacher. 
The real, true, honest healer will go forth, teaching 
the way of truth and the way to live and obey laws that 
govern the body, so that they will know that health is 
not to be purchased or found. Health is a thing that must 
be lived. Health is the conforming to God’s laws. SECTION II. 
The Application of the Various Phases of Magnetism 
In the Treatment of Disease and the 
Alleviation of Pain and Suffering 97 
CHAPTER XXI. 
RHEUMATISM 
You will find a great many diseases called rheuma- 
tism. Practically all pains in the joints and muscles, 
especially in the lower part of the body, are classed as 
rheumatism. 
In this treatise we do not desire to differentiate be- 
tween the different kinds of rheumatism. They are many, 
each one attacking the patient in an entirely different 
form. For the purpose of this treatise it is well enough 
to class them all under one head and one form of treat- 
ment. 
In all rheumatics we recognize only one cause and 
when that cause is removed all rheumatic conditions re- 
gardless of their nature will entirely disappear. There has 
been as many causes given for the different kinds of rheu- 
matism as there have been different kinds of schools of 
healing. This much is a fact and must be recognized by 
all who think along these lines: that the old system of 
treatments for rheumatism has completely failed, as have 
some of the new systems, in a great many cases. 
We recognize the fact that all systems have helped in 
many cases, and in other words they have given temporary 
relief. These same persons, who were supposed to have 
been cured, found themselves its victims once or twice a 
year. This proves something seriously wrong with the 
system that was supposed to have cured them. 98 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
When any system of treating disease does not teach 
the patient the cause of his attacks, that system has not 
rendered just service for the money that has been taken. 
The reason why these systems have given relief only for 
a short time, as they will recur again and again, they did 
not reach the cause of these attacks. True, by their packs 
and massages and various other means they were able to 
scatter this condition, called rheumatism, from the places 
where it has settled, and throw it back into the blood 
stream and the eliminative organs eliminated it from the 
system. They did not teach the patient the cause, or they 
could have avoided the recurrence of the disease. Until 
the physician teaches the patient the cause of these attacks, 
and shows him how he can avoid it by his method of living, 
he will never save the patient from future attacks. 
CAUSE NO. 1 
The part diet plays in rheumatism is very plain to any- 
one who is looking for a cause that is not a germ. The 
diet of all rheumatics is universal. It consists usually of 
meat, white flour products, macaroni, spaghetti, noodles, 
dumplings, polished rice, mashed and fried potatoes, tea, 
coffee, sugar, and an abundance of rich pastries. I do not 
believe I have seen a case of rheumatism that was not pre- 
ceded by this kind of diet for many months and more often 
years. These are purely acid-forming foods. 
The eliminative organs have been worked to their ut- 
most capacity, and found themselves utterly incapable of RESULTS OF DIET 
99 
handling the mass of material sent into the system, which 
deposited it according to the nature of the poison, in some 
cases in the tissues, and others in the joints. One will 
produce excruciating pain by moving a muscle, others 
will cause swelling, some cases will be accompanied by 
extreme fever and a multitude of other symptoms peculiar 
to each individual. These conditions are supposed to be 
due to uric acid in the blood. 
The patients were given freely of deadly drugs to neu- 
tralize these acids. Occasionally they succeeded and after 
a period of time the patient recovered but frequently was 
troubled with a serious heart condition which the doctors 
said was the result of rheumatism. Patients were looked 
upon with sympathy and pity as they were left victims of 
their disease when in reality the condition was not the 
product of the disease but of the deadly drugs given dur- 
ing their illness. 
CAUSE NO. 2 
Another prominent cause of rheumatism is found in 
the fact that the diet mentioned in Cause No. 1, contains 
no real material or food for the body. This diet did noth- 
ing but clog the system which spent its energies in trying 
to eliminate the great quantities of useless material. 
Not receiving any material to aid it in this great work 
of repairing, it is forced to draw its supply from the re- 
serve of the system. This supply in time becomes ex- 
hausted when not replenished, and very frequently the 100 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
system breaks because of the exhausted supply of miner- 
als which the system must have for its work. This is seen 
plainly in the fact that nearly all rheumatics are anaemic. 
Their line of diet contains no iron, therefore there is no 
material from which the system can replenish its blood. 
This is just as true of lime, sulphur, potassium and all 
other vital elements needed by the system for its daily 
work. 
This second cause is due to the lack of these minerals 
because of their absence in the diet consumed by all rheu- 
matic patients. In many cases quick recovery can be pro- 
duced if the patient would be given these elements in large 
quantities. This would strengthen the organs of the body 
and enable them to do the extra work placed upon them 
by the over-supply of acid forming foods that are con- 
sumed daily. 
The one under-lying principle of all rheumatic condi- 
tions is the fact that they have not only polluted their sys- 
tems with this food but they have robbed it of all body 
building material which it possessed, and thus denied its 
demands for new material. Examine the diet of all such 
patients. You will find it practically void of all body-build- 
ing material and consisting largely of that which is destruc- 
tive. 
When wrong foods have been consumed, extra work 
has been placed upon the eliminative organs which soon 
become weakened and impoverished and rheumatism is 
sure to follow. Anything that will pollute the system will 
produce rheumatism. Anything that will pour a mass of MENTAL CONDITIONS GOVERN 
101 
poison that corrupts the blood stream will cause you suf- 
fering sooner or later. The patient must be made to un- 
derstand that this condition is due to his living, and if he 
ever hopes to escape it and remain absolutely free, his 
method of living must be changed. 
CAUSE NO. 3 
Mental conditions do a great deal to bring about many 
attacks of rheumatism. Many rheumatics are people who 
worry, who have undergone great mental strain, and 
whose lives have been filled with sorrow. Some have 
been victims of bad temper. It is not infrequent to find 
these cases great sufferers from rheumatism. As to how 
the mind can produce rheumatism is another subject for 
discussion. (See book on “Subconscious Mind and How 
to Tap It.”) 
I well remember having Mrs. as a rheumatic 
patient. She had never had an attack of rheumatism un- 
til after spending three months of grief over the death of 
her husband. Rheumatism rapidly followed and left her 
a cripple. The same condition is to be found here, as in 
those who eat incorrectly. This mental condition poured 
a stream of poison into the blood stream that located in the 
knees and drew them to an angle of about 45 degrees. PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
102 
TREATMENT 
The treatment for all rheumatic cases is the same in 
principle. Clean up the system. Any method of treat- 
ment that does not seek to bring about this one point is 
an utter failure in all such cases. Many cases could be 
cited to prove this point. My only success has been when 
I sought to clean the system rather than to stop the pain. 
Treatment should be given over the liver and kidneys 
daily. A thorough massage of the whole spine and the 
base of the brain to aid the system in creating a perfect 
circulation, to stimulate the eliminative organs and to 
bring about a healthy condition in the entire body as rapid- 
ly as possible is the main thing in all treatments. 
I would treat the liver and kidneys with the right hand 
in front and the left on the back. In some cases I have 
found it advantageous to use the left hand in front over 
the abdomen and the right over the kidneys, applying it 
first over one and then the other, also extending the right 
hand up and down the entire spine. Many passes may be 
made down over the entire body. Special passes are of 
great value when made over the inflamed parts. It is 
well in most cases to place the feet in a basin of water 
while giving the treatment over the body and making the 
passes. 
CAUTION NO. 1 
Great caution must be used in treating rheumatic cases 
as an attempt to treat the parts affected will only scatter MAY AFFECT HEART 
103 
the poison from that part, throwing it back into the 
blood stream, and it may settle around the heart, pro- 
ducing a serious condition. I have had several cases of 
this kind which taught me the lesson never to treat rheu- 
matism locally, only in extreme cases of suffering and 
then it should be given only by passes made down over the 
affected part toward the extremities. 
If the patient is in bed a wet towel can be wrapped 
around the feet, as the poisons will always go toward 
water the same as in giving an electric treatment. 
CAUTION NO. 2 
In case the treatment should scatter the poisons and 
they should settle around the heart, the same treatment 
must be given the heart. The left hand must be held 
directly over the heart and the right hand over the back 
just a little below the left. In many cases it is wise to 
make the hands exceedingly hot by friction and apply 
them over the seat of the pain. This treatment should be 
given indefinitely or until the pain has subsided. Many 
passes should be made with the hands held in the same 
position as held during the treatment. If you have dis- 
covered a tendency for these conditions to set themselves 
up in the region of the heart, it is always wise to treat the 
heart a few minutes at the beginning of every treatment 
given to such patients. This will prevent any unpleasant 
experiences. 104 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Mr. , an old soldier, came to me from the Old 
Soldiers’ Home at Port Orchard, Washington. He walk- 
ed with the aid of two crutches, his ankles and knees be- 
ing badly swollen. He expected me to treat his knees, 
as was the rule of the old systems of treatment, and was 
surprised that I did not treat the affected parts, but I pro- 
ceeded to treat the liver and kidneys with the idea of as- 
sisting the system in eliminating the poison that was creat- 
ing the rheumatic condition. 
While I was at my office, the nurse with her sympa- 
thetic heart, thought she was doing him a favor, not know- 
ing anything about drugless methods, by applying hot tur- 
pentine cloths all afternoon to his knees. On my return 
to the sanitarium at night I found the old soldier very jubi- 
lant because the nurse had so marvelously relieved his 
rheumatic condition. His rejoicing lasted but a short 
time, as the scattered poisons from the knees soon settled 
around his heart and became so serious that we almost 
despaired of his life for twenty-four hours. Treatment 
was given as described under Caution No. 2, which suc- 
ceeded in again scattering this same poison which later 
settled in his hands and fingers. The old man never again 
asked us to apply local treatments for his rheumatism. 
Two weeks’ magnetic treatment with the left hand in front 
and the right hand on the back over the kidneys complete- 
ly removed all of his rheumatic condition. My last knowl- 
edge of the old gentleman, having received a letter from 
him a year or so later, was that his rheumtism had never 
returned. FRUIT JUICES 
105 
DIET 
The diet should be one of almost a complete fast if the 
patient can be induced to take one. This should last for 
several days. In the place of foods there should be given 
freely of fruit juice, oranges, lemons and grape fruit, 
cider, grape juice, pineapple juices and the juices from any 
other fruits. During the continuance of the fever no food 
should be given whatever. Food will only add to the fever 
and continue it indefinitely. Fruit juices will not only 
neutralize but will be very cooling and destructive to the 
fever. Give them all they desire. Mix the juices of two 
oranges and one lemon without sugar or water unless it 
should be too strong and then add water to suit the taste. 
FEEDING AFTER FEVER IS GONE 
Begin with the vegetable waters. Boil a kettle of vege- 
tables, such as carrots, turnips, parsnips, greens, water 
cress or any other green vegetable that will not cook to 
pieces. Cook these for one and a half hours, drain and 
give the water freely to the patient. This should be given 
hot and if desired a little butter or milk may be added, but 
no salt. This is both nourishing and body building. It 
rapidly replaces in the system what it has so long needed. 
After the rheumatic condition begins to disappear 
combination salads can be given freely. By this line of 
diet you will replace the mineral salts, the absence of 
which has been one of the main causes of the trouble. 
Whole wheat bread may be eaten with solid foods. Roman 106 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
meal mush for breakfast will soon take the place of all 
pills. 
During this attack the bowels should never be allowed 
to go over one day without moving. Use no pills of any 
kind. Enemas should be given daily until the effects of 
the roman meal and other foods can produce a natural 
movement of the bowels. You will find the need of the 
enema will soon cease as soon as you have used several 
meals of this mush. If there is much trouble with the 
bowels a quantity of bran added to this mush will be very 
helpful. 
DO NOT TREAT SWOLLEN PARTS 
You will better understand the meaning of this when 
you have had experience in handling a rheumatic case. I 
well remember being called to see a lady who had been 
confined to her bed for many months with inflammatory 
rheumatism. Her hands and feet were badly swollen and 
very painful. I was only invited in to see her as I was 
going to visit another patient. While sitting and diagnos- 
ing her case I gave a very short magnetic treatment to 
the affected knee and relieved her pain. She was so elated 
that she insisted that I give the same treatment to the other 
knee. This I foolishly did, then nothing would satisfy 
her but that the same treatment must be applied to her 
hands. This quickly relieved the pain and enabled her 
to use them quite freely. 
She was much surprised at the quick response and in- 
sisted that I should come the following day and give her BELIEVED MAGNETISM WAS EVIL 
107 
a treatment. But before the hour arrived for me to go and 
give the treatment I was notified by phone that I was not 
wanted. I later learned the facts that in giving these treat- 
ments I had done as mentioned before in this article— 
stirred up the poison that had settled in these joints and 
threw it back into the blood stream and it settled around 
the heart. 
This so frightened her that she believed that I not only 
possessed a great power but was positively dangerous and 
was afraid to have me again use it as I might kill her. 
These patients never stop to consider that it would be 
much easier to remove an acute attack than the old chronic 
one. She again sent for the medical doctor who had been 
treating her for months with no results. This condition 
was all brought about by applying magnetism to the 
affected parts and anyone who will persist in such practice 
is going to find serious and disastrous results following his 
treatments. Especially if there is any tendency for a 
rheumatic condition of the heart. 
The use of hot packs, magnetism or massage upon the 
affected parts is contrary to nature. Nature has deposited 
this surplus poison out of the way from the vital organs, 
by placing it in the extremities where it does the least 
damage, and to do anything to scatter this from these 
places means to throw it back into the blood stream there- 
by making it possible to settle in some more serious place 
and produce more serious conditions. 
One of the great troubles you will find in all of this 
work, is that it is absolutely new to your patient. Many 108 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
will not give you time to explain or to teach them its uses 
but will become extremely afraid of you, believing that 
anyone with such power is positively dangerous. 
The fact that I could scatter the rheumatism from the 
old lady’s fingers and knees greatly impressed her but 
when by so doing it created other conditions that were 
more serious than those removed, she became fright- 
ened and thought it was due to evil power which I 
possessed. 
Reason did not enter into her mind or she might have 
known that by the same power that scattered it from the 
hands it could be scattered from the heart. Instead of 
inviting you back to complete your work, and instead of 
strengthening you in their opinion, you may create 
a condition that causes them to call in a medical man who 
will declare that your treatment almost killed the dear 
sister. Patients are slow to take up with these new ideas, 
thinking them positively dangerous. 
TIME OF RECOVERY 
This depends largely upon the nature of the attack, 
whether it is sudden or chronic, also the age of the person, 
the general condition of the health, the cause of the at- 
tack, the occupation, the environment and care, and many 
other things entering into the question of recovery. 
Do not promise quick results as the condition that 
produced this attack was not made in one day. Teach 
the principles set forth in this chapter. Illness is due to 
methods of living, to a corrupted blood stream, to filth, DEMAND TIME 
109 
and the only salvation for him is to be found in clean- 
ing his system. Make him believe this and he will give 
you time, or he will not let you begin your treatments. 
Have your way in the treating of the case as it is abso- 
lutely essential if you desire to produce results worthy of 
the name. Be slow in making promises as to how quickly 
you will effect the cures. This does not gain anything. 
You may not be able to keep your promise. You do not 
know how difficult a case you have undertaken. 
In many cases you may be able to produce ease and 
relief in one treatment but this does not mean you have 
effected a cure. Patients remain absolutely quiet and give 
the system every opportunity to eliminate poisons. 
Sweat baths are very beneficial as they can be given 
in all such cases. It is wise to soak and rub the feet 
daily to remove all of the dead cuticle and poisons that are 
deposited in the feet at this time. This will be a surprise 
if you have never tried it. One cannot imagine the mass 
of impurities thrown from the body through the feet at 
this time. Keep every pore open, aid the eliminative or- 
gans in every way possible and you will soon find results 
in all these cases. 110 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XXII. 
HEADACHES 
There is no form of illness more common than that 
of headaches. Many have become reconciled to suffer all 
their lives, believing that there was no cure. The use of 
headache tablets and anti-pain pills by the medical profes- 
sion is evidence of their inability to handle these cases. 
All such treatment tends only to overcome the effect and 
leave the cause unremoved. The taking of all opiates is 
simply hushing the cry of your system for relief. It is 
the overcoming of the guard. It is covering the signals 
of danger. So lightly do we look upon headaches that the 
remark is often made that “it’s only a headache; I will be 
alright in a short time.” These conditions will never be 
permanently overcome until you learn the seriousness of 
the cause and remove it. They will never be learned or 
removed until we have a different theory of disease. This 
is what has made all drugless methods so successful, and 
has roused the ire of the medical people. We have found 
the cause and removed it, thereby curing the cases of long 
standing which the medical men have often said could 
not be cured. The one principle to be observed by all 
victims of headache, is ceasing the use of all opiates, espe- 
cially aspirin, as its effects, as a rule, are very injurious to 
the heart. REMOVE CONGESTION 
111 
CAUSE NO. 1 
CONGESTION AT THE BASE OF THE BRAIN 
This is revealed by the amount of soreness you will 
find when massaging the base of the skull. Sometimes 
this soreness is not to be found until after a few treat- 
ments have been given, when it becomes exceedingly 
sensitive and almost impossible to be touched. 
Patients insist they never had this soreness until you 
treated them. To them it is true, they never felt any sore- 
ness and were entirely unconscious of the condition that 
existed. The truth is that your treatment did not cause 
the soreness but simply brought it to the surface. 
The congestion was confined to the deeper muscles 
and was concealed from the person being treated until 
the massage brought it out. If your treatments caused 
soreness then it would get worse as you continued to treat 
this place, but this is not a fact. Continued treatment will 
soon overcome all soreness and you can massage as vigor- 
ously as you desire with no punishment to the patient 
whatever. 
This congestion interferes with the flow of blood from 
the brain, causing an over-supply of blood to remain in 
the head, producing the trouble. Sometimes this conges- 
tion impinges a nerve which terminates in various parts 
of the head and produces the pain. 
When treating the base of the brain oftentimes you 
reproduce their old chronic headaches. This shows that 
you have touched the place that is responsible for the 112 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
headaches. Others have always treated the part which 
pained, when in reality that was only an effect, while the 
cause was at the base of the brain, and remained untreated. 
This treatment has stopped and permanently cured 
nearly all headaches, where there were no other serious 
complications. Sometimes it is well to make passes down 
over the head and body. Other times it is well to let the 
head lie in the two hands held at each side of the base of 
the brain, but not touching each other in the back. This 
will relax the muscles, quiet the nerves and produce a nor- 
mal condition, which will aid materially in overcoming the 
headache. 
CAUSE NO. 2. LIVER 
If the face is very red, it is always advisable to ex- 
amine the liver to see if there is an enlargement or any 
other trouble. If this should be found to exist there is 
but one treatment to be given, and that is the regular treat- 
ment at the base of the brain to remove whatever condi- 
tion you find, and then treat the liver as directed. (See 
Treatment for Liver.) 
CAUSE NO. 3. STOMACH TROUBLES 
Gas on the stomach is one of the most common causes 
and usually follows a meal. For all chronic cases there is 
only one remedy, stop the gas-producing foods. When 
that is done there is no trouble in stopping the headaches. 
Sour stomachs, filled with the most rank acid, will dis- 
tend the stomach or abdomen and produce many head- LOCATE THE CAUSE 
113 
aches that can never be remedied by treating the head. 
True, temporary relief may be given and should be if pos- 
sible, but the important thing in these cases is the correc- 
tion of the patients’ diet. 
CAUSE NO. 4. EYES 
Eye strain is one of the common causes of headaches. 
Many a person is suffering from headaches which a pair 
of glasses would completely remove. No one should force 
his eyes to labor if it produces such conditions. Visit the 
oculist at once. If treatments can be given to overcome 
this condition and strengthen the eyes so that glasses are 
not needed, then this should be done, but not force the 
eyes to work without glasses if they are needed. 
CAUSE NO. 5. NERVOUSNESS 
Many persons are subject to extreme headaches pro- 
duced by a state of nervousness, worry, excitement and 
anger. The only treatment for this is to remove the cause 
as near as possible and give a general treatment with 
magnetism to quiet the nervous system. A massage at 
the base of the skull and the whole spine will help. Make 
many passes over the whole body. Complete rest will do 
as much as anv other treatment for headaches caused from 
nervousness. 
CAUSE NO. 6. OVER STIMULATION 
This means that something has caused too much 
heart stimulation. It is your business to locate this cause 114 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
and to remove it. It is usually found in something 
eaten or drunk. It is usually coffee or tea, or both. 
They affect the heart which sends a large quantity of blood 
to the head causing the headache. Sometimes, headache 
is caused by the absence of these stimulants, their use hav- 
ing become habit. 
This is very noticeable in those who try to stop the 
habit of using these stimulants. They are frequently ex- 
treme sufferers from attacks while making this fight for 
freedom. In some cases the effects are so serious that the 
tongue and lips will swell and extreme weakness and ex- 
haustion nearly overcome them. 
They must be allowed a small portion of their old 
stimulant while you are treating to overcome these evil 
effects. A general treatment is very essential in all such 
cases. If anyone questions the evil effects of either tea or 
coffee let him read our book entitled “Food Facts and 
Values.” 
CAUSE NO. 7. REFLEX HEADACHES 
This class of headaches are usually caused by a female 
trouble. A misplaced uterus or extreme suffering through 
the generative organs will often produce severe head- 
aches. If treatment can be given to bring temporary re- 
lief it is always better to give it, but for permanent relief 
the treatment of these organs is the only hope. (See 
Chapter on Female Troubles.) PROTEIN POISONING 
115 
CAUSE NO. 8. BILIOUS HEADACHES 
These headaches are usually detected from other 
headaches by the coated tongue, bad taste in the mouth, 
yellow complexion, blues and despondency. One often 
despises himself and everybody else. Fever may accom- 
pany these conditions. This condition is nothing more or 
less than a case of protein poisoning. The first thing to 
do in all such cases is to eliminate all animal foods, in- 
cluding eggs and milk. 
The liver should be well treated with the right hand in 
front and the left on the back for at least a half hour or 
longer each day. The whole spine should be thoroughly 
massaged. The colon should be cleansed daily with an 
enema, a complete fast will do as much to bring about a 
quick cure as any other treatment given. If there should 
be an over secretion of bile then it is well to use the left 
hand in the front over the gall bladder and the right on 
the back. 
In all of these cases one must use his judgment as to 
the form of treatment for it is very difficult to find any 
headache that has not a number of different causes back 
of it. 
Look well into the method of living, also the conduct 
and environment, there you may find a cause that has 
never been detected, when removed a permanent cure will 
be effected. 116 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XXIII. 
HAY FEVER 
This disease, like asthma, has been very difficult to 
cure. The medical profession has seen nothing but the 
discharging nose, the watery eyes, the sneezing. They ac- 
cuse the pollen of the flowers and weeds and the dust 
from animals as the reason for this condition, when in 
fact these things never have, and never will produce a case 
of hay fever. 
We must look beyond such causes. The same cause 
that is found in asthma is found in many cases of hay 
fever. There are other causes in connection with hay 
fever that are not found in connection with asthma. In 
all cases similar to that of asthma we would refer you to 
the chapter on asthma concerning treatment and diet. 
The new cause which we believe to be of importance, 
which we mention specifically in this article, is the influ- 
ence of the prostate gland. This may at first seem too 
far from the trouble to play any part in such a disease. 
There has never been found a cause for hay fever and I 
maintain that the reason for the failure is that doctors 
have always treated symptoms. So-called hay fever is only 
an effect and is not curable by any local treatment as the 
experiences of multitudes will verify. 
Many experiences are at hand to convict the prostate 
gland as being the real cause in many cases. My reason 
for believing that it plays one of the most active parts in SEXUAL INDULGENCE 
117 
hay fever in all cases, is because of the wide influence it 
has, especially over the face. What may cause this gland 
to become affected is quite another matter. It may have 
been injured by venereal diseases in earlier life or it may 
have been weakened through self abuse or by over sexual 
indulgence. 
In all male cases that I have ever investigated, I found 
that their hay fever was worse the morning after having 
indulged in intercourse the night before. Their recovery 
has been rapid when they refrained from all sexual indul- 
gences and were treated to strengthen or to quiet if this 
gland was irritated and inflamed. I have found in the giv- 
ing of enemas, many will sneeze violently, and the nose 
discharge freely, showing that when some pressure or 
irritation is placed upon the gland the nose responds freely. 
All are familiar with the influence of these generative 
organs on the voice of the male at the time of entering 
manhood. How soon the beard begins to grow, the voice 
and expression of the whole face changes. What has done 
this? Nothing but the influence of the generative organs 
undergoing a change. 
I would not attempt to give you a complete discussion 
of this subject, but only mention the above to show you 
another cause, and a center for treatment that has worked 
wonderful results in many cases. It is worth your time 
to give it some study and observation. It can do no harm 
to treat these organs in such cases. The treatment should 
be the same as that of piles or the bladder trouble. If 
there is extreme soreness the left big finger should be in- 118 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
serted with the right hand on top of the abdomen. A 
thorough massage of the muscles at the base of the brain 
and the whole spine will be very helpful. Treat the liver 
and kidneys as you would in cases of asthma. 
Remove all acid forming foods. A fast of a few days 
will greatly help. All stimulants, such as coffee, tea and 
condiments of all kinds must be eliminated. 
Insert the right big finger into the rectum nearly full 
length and press upward toward the front, there you will 
feel this gland. Hold the hand in an upright position with 
the palm toward the top of the body. Sit at the right side 
of the patient who will be lying on his back. Continue 
this treatment for about thirty minutes daily for an in- 
definite length of time. In some cases it is wise to treat 
with the left hand internally and the right on top, especial- 
ly if it should be swollen or tender. It is wise to make 
many passes down over the body as described in chapter 
on passes. 
Give special attention to the eyes and nose, allow 
nothing to irritate them. Keep the patient quiet as pos- 
sible and away from all conditions that would excite the 
sexual organs. They are easily congested as a result of 
excitement, and when the patient comes in contact with 
anything of this character, it seriously affects his recovery. 
They are overly sensitive and nothing should be allowed 
to excite them. 
The treatment as described, with the diet, described 
for asthma, will quickly relieve the sensitive condition of 
the nose and eyes and produce a cure if you will persist INFLUENCE OF GENERATIVE ORGANS 
119 
in your efforts. Here, as in all other cases, you must in- 
sist on time, as that is one of the main factors in all cures. 
It is well to remember that all we have had to say 
about the effects of the generative organs over the face 
and nose in the male, is just as true with females. In all 
cases of hay fever in women it is well to treat the female 
organ to remove all tenderness or soreness. Our experi- 
ences with women have been the same as with men. 
Many cases could be cited to show how quickly discharges 
from the nose and eyes ceased when the womb and ovaries 
were treated. This truth is made clear to all when they 
recall the fact that women’s eyes water freely before or 
during the menstrual period. 120 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XXIV. 
PROSTATE GLAND 
There are many ailments that have called for many 
different kinds of treatment, but none has been more 
baffling than that of the prostate gland. 
The mission of the prostate gland, its effect and in- 
fluence over the body has possibly never been fully un- 
derstood. The many different symptoms it can produce 
in various parts of the body has never been fully realized. 
My experience in treating this gland has been a revel- 
ation in many cases. There have been numbers of occa- 
sions to treat this gland because of the consciousness, on 
the part of the patient, of its diseased condition, and to 
my surprise as well as the patient’s to find other ailments 
rapidly disappear. This is made very plain in the case of 
chronic lumbago, or pain through the top of the hips and 
down the limbs which is usually called lumbago or sciatica. 
All kinds of treatments have been given to the lumbar 
vertebrae and muscles and nerves. Chiropractors have 
adjusted their spines, and osteopaths have massaged, med- 
ical doctors have rubbed on their ointments, but all to no 
avail. When magnetism was applied to this gland it was 
interesting to see how rapidly the so-called chronic lum- 
bago and sciatica disappeared. 
The same thing is true of locomotor ataxia. This is 
well known to be an incurable disease in the most cases, 
yet I have seen it fade away under two or three weeks’ IMPROVES EYESIGHT 
121 
treatment by magnetism. Its far-reaching effect over the 
body, when once understood, may cause a revolution in 
our treatment of many other diseases. We can not un- 
derstand why certain conditions exist and all treatments 
applied have failed. 
It is possible that this gland may be producing these 
conditions, and like many other cases we have devoted 
all our time to treating an effect. 
One of the most astonishing things that I have dis- 
covered in the treatment of the prostate gland has been 
the rapid improvement of eyesight. How it affects the 
eyes I do not know. The same is true in cases of hay 
fever and catarrh, the discharge rapidly ceased. I do not 
need to produce much evidence to prove to you that this 
gland materially affects the face, involves the throat, eyes 
and nose. When does the voice of the young boy change, 
when does the beard start to grow, when does his whole 
face take on a complete change and he begins to look like 
a man? It is when these generative organs undergo a 
complete change. See how quickly the masturbator 
marks his face. Sexual dissipation dulls the eye, droops 
the shoulders and marks its lines of old age on the entire 
face. 
I believe it is one of the most important glands in the 
whole body. I believe that one is old or young, strong or 
weak, vigorous or lifeless in keeping with the condition 
of this prostate gland. It is a source of much aggrava- 
tion and annoyance to many men in their later years. Its 
location is such that it interferes with the free passage of 122 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
the urine. As this gland becomes swollen, as it does in 
many cases, it impinges the neck of the bladder and pre- 
vents the free passing of the urine which results in the use 
of a catheter in a great many cases. Many cases of blad- 
der trouble are nothing but cases of inflamed prostatic 
gland. You make no mistake in treating this gland for 
any disease of the hips, small of the back, face, throat, 
eyes and nose. 
TREATMENT 
The treatment is very simple. If it should be extreme- 
ly sore, the left finger should be inserted in the rectum 
against this gland, holding the right hand on top of the 
abdomen a part of the time and the remaining time on the 
back. In other cases where it seems to be atrophied the 
opposite treatment should be given with the right big 
finger inserted, using the left on the abdomen or the small 
of the back. 
Sometimes these glands become very hard and will 
require a large amount of massage to soften. Always be 
gentle, and only massage a short time. The magnetic 
treatment can continue for twenty or thirty minutes. 
Care must be exercised or you will produce injury to the 
rectum and create piles, which will prevent you from 
treating internally. In such cases let the patient rest 
for a few days or reverse your hands and seek to remove 
the soreness from the rectum. 
One of the first results that is usually noticed as a 
product of your treatment is the effect it has upon one’s AFFECTS SEXUAL POWERS 
123 
passions. It will either increase or decrease it. There 
are many cases where the party thinks he is very strong 
sexually, when it is due to an irritation of this gland. The 
proper treatment given will quickly remove this irrita- 
tion and the passion will cease. In many of these cases 
the patient will think you have injured him. It is your 
business, understanding this fact, to instruct him as to 
the truth concerning these things. In other cases they 
will note a rapid increase in sexual powers. In the first 
case the patient will become blue and despondent, while 
in the last case they will become extremely jubilant and 
must be warned against sexual indulgence at that time. 
They must be taught the necessity of complete rest and 
if they desire good and permanent results they must 
refrain from all sexual relations until these organs have 
regained their normal strength. PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
124 
CHAPTER XXV. 
PARALYSIS 
Paralysis is another of the diseases which is so 
dreaded by old people, and which belongs particularly to 
old age. Every person feels that the end is near when he 
becomes its victim, yet many paralytics live several years 
and die with some other trouble. The teachings of all 
systems have been that the presence of paralysis implies 
the deterioration and breaking down of the arteries. They 
make the cause due to deteriorated arteries, and that the 
break in the brain, producing the paralysis, was due to 
the condition of these blood vessels. 
It is very interesting to note that these so-called de- 
teriorated blood vessels do not break in other parts of 
the body as they do in the head. If they are so deteri- 
orated, why do they not break in the hands where great 
strain is placed upon them? Why does breaking usually 
take place inside of the brain? But in this lies the real 
secret of the cause of paralysis. True, it is due to the 
clot of blood on the brain, but that which made the 
artery break is the cause that must be found if we are to 
cure or prevent a stroke. You can easily see the effect 
or the condition change in the hand or foot if a string be 
tied around the upper part of the limb. This string pre- 
vents the free flow of blood from these parts, causing 
a congestion in the limb that is very noticeable, and if NEW THEORY FOR PARALYSIS 
125 
persisted in long enough will produce a bursting of the 
blood vessel or some other serious condition. 
Here is my theory as to one of the main causes of 
paralysis: Something has interfered with the free exit 
of blood from the head. This condition is produced by 
some congestion or contraction that prevents the blood 
from leaving as rapidly as it enters. This is usually due 
to the congestion found at the base of the skull. That 
which has marked my practice with the greatest success 
in paralytic cases has followed the removal of this con- 
gestion. Many cases could be cited. A whole book 
could be written to prove the truthfulness of this conges- 
tion being one of the main causes of paralysis. 
Mr. , seventy years of age, came to me. He 
was unable to walk, except by the aid of a person on each 
side and with two canes. Doctors had pronounced his 
case hopeless and that it would be only a short time until 
he would have a fatal stroke. Hardening of the arteries 
was the main cause given. He had two or three sinking 
spells daily and the family expected him to soon pass 
away. He weighed about 275 pounds. 
The first treatment at the base of the brain was 
accompanied by a period of unconsciousness or sinking 
which lasted several minutes. This treatment removed 
all of these attacks. Treatments were given daily, with 
a thorough massage of the spine and a treatment of the 
liver and kidneys, by magnetism, with the right hand 
in front and the left on the back. The head was well 
treated with magnetism, with the left hand on top and the 126 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
right in back, and then the left hand was applied to the 
back of the neck and the right at the small of the back. 
Many passes were made down over the whole head and 
body. Later, numbers of electric blanket sweats were 
given. His diet was controlled as far as possible as he 
was a very hearty eater. His recovery was rapid and 
complete. Later he spent two years in the shipyards in 
Seattle, and was enjoying the best of health. 
Mr. — was stricken with paralysis. His left side 
was absolutely helpless. The blood had settled down 
over the top of his right eyelid, leaving it heavily blood- 
shot, showing the fact of an actual break of a blood 
vessel. This condition was quickly removed by massage 
and magnetic treatments, as mentioned above, and in less 
than ten days he was able to use his hand and foot per- 
fectly. 
Dr. —, a man of seventy, was stricken with par- 
alysis on the right side, which involved his speech. Three 
weeks’ treatment, as described above, put the doctor 
back in his office, where he has been entirely free from 
all symptoms of paralysis at the writing of this article, 
five years later. 
Mr. , who was paralyzed and unable to use his 
right hand, and dragged his limb badly, was quickly 
cured by the same treatment, with the exception of the 
bulk of the treatment being placed over the liver, where 
a large growth, which had formed and interfered with the 
flow of the blood to the extremities, sending it to the AN INTERESTING CASE 
127 
head, produced this condition. As the lump disappeared 
his paralysis likewise disappeared. 
One of the most interesting cases that I have ever 
had was that of a lady in middle life, who was paralyzed 
and confined to the hospital at Chehalis, Washington. 
She weighed possibly 200 pounds or more. Upon the 
request of her sister I went to Chehalis to help bring her 
to our sanatarium in Seattle. I found her in the condi- 
tion described and, in addition to this, she was delirious, 
not even knowing her sister. Her left hand and foot 
were tied to the back of the bed to keep her from falling 
on the floor. 
The medical attendant did not know that I was a phy- 
sician and proceeded to show me where the trouble was 
located in the brain, and the possibility of an operation, 
but with the chances much against her. His advice was 
that she should be taken to Steilacoom, the insane asy- 
lum, and there kept until her death. She was placed on 
a stretcher and taken to Seattle. 
We began applying our treatments according to our 
theory as to the cause of paralysis. The base of the 
brain was well treated with magnetism and massage, but 
the majority of the treatment was given over the abdo- 
men, which was very large and distended, and caused her 
great pain. The recovery was nothing less than marvel- 
ous to all who knew the case, for within three weeks’ 
time she was able to walk down stairs to the dining room 
and never had a return symptom up to the time she was 
killed in an automobile accident several years later. 128 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
The one universal law, employed in all of these cases, 
was that of removing the cause that kept this large 
quantity of blood in the brain. There have been few 
cases that we have not been able to cure. 
The diet given these patients has been universal. All 
solid food was removed and large quantities of fruit 
juices or vegetable waters given freely. Enemas were 
given daily to insure cleanliness of the colon, to remove 
any possible weight or obstruction from that source. 
Plenty of water was given at all times. All stimulants 
such as tea, coffee, salt, pepper or any other spices or 
condiments were withheld. When food is given it 
may consist of vegetable soups, combination salads, 
fruits, nuts, whole-wheat breads, soaked prunes and figs, 
uncooked and unsweetened, dates and raisins or any 
other fruit that is desired. 
SURROUNDINGS 
All excitement must be absolutely avoided. Nothing 
must be permitted that will produce any degree of worry, 
and everything should be done to remove any worry that 
might be existing. Caution must be taken not to oppose 
them or produce any temper as it might be serious. The 
necessity of this was very clearly demonstrated by a Mr. 
, who had a stroke in the afternoon. I was sent 
for in the evening and found he was not in bed, but sit- 
ting in a chair with his right side helpless and speech 
gone. After getting him to bed, we endeavored to treat 
him and he objected. He was one of those men who 
was all-wise, no one else knowing anything. However, EFFECTS OF MIND 
129 
we prevailed upon him to take the treatment. Speech 
rapidly returned. After the second treatment his hand 
became perfectly normal, as well as the speech. On at- 
tempting to give him the third treatment he protested and 
swore violently and became extremely angry. Needless 
to say, the treatment was not given, his reasons being 
that he was well and did not need any more doctors, al- 
though his right limb was still helpless. I had left the 
place only a few hours when he received another stroke 
and died soon after. 
This shows you the necessity of absolute quietness 
and caution in the care of a paralytic. 130 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XXVI. 
ASTHMA 
All are familiar with the symptoms of asthma. Noth- 
ing can be more annoying, and punishing and yet be 
accompanied with as little danger, as asthma. It num- 
bers its victims by the tens of thousands. It has baffled 
all medical science. No honest medical physician ever 
claimed to have any remedy for it. The best that can be 
done is the inhaling of certain smokes and fumes that 
will relax the air passages. Possibly no disease has more 
remedies advertised in various papers. Its victims are 
easy prey for those who would impose upon such suf- 
ferers. 
This, like all other diseases, is nothing but an effect, 
and all treatment applied to the air passages is only treat- 
ing an effect and doing nothing to remove the cause. 
This will explain why no remedy has been found. When 
we can learn that this wheezing or asthmatic condition 
is only an effect and look elsewhere for the cause, we 
will not be long in discovering a remedy. The cause will 
be visible and of such a nature that the remedy will be 
easily discovered and applied. 
While I recognize the various causes taught by the 
various schools of healing, I have found that about two 
causes constitute the reasons for asthma in the larger 
majority of cases. The chiropractors insist upon adjust- 
ing the vertebrae, others will insist upon various other NEW CAUSE FOR ASTHMA 
131 
causes, but in my practice I have found that nearly all 
cases can be classed under two distinct causes. 
LIVER TROUBLE 
The liver plays an active part in a great mass of cases. 
When you once realize how the liver can produce this 
condition your examination of the liver will be the first 
thing considered when you are called to see an asth- 
matic patient. I have found the larger percentage of all 
such cases suffering from a very large, swollen or con- 
gested liver. This condition, by pressing back against 
the descending arteries, preventing the free flow of blood 
to the lower extremities, retains the blood in the upper 
part of the body, the lungs coming in for their share of 
the over supply. This sets up a congestion which soon 
makes the air passages over-sensitive to all cold air, dust, 
various pollens from the vegetable kingdom, and a multi- 
tude of other conditions. 
This furnishes the explanation why asthmatic patients 
suffer more at night than during the day. This is the 
reason why they suffer less in a warm climate than in a 
cold one. The cold air is more irritating to them than 
the milder air; the air passages, being over sensitive, 
become easily inflamed, soon creating an acute condi- 
tion which causes the difficult breathing. 
All treatments to relax and remove this inflammation 
of the air passages have failed to produce a permanent 
cure. The reason is they have not found what has made 
these air passages congested and inflamed. Our theory, 132 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
as stated above, is that congestion of the liver, or any 
other cause that would distend the abdomen and shut off 
the free flow of blood to the extremities, will produce 
this condition, and when this cause is removed asthmatic 
sufferers will soon find permanent relief. 
All anyone must do to prove the truthfulness of this 
theory is to witness the sufferings of an asthmatic patient, 
note the distended blood vessels in his forehead, note the 
congestion in his hands and oftentimes the flushed face 
as well as his cold feet and limbs. Note the position in 
which he sits to get the most relief. Examine the right 
side and note the extreme soreness and tenderness that 
exists. The treatment of such cases is the same as given 
in the chapter for liver trouble. 
The right hand should be applied to the liver and the 
left on the back unless in cases of extreme suffering and 
soreness, the opposite treatment should be given, until all 
soreness and suffering has ceased. These treatments 
should be applied daily, and if the case is serious, twice 
daily. The diet should be almost a complete fast. If the 
patient should insist upon food then give freely of 
orange and lemon juices, or the vegetable waters that have 
been drained from vegetables cooked at least an hour and 
a half. 
No bulky substance must be given as this would add 
to the crowded condition of the abdomen and increase the 
already existing troubles instead of diminishing them. If 
possible a thorough massage of the base of the brain and NEARLY 100 PER CENT CURES 
133 
the spine is of great value. An enema should ge given 
daily. » 
Hot applications should be applied to the feet or do 
anything else that would assist in drawing the blood to the 
lower part of the body if you desire quick results. All 
stimulants should be removed, including tea, coffee, and 
chocolate. These serve to excite the heart and to clog the 
liver which means prolonged suffering for the patient. In 
fact a complete fast will be of great value to the patient 
for one or two days or longer if in condition to sustain it. 
Asthmatics should be kept absolutely quiet. The room 
should be filled with pure air, but warm at all times. Never 
allow a patient who has any trouble of this nature to 
breathe cold air, as it only irritates the parts that are 
already seriously inflamed. 
If you will adhere closely to the above method of treat- 
ment you will usually find excellent results within 24 
hours and possibly sooner. Continue these treatments 
daily or twice daily as the case may need, until the liver is 
absolutely normal and all signs of the asthma has dis- 
appeared. I have never seen this fail in any case of asthma 
where there was a large liver or a distended abdomen. 
CHANGE OF CLIMATE NEVER CURES ASTHMA 
Change of climate never cures asthma. What it does is 
to remove the thing that produces the irritation to the al- 
ready over sensitive air passages, but it never removes the 
cause that makes the air passages sensitive. True, they 134 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
may change climate and be absolutely free from asthma 
until they supposedly wear out the climate. 
This is the reason why many patients can be absolutely 
free while living in a new place, but can never return to 
the old place without again suffering from asthma. If he 
were well of asthma in this other climate he could go back 
and be free from it in the place where he once had it, but 
his change did not cure him. 
It only removed the irritation of those parts, and as 
soon as he goes back to his former abiding place his asth- 
ma returns, showing that the same sensitive condition re- 
mains and all it needed to show itself was something that 
would produce an irritation to the always over sensitive 
air passages. 
Mrs. who has been suffering from asthma for a 
number of days, decided upon drugless methods and I was 
sent for. Upon examination I found every condition as I 
have described in the beginning of this article. She was 
sitting up in bed, feet and limbs cold to her body, arms 
cold to her shoulders, and in a very serious condition. 
The treatments were given as described above and 
within three days she was absolutely easy and out of bed, 
having found great relief after the first treatment. I have 
had many cases of asthma but found no exceptions to the 
above rules where there was an enlarged liver or a dis- 
tended abdomen. 
MENTAL CONDITIONS 
Space will not permit me to give an extensive treatise 
on the subject of mental treatments for asthma, however, POWER OF THOUGHT 
135 
it is essential that you should have some conception as to 
the mind being one of the great factors in producing asth- 
ma. True this work does not belong rightly in a treatise 
on magnetism, but that the possessor of this book might 
be better qualified to handle all cases coming under his 
observation, we include this small article on the subject 
of mental treatments. 
Possibly no disease is more easily produced by sugges- 
tion than asthma. It would be very difficult to make any 
asthmatic believe that he was the victim of thought. It 
would not be wise to attempt such a thing if you desire to 
keep his friendship. Nevertheless, it is just as true whether 
he is informed of the fact or not. 
A number of very interesting cases have come under 
my observation in which suggestion proved to be the only 
remedy ever applied that produced permanent results. 
Rev. came to me from Yakima, Washington. For 
25 years he had been a continuous sufferer of asthma. He 
was induced by his pastor to try suggestive treatments, 
but had absolutely no faith whatever in the system. It is 
sufficient to say that after six suggestive treatments his 
asthma entirely disappeared and has never returned. 
Later on his wife, while visiting in Seattle, came to my 
office to thank me for what I had done for her home, in 
not only saving her money, but ridding her home of smoke 
and ashes. 
Mr. , who with his wife were attending my lec- 
tures given in a certain town in Western Washington 
where I was teaching these principles. Mr. had been 136 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
suffering from asthma for many years and was forced to 
leave their home in the care of his wife and spend most of 
his time in Montana, because of his asthmatic condition. 
One night while lecturing upon the subject of sugges- 
tive treatments, I offered to treat someone to demonstrate 
the method of applying suggestion. Knowing that this 
gentleman was a great sufferer of asthma, I requested that 
he come forward as the subject to receive the sample treat- 
ment. This was repeated for three nights in succession 
before the class. I have been in touch with the gentleman 
for a number of years and to my knowledge he has never 
had another attack of asthma after the first treatment. 
(See book on Subconscious Mind and How to Apply It.) 
Many cases of this kind could be repeated, but this is 
sufficient to show you the necessity of an understanding 
of the power of suggestion in handling many cases of 
asthma. With a combined knowledge of suggestion and 
magnetism along with the proper diet, there are but few 
if any cases which will not respond to your treatment. 
Patience and persistency will win you success if you 
can succeed in impressing the patient, with his part in 
making the cure permanent. Show him that his living 
has produced this condition in his liver, and if he would 
make the benefit of these treatments permanent, and 
would be forever rid of that which has haunted his life 
like a ghost, he must forever obey the laws that govern 
his body. 137 
CHAPTER XXVII. 
EYES 
There is no portion of the body that is as delicate and 
must be treated with more consideration than the eye. 
Magnetism has proved to be one of the most valuable 
methods of treatment, because of its mild yet penetrating 
nature. There is no remedy known that can treat the back 
of the eye ball. This is the reason why magnetism is so 
extremely beneficial in all eye cases. There is no inflamma- 
tion that magnetism will not remove. The condition of 
the eye must govern the application of your magnetism. It 
is very difficult to describe accurately how every case 
should be treated, as the conditions underlying the 
various cases may be vastly different. Some of the great- 
est surprises of my many years of practice has been the 
results that have followed the treatment of eyes. 
INFLAMED EYES 
In various parts of this work there are references as 
to how I treated numbers of cases of inflamed eyes. There 
are but few ways to treat inflammation. Employ the use 
of the left hand on the eye and the right hand at the back 
of the head, and in some cases on the top of the head. 
Keep the hands well moistened and treat all highly 
inflamed cases daily or more often if the case should be 
extremely severe. Sometimes it is of great importance 
to use the tips of the fingers made very hot by friction and 138 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
place them, while still hot, on the inflamed part of the eye. 
In case this does not stop the pain in a short time it 
is wise to use the right hand for a short time on the eye 
and then return to the use of the left. 
This is extremely profitable in the treatment of in- 
flamed eyes due to an irritation from some particle that 
has cut and irritated the delicate lining of the eye-lids. 
One treatment will usually bring perfect relief, not how- 
ever, instantly, but a few hours after the treatment has 
been given. Always give your treatment time to take 
effect. This is very essential as you will not secure in- 
stantaneous results in many cases. 
GROWTH ON EYES 
Mr. was injured by a cinder from a threshing 
machine striking the left eye-ball over twenty years be- 
fore. The accident caused a growth, beginning from the 
inside corner of the left eye and extending over the en- 
tire pupil. This growth was so thick that it could be 
pinched with the fingers. 
Treatment given in this case was by the use of the 
right big finger on this growth and the left on the back of 
the head. This treatment was continued daily for fifty 
days; during this time the change was very noticeable. 
The growth becoming thinner. 
At the end of fifty days it had entirely disappeared and 
his vision was restored to normal. During the treatment 
of this case there was a very interesting feature that was 
never noticeable in any other case. After treating him a MAGNETISM CONTROLS CIRCULATION 
139 
number of times the eye-ball would become exceedingly 
red during each treatment, and one day while treating he 
remarked that all the pictures on the wall appeared to be 
red each day I treated; finally everything appeared red. 
This, to my mind, proved conclusively that magnetism 
actually drew blood into the part being treated. 
This is of great value to prove the power of magnetism 
to affect the circulation. No one can disbelieve in the 
power of magnetism to control the circulation except 
those who have never experienced it. In this case there 
was no pressure placed upon the eye that should have 
caused this redness, there was no massage, nothing but 
the contact of the finger with that piece of flesh, yet this 
simple method entirely removed that which had for 
twenty years obstructed his vision. 
CATARACTS 
Cataracts are very difficult to cure as it takes much 
time. It is not wise to begin any of these extreme cases 
when they will not agree to give you two or three months 
time. If you can produce a cure in that time, or less it is 
alright, but if you cannot it is all wrong to take them for 
a trial treatment. 
This principle is true in nearly all cases but especially 
so in cataract. It means the drawing of the blood into 
these parts to absorb the deposit which has formed the 
cataract. It means the restoration of a perfect circula- 
tion through the eye. 
This treatment I would give by holding the fingers 140 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
of the right hand, and in many cases making it exceed- 
ingly warm by friction, on the affected eye, and the left 
hand on the back of the head. I would also massage well 
the whole base of the brain, removing any congestion 
found in that region. 
It is always advisable to use a magnifying glass at the 
very beginning to learn the real condition of the cataract 
and be able to note any change in its appearance. It is 
also advisable for several to see the eye at the first so they 
can confirm your statements as to its improvements. 
All such cases should be treated daily, and, if possible, 
twice daily. The general health should be cared for by 
treating the liver and kidneys. The diet should be along 
the lines as those mentioned for all other diseases. 
BLINDNESS 
I have been asked to treat a number of cases of blind- 
ness. There have been but few that have not responded. 
This, like any other disease, you are asked to treat when 
all other systems have failed. If you are not able to 
bring results in a few treatments they declare your sys- 
tem is a failure. 
Mrs. had been blind in both eyes, following 
a case of confinement, one eye having regained its normal 
condition, but the other eye four years later was still 
sightless. Six weeks’ treatment with the right hand on 
the eye and the left at the back and part of the time re- 
versing, every other day treatments brought the eye back 
to normal. INTERESTING CASES 
141 
Mrs. —, who had been blind for one year and 
a half from over consumption of wood alcohol, came to 
me for treatment. The treatment was given daily with 
the right hand in front for several days and then the 
left on the front, for thirty minutes each, completely 
restored her sight in ten days. 
Mr. was totally blind in his right eye with the 
exception of a faint ray of light that entered from the 
corner of the eye. It showed no sign of cataract and the 
reason for his blindness was unknown to all specialists 
who had examined him. One month’s treatment, given 
twice a day, restored the eye to almost normal condition. 
This was given by applying the right hand twice daily 
in front, and the left on the back. 
Miss , a school teacher, had a hemorrhage 
that clouded the optic nerve, making it possible only to 
see one word in a line or one finger on her hand. By the 
application of magnetism this blood clot was dissolved 
and the entire vision restored. This covered a period of 
daily treatments for six weeks by applying the right hand 
over the eye and left on the back. Some cases it is well 
to reverse the hands occasionally. 
EYE STRAINS 
There is no one treatment I have found that has been 
more beneficial to the eyes than that of the application 
of the big finger and thumb held at the base of the nose, 
pushed up well underneath the eyebrows in the inner 142 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
corners of the eyes, and the left hand on the soft spot 
of the head. 
The fingers and hands should be kept well moistened 
in all of these cases. By this system of treatment I have 
been able to remove a great many very distressing feel- 
ings, headaches and bad conditions of the eyes. Sometimes 
the treatment must be given just the opposite as here 
described, using the right hand where you had the left 
and the left where you had the right. 
Sometimes many passes with the moistened fingers 
from the corners of the eyes out over the outer corners 
back toward the ears produces a very soothing effect. If 
there is any tendency to blurred vision one of these two 
treatments will be found very helpful. 143 
CHAPTER XXVIII. 
EPILEPSY 
Epilepsy, like many other diseases, is classed as in- 
curable. Its victims feel their helplessness. No hope is 
held out to the unfortunate ones. Medical doctors never 
have been able to locate the cause of these attacks. 
We believe the reason why it has never been success- 
fully handled or treated is due to the fact of their failure 
to locate the cause. All their efforts have been made 
toward effecting the brain, therefore they have resorted 
to the use of bromides and heavy drugs to prevent these 
attacks. 
My experience with these cases has convinced me 
of the truthfulness of the theory that the cause is not in 
the brain, but that some condition exists which affects 
the circulation through the brain, producing these con- 
vulsions. 
Many a person is living under the thought that there 
is something wrong with his brain because of the pres- 
ence of epilepsy, when in fact there is nothing wrong 
with him, except gas on the stomach or intestines, or 
intestinal irritation of some character. Some people 
have various intestinal troubles and the brain is the first 
place affected. This is seen in babies. It does not imply 
that that baby has brain trouble because it has a convul- 
sion. Why should it imply that an adult has brain trou- 
ble because he has convulsions? 144 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
I once purchased an old people’s home, to be con- 
verted into a sanatarium, and in making this purchase 
we assumed the care of several old people. Among 
them was an old Methodist preacher, 85 years of age, 
who had been subject to epilepsy most of his life. 
As soon as we took charge of the place we at once 
inaugurated our system of diet and they were fed accord- 
ingly. The old gentleman was having these attacks fre- 
quently; suffered from constipation, and as a result was 
taking epsom salts three or four times a week. His 
body was covered with eczema. 
The changing of the diet was very soon noticeable 
in his general condition of health. There was no more 
occasion for his frequent doses of epsom salts. While 
we remained in this institution, which was nearly two 
years, the old gentleman never suffered with another 
attack and never took another dose of purgative 
medicine. 
Some might say that this was just a coincidence, if 
the story ended here, which it does not. The place was 
sold and the other parties took charge, assuming the re- 
sponsibility for the care of the old people. This man had 
no faith in any of our theories of diet. We visited the 
place four months later, only to find the old man again 
suffering with his epileptic fits. Coffee had been re-added 
to the menus as well as the white flour products and other 
acid-forming foods. The old gentleman soon passed 
away, which I believe was due wholly to the food 
given him. IMPURITIES PRODUCE EPILEPSY 
145 
Another very interesting case of epilepsy was that of 
a young girl about ten years of age. This case, like all 
others, proved to the unbiased mind that epilepsy is only 
a product instead of an effect. They moved into Eastern 
Washington and lived out upon the irrigating ditches. 
The weather was hot. The drinking water was bad and 
conditions were not favorable to sustain good health, 
especially to those moving from Puget Sound, where they 
knew no extremes in climate. 
The girl soon became infected with something which 
the doctors termed itch. She suffered for many months, 
although using all applications imaginable with little or 
no avail. This condition became very bad on her fore- 
arms, the doctor pronouncing it eczema. 
After several months of this condition they succeeded 
in drying it up. Immediately following its disappear- 
ance, large blue boils appeared on her limbs, which were 
very painful. Several of these were lanced, but there was 
very little discharge. After several months the boils grad- 
ually disappeared and with their disappearance her con- 
vulsions followed. She had been a sufferer from epilepsy 
for several years. 
This case was extremely interesting, owing to the 
rapid succession of these ailments. After she had eczema 
and itch, and they were driven back into the system, was 
it not the same poison which produced what she had later? 
Why should the heavy, blue boils follow the drying up of 
the eczema? Why should the blue boils be followed by 
convulsions? There is only one explanation: her system 146 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
was so filled with this position that it sought every possible 
avenue for elimination but failed. 
They succeeded in driving it back into the system 
each time. At last it finally settled upon the liver and 
intestines and produced a highly inflamed condition of 
these organs. When anything was eaten that would irri- 
tate these already over-sensitive parts convulsions would 
soon follow to the extent of four or five a day. 
This case was easily and quickly handled by a treat- 
ment of the liver and abdomen and removing all irritating 
and acid-forming foods. Her gain in weight, appearance, 
strength and condition of her nervous system was very 
rapid. 
Another case of epilepsy in a young woman, possibly 
thirty years of age, came under my observation, which was 
very interesting. This was the story she told me as to 
the cause of the convulsions and what she could do to ward 
off these attacks: 
She had been in the habit of taking calomel and when- 
ever she felt any tendency to a sluggish condition or any 
other symptom she could interpret as a possibility of an 
approach or attack she would take heavy doses of calomel. 
All sj/mptoms would disappear and she could con- 
tinue to control her epileptic attacks by the continued use 
of calomel. She recognized the fact that an active liver 
and a thorough purging of her bowels would prevent their 
recurrence. 
Here we have in this patient that which has marked 
practically all cases I have ever been asked to treat. The EPILEPSY CAN BE CURED 
147 
cause lies in the region of the liver and intestines. Any 
treatment that will produce a normal condition of the 
bowels, a normal purging of the system, will cure the 
majority of cases. 
If anyone who is a victim of this disease should read 
this chapter, I trust he will not look upon himself as being 
the victim of a brain disease, but as one who has a bad 
liver or an intestinal trouble, or both, and will banish the 
thought from his mind that his brain is affected. 
I realize the depressing and crushing effect of such a 
thought held by anyone. I trust that they who read this 
book will let these facts drive forever from their horizon 
such clouds of threatening storms as they may have pic- 
tured for their future. 
You can be absolutely cured of epilepsy if you will 
eat the foods your system needs, and with the proper use 
of magnetism to aid the organs in their mission of assim- 
ilating and eliminating. 
Remember this, that your road to health lies in your 
method of living. While calomel may produce a purging 
and give you temporary relief, you are only again remov- 
ing the effect and every time you apply this deadly method 
you are only weakening these organs that are already 
diseased. 
Three things should never be used in your method of 
cure. They are calomel, epsom salts and castor oil. Many 
convulsions have followed these purgatives, and they 
never have been charged with the deed. (See Chapters 
on Convulsions and Calomel.) They have no place in 148 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
your system and the effects, while apparently helpful at 
the time, are extremely destructive when you persist in 
their use. In your efforts to rid yourself of the disease 
never use a remedy that will establish another condition 
worse than the one from which you are trying to free 
yourself. 149 
CHAPTER XXIX. 
TUBERCULOSIS 
Tuberculosis, like cancer, is one of the dreaded enemies 
of mankind. With all their science physicians have not dis- 
covered a medicinal remedy. Every cough, every bad 
complexion and emaciated condition suggests to its posses- 
sor the possibilities of tuberculosis. The one fear that 
hangs over multitudes of people is that of tuberculosis. 
Millions have died with it; millions have it at the present 
time, and millions will continue to have it until they adopt 
new methods of living and treatment. 
The reason for their failure in finding a remedy is due 
to the fact that they have not yet an established theory as 
to the cause for tuberculosis. Until that is established, 
there never will be found a successful remedy. Civiliza- 
tion is waiting and anxious for any information on this 
subject that will lead to the discovery of a remedy. 
In this treatise we will give our experience and the 
method of treating this disease. If it brings any light, 
hope and health or relief we will be glad to make this con- 
tribution for the benefit of those who are seeking freedom 
from its blighting effects. 
Our theory has been based wholly on our experiences, 
which have produced results that have been highly satis- 
factory in practically all cases. The method of treatment 
has been based wholly on a new theory as to the cause of 
tuberculosis. We maintain that tubercular germs will not 150 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
live in pure flesh; that they exist as friends of man endeav- 
oring to destroy the impurities in his system instead of 
trying to kill him. 
The very fact that the germs are present is an evidence 
of corruption in his system. In the treatment of tuber- 
culosis, the method sought to destroy this germ has, to the 
present day, been a complete failure. The method that is 
to be the successful one must be based on removing the 
condition that has made this germ possible. When this 
condition is removed the germs will soon disappear or be 
destroyed. These conditions might be many. In some it 
might be a life of dissipation, a breakdown of the whole 
system. In others it might be the lack of proper foods 
or the over-consumption of the wrong kinds of foods. I 
believe the one underlying principle of tuberculosis is 
mal-nutrition, or mineral starvation. The treatment that 
is to cure tuberculosis, based upon these theories, will pro- 
duce astonishing results in so-called hopeless cases. 
My experience has taught me that it is useless to fight 
the germ, but necessary to clean up the system and the 
germ will have nothing to live on and therefore rapidly 
disappear. Feed the system material that will increase the 
blood and raise the resisting powers of the body. Aid and 
help the eliminative organs by taking away all foods that 
clog the system or over-work these organs, thereby weak- 
ening, and preventing them from purifying the system. 
A few cases and the method of treatment will illustrate 
these points better than anything else I might write: 
Mr. , age thirty-five years, now discharged from RICH FOODS TO BE AVOIDED 
151 
the United States Army on account of tuberculosis, draw- 
ing a total disability pension, was in a government hos- 
pital without hope of recovery from his trouble. His 
case was pronounced fatal; he was given no more than 
six months or a year to live. He was emaciated; his com- 
plexion very bad, had a heavy cough and an extremely 
sore liver. 
His diet consisted of everything that he wanted to eat, 
the richest gravies, coffee, tea, meats, pastries and other 
acid-forming foods. We completely changed his diet from 
the acid-forming foods to our special foods for blood- 
building. 
We treated the base of the brain well with magnetism 
and massage, treating the liver with the right hand in front 
and the left in back for about half an hour each day. His 
progress was very rapid. His complexion quickly 
changed; the cough soon disappeared and strength re- 
turned. These results were obtained by treating the dis- 
ease from this new theory. 
The thing that was well marked in this case, and in a 
large majority of others, has been the part that the liver 
plays in producing the so-called tubercular cough. The 
thing that has surprised me the most has been the rapid 
cessation of the cough upon proper magnetic treatment of 
the liver and a diet free from animal protein. 
It is a well-known fact that a diet free from protein 
and one that is supplied with lime and other mineral salts, 
not from burnt rocks but from the vegetable kingdom, is 
the only diet for a tubercular case. 152 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Port-mortem examinations have revealed the fact that 
multitudes have had and recovered from tuberculosis with- 
out even knowing that they had it. 
The lungs of these people revealed what is called a 
calcified lesion, which means that the blood corpuscles 
have gathered from the system some material and com- 
pletely encased the tubercular germs so that they were 
never able again to give any trouble to the person posses- 
sing them. 
NATURE’S REMEDY 
How did these people cure themselves of so deadly a 
disease and not know it? If we can learn how this was 
done we have found the secret of treating tuberculosis. 
The remedy is very simple and plain to those who would 
see. Nature has taken some material and imprisoned all 
tubercular germs so that they have not been able to again 
affect that person’s life. What is the material the system 
has taken to conquer and imprison the germs and free that 
person from their deadly results? If we can learn what 
the system used to accomplish this result, and can give 
the system the material needed, we have found a natural 
cure for tuberculosis. 
The material used is known to all physicians to be 
nothing other than lime, and the calcified lesions are well 
known to all of the medical profession. The system used 
lime to conquer those germs and by so doing forever pro- 
tected the person from their effect; therefore we must 
conclude that if the system is given sufficient lime to use, EFFECTS OF BEARING CHILDREN 
153 
and time to repair, it will not only build a healthy condi- 
tion but destroy all germs or imprison them. Lime is 
the one thing the system must have if it is to successfully 
fight tuberculosis. Go through the diet of the average 
family and find anything that contains practically any 
lime. Inquire into the diet of every tubercular patient and 
you will find it almost totally lacking in lime, but instead 
the diet has been one of acid-forming, refined, demineral- 
ized, adulterated, manufactured or patented foods, or 
vegetables cooked and drained and their minerals thrown 
down the sewer. 
These truths are very plainly seen in the case of the 
young mother’s first child. How many women after the 
birth of their first baby are complete physical wrecks? 
Why should such a condition exist? Why should a 
mother lose so many teeth during pregnancy? Why 
should so many women go into a tubercular condition 
after their first, second or third child? Why should the 
bearing of one or two children produce a tubercular con- 
dition and the third be almost fatal to the mother ? There 
is but one answer. The building of the child’s body so 
seriously depletes the mother’s body and system that there 
is no resistance left, and she is subject to the attack of 
any germ. Her body has not been nourished. Her sys- 
tem is so weakened, her constitution so shattered, no mat- 
ter how strong before, she is a fit subject for any disease, 
helpless, unable to resist the germs that are always wait- 
ing for an opening. 
This same condition exists in the young girls that are 154 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
not given the proper foods. They are not given food that 
will build blood nor strengthen the generative organs. The 
system starves for real body-building material. In this 
bloodless condition menstruation is almost an impossi- 
bility. Painful periods are the experience of the mass of 
women. The generative organs are depleted, the vitality 
is lowered until the menstrual flow almost ceases. I have 
seen but very few cases of tuberculosis among women 
whose period, if not already stopped, had been materially 
reduced six months to a year prior to the first appearance 
of tuberculosis. They had been conscious of a lowered 
vitality, a weakened body and a general run-down condi- 
tion. After a year or so of this depleted condition, tuber- 
culosis claims them for victims. Then our fight begins 
against the germ, when the whole method of treatment 
should be one of increasing the blood supply, replenishing 
the system’s need of minerals. Build up the system and 
it will take care of the germs. 
The method of treatment of all such cases has been 
that of our special food for building blood. The con- 
suming of large quantities of green foods, salads, plenty 
of deep breathing, fresh air, the elimination of all acid- 
forming foods, including eggs and milk. The protein can 
be supplied by the use of nuts, peas and beans, whole 
wheat bread, and fresh fruits. Complete rest and recrea- 
tion are essential. 
The liver in all such patients is usually badly inflamed 
and sore. The treatment of the right hand on top and the 
left hand on the back for about a half hour daily, will soon PROPER FEEDING ESSENTIAL 
155 
reduce all soreness. Massage well the base of the brain 
and the whole spine. If the patient is not too weak an 
electric blanket sweat is very helpful. The frequency of 
these can be determined according to the strength of the 
patient. It is also well to give the entire body a thorough 
massage, when moist, to remove all dead cuticle from the 
skin. High enemas should be given frequently at first. 
All assistance should be given the eliminative organs in 
their efforts to clean the system. No purgatives should 
be given. 
Roman meal, cooked with about one-fourth bran 
added, would be wise to give until the constipation is 
better. Eat it liberally once or twice daily if necessary. 
Nothing but the whole wheat flour should be used in cook- 
ing. Vegetables, if cooked, must never be drained. (See 
Scientific Cooking for Health, Special Foods for Building 
Blood.) Give all the vegetable water and fruit juices in 
various combinations to suit the taste. 156 
CHAPTER XXX. 
CANCER 
Possibly no one disease is more dreaded than cancer. 
It is true that there is no disease where so little progress 
has been made in treatments for the prevention or cure 
as cancer. It is also true that it is a disease of life and 
old age. It is also true that it is a product of civilization. 
Where civilization does not exist cancer is almost un- 
known. It is also true that the idle rich are greater vic- 
tims than are the poorer classes. It is also true that 
wherever you find cancer, in poor or rich, it is preceded 
by similar conditions in its victims, namely, uniform diet 
of acid-forming foods and mineral salts starvation. This 
has marked every case that has come under my observa- 
tion. Diet that has robbed the system of the minerals 
needed, or has polluted it with a vast amount of material 
that the system could not use and thereby clogging up all 
eliminative organs, has created such a condition that 
it is commonly called cancer. 
In the treating of cancer, if you desire to handle it suc- 
cessfully and produce a cure, you must correct the diet 
of the individual. You will usually find constipation 
accompanying cancer. This alone would show you the 
need of correcting the diet for there is no hope of curing 
any cancer case unless you can overcome constipation. 
The patient who will not abide by a strict diet need not 
expect to recover. The system of treatment that does CANCER PRODUCTS OF IMPURITIES 
157 
not give proper attention to diet will be useless in the 
hope of a recovery. If, in spite of this, a cure is accom- 
plished, the patient need not expect to remain well until 
the question of diet has been perfectly adjusted. The one 
underlying principle of cancer is a corrupt system. No 
one can feel that he is permanently cured of cancer, 
regardless of whatever method has removed it, unless his 
system has become clean. This is made evident by num- 
bers of cancers that have been removed with the knife 
and other methods only to return in a short time to some 
other part of the body. Why should it return if the cancer 
is removed? There is but one answer. It is a condition 
of the blood. It is a well-established fact that cancer is 
not a germ disease; neither is it inherited; neither is it con- 
tagious, and my many years of experience has convinced 
me that it is due to a system filled with impurities and 
starvation. 
A lady came to me with a large cancer which had 
destroyed a portion of the nose. Her eyes were almost 
swollen shut and her face was badly inflamed. Her whole 
body was a wreck, limbs badly swollen and in a very seri- 
ous condition. She had X-ray treatments to no avail. 
Death seemed to be the only relief. While treating her 
with magnetism the bowels became very active, moving 
from ten to fifteen times a day, producing a great state 
of weakness. As the bowels continued to move the sore 
became less and began to heal, and in a short time disap- 
peared. This has been my experience in many cases. So 
frequently has this occurred that I am convinced that the 158 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
underlying principle in the treatment of cancer is the 
cleansing of the system, and pure blood will soon take 
care of the cancer. 
CANCER OF THE FACE 
A lady sixty years of age applied for treatment for a 
cancer which had formed on the side of her nose. Doc- 
tors had refused to cut it because of its serious condition. 
Her health was very poor, she having been constipated 
for many years and in the habit of taking a pill of some 
kind every day. Her diet consisted mostly of coffee, white 
breads, meats and other acid-forming foods. 
We began treatment by the application of the right 
hand on the cancer and the left on the opposite side of the 
nose, continuing this treatment for about thirty minutes, 
also treating the liver, kidneys and abdomen, with the 
right hand in front and the left in back, and massaging the 
base of the brain and the whole spine. 1 corrected her 
diet by removing both the acid-forming and animal foods, 
and substituted our special foods for building blood and 
moving the bowels. (See Book on Scientific Cooking.) 
The results were, that within three weeks after, every 
sign of her cancer had disappeared. Her bowels were 
normal, and she has been well ever since, with no sign 
of its return. 
CANCER OF THE NAVEL 
Possibly no case of cancer that I have ever treated 
responded as quickly as that of Mrs. , fifty-three 
years of age. For two years she had been confined to her CANCER DISAPPEARS 
159 
bed with heart disease, and cancer of the navel. Her abdo- 
men was twice or three times the normal size—so large 
that when sitting in a chair she had no lap. Her heart 
was in such a condition she spent the larger part of two 
years in bed and during this time had only twice been 
out of the house to walk the distance of half a block and 
return. They had long expected her death from heart 
trouble. 
The doctors saw nothing but the missing beats and 
palpitating heart. She was in too serious a condition to 
be operated upon, therefore nothing but stimulants had 
been administered for her heart, while the cancer, large 
abdomen and great over-weight went unnoticed and un- 
treated. These were the conditions we found when called 
to treat her. 
The treatment was the one given to the average case, 
massaging the base of the brain, treating the liver with the 
right hand in front and the left on the back. These treat- 
ments were given for a period of six weeks. After the 
first two weeks of treatments she became seriously ill 
with a high fever and cough, and was confined to her bed 
for several weeks. The treating of the navel, which was 
discharging freely all the time, scattered the poison into 
the system, creating this feverish condition. She per- 
spired profusely at night, coughed most of the time, and 
was exceedingly ill in every respect. The same treat- 
ment was continued through the whole period of time, 
resulting in the rapid reduction in size of the abdomen, 
the disappearance of the cancer. The patient regained an 160 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
excellent condition of health, and later was forced to 
remove nine inches from each of the two seams of her 
skirt. She continued to go down, and enjoyed the best 
of health for several years afterward. 
CANCER OF THE BREAST 
Another lady, a nurse by profession, about forty 
years of age, came to us for treatment for a cancer of the 
breast. She, like all other cancer patients, had been liv- 
ing on the wrong kind of foods. We placed her on the 
same foods as the before-mentioned cases and treated her 
as follows: The left hand on the lump in the breast and 
the right hand on the back, a little below the left hand. 
This was done for the purpose of drawing the poison 
away from the breast and to scatter it through the system. 
The treatment was continued for several weeks, about a 
half-hour each day. The base of the brain, and the whole 
spine was well massaged. At the end of three weeks the 
lump began to disappear and was scattered through her 
system, resulting in many large boils. By the time they 
were gone the cancer had also disappeared, never to return. 
This experience is worth a great deal to prove the fact 
that cancer is nothing but an accumulated mass of poison, 
which is of such a character that it destroys the tissues 
wherever it collects, whether it be in the breast in the form 
of a cancer, or upon some other part of the body, in the 
form of a boil, for it was the so-called cancer of the breast 
that produced the boils. SAVED AFTER OPERATION 
161 
CANCER OF THE LIP 
An old lady, eighty years of age and very feeble, with 
a large rose cancer on the under lip, which formed a 
growth as large around as your finger, applied for treat- 
ment. Growth was removed by magnetism alone, with 
the use of the right hand over the sore and the left on the 
back of the neck. This treatment was repeated for about 
a half-hour every day and in about three weeks the cancer 
had entirely disappeared. 
CANCER OF THE STOMACH 
A Swedish man, about forty-eight years of age, was 
in bed from an operation for cancer of the stomach. The 
doctors opened him up and, seeing the size of the cancer, 
decided not to remove it. He was sewed up and sent 
home. They told his wife he would not last over sixty 
days at the most. He was suffering intensely, but did 
not know anything about his condition or the decision of 
the doctors. Treatments with the left hand over the lump 
and the right on the back quickly removed all pain. After 
that, I applied the right in front and part of the time the 
left in front with the idea of drawing the blood out and 
into it, thus absorbing the cancer. At the end of sixty 
days, when the doctors had said he would not be alive, 
he was able to walk around Green Lake, in Seattle, a dis- 
tance of several miles. Since then he has purchased a 
large farm and has enjoyed the best of health. 
His diet, during these two months’ treatment, con- 
sisted mostly of vegetable waters. His bowels were kept 162 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
open by the use of Veronica water, a natural mineral 
water that can be secured in almost any drug store, and 
is of great aid in such cases where you cannot give suffi- 
cient food to move the bowels, and the patient is too weak 
or sore to be given an enema daily. 
We could add many cases of this kind to show you 
the effectiveness of magnetism in the treatment of can- 
cers. Many people are victims of operations for cancers, 
who could easily have been saved before the operation 
if they could have been properly dieted and treated with 
magnetism. 
One principle, which every person who uses mag- 
netism for the treatment of cancer must observe, is 
careful treatment of the liver and kidneys and correc- 
tion of the diet to purify and build new blood, if he expects 
to get permanent cures. Persistence, patience and care- 
ful treatment will bring you astonishing results. 
UTERINE CANCERS 
Possibly the one dread of every woman’s life is, 
“Will I have a cancer? My mother, my sister, my aunt 
or my cousin had one; will I?” When you realize that 
cancer is not a germ disease, neither is it contagious nor 
inherited, then such a thought should never enter your 
mind. Remember that all diseases have to be lived; laws 
have to be broken in order to produce disease. Therefore, 
if you would avoid this condition, remember, you must 
live right, and obey such laws as will prevent such a condi- IMPOSSIBLE TO CUT OUT DISEASE 
163 
tion coming upon you. You will not be a victim of cancer 
unless you make it possible by improper living. 
A misuse of the generative organs, a failure to feed 
the system with the proper material needed for the repair 
of the body, and the consuming of large quantities of 
acid-forming foods, coffee, tea and other stimulants, will 
make the cancer welcome. 
Possibly there is no mental agency more potent 
to frighten women into operations than the fear of uterine 
cancer. They are taught that every pain, discharge or 
soreness may evidence the beginning of a cancer and the 
organ should be removed as the only preventative. 
A little thought on the part of the patient will obviate 
many such operations, and not only prevent much 
suffering and possibly death, but restore one to normal 
and healthy conditions. Why should you cut out an 
organ because it is inflamed or sickly? You would not 
amputate your finger or your hand when inflamed; why 
remove the uterus or the ovaries? When you once learn 
the cause of disease, and that health comes by removing 
this cause instead of cutting off the effect produced by that 
cause, you will never look to the removing of an organ 
as the road to health, but will seek the cause of the sore- 
ness of the uterus and ovaries and remove that and all 
fears of cancer will be entirely dispelled. 
Another very serious thought that exists in the minds 
of a great many women, is the fact that they must live 
and die with cancer because many of their relatives have 
suffered and died in that manner. 164 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Mrs. , a woman about fifty years of age, came 
to me with cancer of the uterus, but came only to please 
the family, believing fully that she would never recover. 
She was confident that she would die with this cancer 
because five cousins had passed away with the same dis- 
ease and she remarked that she had been waiting and 
expecting the appearance of this cancer for over twenty 
years. She refused practically all aid because she knew 
she had to die with this dreaded disease. 
Possibly no practice among women is more deadly 
and destructive than the teaching to the children that they 
are liable to suffer and die with the same disease as their 
parents. 
Volumes could be written upon this subject but would 
not belong to the realm of magnetic treatments but that 
of suggestion. (See Book on Subconscious Mind and 
How to Use It.) 
The treatment of uterine cancer should be the same 
as given for any other inflamed condition of the uterus. 
(See Chapter on Female Troubles.) 
The diet should be the same as in the treatment of 
any other cancer. (See Chapter on Cancer.) 
CANCER OF THE LIVER AND BOWELS 
The same treatment for cancer of liver and bowels 
should be given as in any other case of cancer. 
If the bowels or liver are extremely sore or painful 
the left hand should be used in front to relieve the suf- CANCER PATIENTS NEED BLOOD 
165 
fering but as soon as possible use the right hand to draw 
the blood to the part that is affected. Sometimes it is 
very profitable to reverse your hands part of the time, 
using the left hand in front and the right on the back, 
and then reverse after five or ten minutes with the right 
hand in front and the left in back. This should be gov- 
erned wholly by the condition of the case. Some cases 
will call for more of one form of treatment than another. 
In all cases your own judgment must be brought into 
play, keeping before you the one idea, removing the in- 
flammation, and drawing the blood into the affected 
part. 
The diet should consist of fruits, fruit juices and veg- 
etable waters. I would eliminate all animal foods, such 
as meat, milk, eggs and cheese. In many cases it is wise 
to fast for a few days or partially so. 
Special Suggestions 
All cancer cases are marked by anaemic conditions, 
a loss of the red blood corpuscles. A fast for two or 
three days with a high enema each day would do much 
to clean up the system, but should not be continued 
long, in but few cases, as the system is suffering for ma- 
terial to make blood. Follow the directions for blood 
building in “Scientific Cooking for Health.” Let all of 
your eating be with the idea of producing an increase of 
blood. 166 
CHAPTER XXXI. 
APPENDICITIS 
Possibly no one disease has given us more occasion 
to worry than that of appendicitis. We have always been 
taught that there was not a cure for it by treatments, 
but that an operation was the only method that could 
prevent a recurrence of the trouble. The dread of an 
operation hangs like a pall over the lives of a great many 
people because they are subject to frequent attacks of 
pain in the right side of the abdomen. They are ever 
living in constant dread of the knife. 
There was a time when everybody believed that the 
only relief from an attack was the use of the knife, but 
the newer systems of healing have brought to light new 
methods of treatment, that have successfully handled 
practically all cases of appendicitis. The medical doctors 
would make you believe that if the appendix were not 
removed quickly it would very likely burst and cause in- 
stant death. This fear has rushed many to the hospital, 
then the operating table, resulting often to a life of in- 
validism or death. 
It has always been a puzzle to me to know why it is 
that practically all cases of appendicitis were pronounced 
by the attending physician to be in the last stages and 
that the appendix were about to burst. Why do the med- 
ical doctors get all of these abscessed appendixes? Why 
do they never break for the drugless physician? The BUT FEW CASES OF APPENDICITIS 
167 
answer is to be found usually in the fact that the scare 
of bursting created in the mind of the patient will quickly 
convert him to the idea of an operation. He will easily 
submit to the operation and be relieved—of a couple 
of hundreds of dollars. 
My experience with appendicitis over a period of 
twenty years has brought to light some facts I trust will 
be of value to the reader in his own personal life and in 
his efforts to help his fellow men. 
DIAGNOSIS 
Do not accept the statement that all pain in the right 
side is appendicitis. 
The diagnosis is very simple. There are only about 
four factors involved. One is the liver, the others the 
appendix, an abscess in the ovary, the fallopian tubes, or 
uterus. 
The first thing to do in examining the patient is to 
ascertain whether or not the pain comes from the appen- 
dix, which is to be found about half way between the 
point of the hip and the navel. Make an examination by 
a gentle pressure on the surface, and if it is found to be 
extremely sore then continue your pressure upward to- 
ward the ribs to ascertain whether or not it becomes more 
sensitive as your examination moves away from 
that region. If it does it is a sure thing that the appendix 
is not the seat of the pain; for if it were, then the 
soreness would decrease as you leave that point. My 168 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
experience has been based upon the success of this form 
of examination. 
There are very few cases of appendicitis that have 
been anything more than a congestion or enlarge- 
ment of the lower part of the liver, which sends its pains 
down through that region, giving rise to the suspicion of 
appendicitis. 
Another thing that I have found prominent in so many 
cases, where the patient has been told she had chronic 
appendicitis, it was nothing more than a misplaced 
uterus. This misplacement has served to stretch the 
nerves and ligaments that run from the back around over 
the top of the hips to the ovaries and uterus, creating a 
severe pain in many cases. The same thing is true of an 
abscess in either the right ovary or the fallopian tube. 
During my practice I have found very few cases of 
appendicitis. During the last thirty years appendicitis 
has become one of the most commonly diagnosed dis- 
eases, and the removal of the organ has become almost a 
routine practice with every surgeon who has opened an 
abdomen. Why that little organ should be blamed for 
such a multitude of disorders has always been a mystery. 
Its location is such that it is perfectly protected from all 
external injuries. It is embedded in the deep layers of 
fat and other soft tissue, and is protected by the strong 
bones of the pelvis. It is probably as well protected as 
any part of the human anatomy, as far as blows or tem- 
perature changes are concerned. It has no known activ- 
ity, either muscular or functional. SIMPLE TREATMENT EFFECTIVE 
169 
Vomiting is supposed to be one of the most important 
symptoms of its infection. Remember that it is over 
twenty odd feet removed from the stomach, yet this vom- 
iting is credited with being a reflex symptom. The logical 
cause of the vomiting is at least a thousand times more 
likely to be within the stomach or liver than in the ap- 
pendix. However, if there should be any conclusive 
evidence that the appendix is inflamed, which is possible, 
the drugless method of treatment herein described will 
bring relief if you will persist in observing a few simple 
rules. 
TREATMENT 
If your careful examination should reveal it is the 
liver see chapter on Liver, or if it should be one of female 
trouble see chapter on Female Trouble. The first and 
most important thing in the treatment of all cases of ap- 
pendicitis is withholding of food. Do not give any pur- 
gatives of any kind. These two rules must never be 
disobeyed. If you continue to give food you are only 
adding fuel to the flames. Wherever you find an inflamed 
appendix you will find it is not due to the appendix but 
to the clogging of the bowels at this point. If any food is 
taken, it cannot go beyond this point and must necessarily 
add trouble to the patient’s condition. 
Any purgative given only means the creating of a 
greater peristaltic action of the bowels, which means 
sending all the material in the small intestine on its 
journey through the intestines only to find that it cannot PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
170 
make its escape and adds to the already congested con- 
dition of the intestines at the appendix. The increased 
accumulation at this point causes a distension of the in- 
testines that will create a great amount of pain. The 
appendix is therefore credited with the trouble. In this 
congested condition the abdomen may be largely dis- 
tended in that region symptomic of a large abscess, but 
remember that it is due to the fact of continued eating 
after the first attack and also the effect of the purgatives 
which has passed all the contents of the small intestine 
down to this point, causing a bulging in the intestines. 
I have always treated such cases with the right hand 
in back and the left in front, thereby removing the pain 
and soreness. After this treatment has been given, 
which should be for a half hour or so each day, you will 
usually find relief with enemas which will aid you in re- 
moving the trouble. Repeat this treatment twice a day 
if the attack is severe. Do not massage the abdomen but 
treat it thoroughly with magnetism and give the treatment 
time to take effect. 
If you will follow the advice as given in this you will 
have no difficulty in handling any case of appendicitis. 
I have never yet found a case that has not responded 
quickly to this treatment. You would have some peculiar 
experiences if you were engaged in the practice of healing 
the sick. Sometimes you would be called to treat a case 
and find the patient packed in ice. In such cases I re- 
move the ice and treat with the right hand in front and 
the left hand in back until the patient becomes thorough- ONE HUNDRED PER CENT SUCCESS 
171 
ly warm. This will probably produce a great deal of pain 
but continue it long enough to overcome any of the ill 
effects of the ice, then use your left hand in front and the 
right in back as described above and as soon as the suf- 
fering has been reduced give an enema and the results 
will be highly satisfactory. 
After an attack extreme caution should be used in 
eating. The coarsest food should be consumed to assist 
the bowels and treatments given occasionally at the point 
of soreness, as it is possible for a prolonged congestion 
and inflammation at this point to produce a chronic con- 
dition that might become serious. Continue treatments 
until tenderness is entirely gone. The one great cause 
of attack of appendicitis is to be found in chronic consti- 
pation. Correct and overcome this condition by correct 
foods, remove all tenderness by magnetism and the pa- 
tient need not worry about its recurrence. 
The writer could cite many cases treated by the above 
described methods, with a hundred per cent success. 
Again I repeat that practically all cases of so-called ap- 
pendicitis have been cases of female or liver trouble. 172 
CHAPTER XXXII. 
LIVER TROUBLE 
The liver is the largest organ of the body and has 
many important duties to perform. Many of our diseases 
which have so long baffled practitioners of all systems 
could easily be handled if they would look to the liver as 
one of the great causes. The most astonishing discovery 
I have made has been the part that the liver plays in 
the large majority of our ailments. 
I am aware that it is not popular to even suggest liver 
trouble as a cause of our ailments. When we realize the 
size of the liver and the multitude of duties that it is 
forced to perform we can see how easy it is for 
the liver to give a great amount of trouble. There is no 
subject in this work, that I would consider in your treat- 
ment of diseases, more important than that of a thorough 
understanding of the liver and its functions. 
This article will not deal with the various works or 
the mission of the liver but will endeavor to show you 
how it plays an important part in the great majority of 
our diseases. There has been no discovery that has 
brought the universal success in my work as the part the 
liver plays in creating diseases. 
Asthma has long been a disease for which there never 
has been known a remedy. Why? Because they have 
always treated the effect instead of the cause. My theory 
of asthma is that it is only an effect and not a cause. The LIVER PRODUCES ASTHMA 
173 
cause is in the liver in the large majority of cases. This 
organ becomes enlarged and presses against the descend- 
ing blood vessel leading from the heart, thus preventing 
the free flow' of blood to the lower extremities, thus caus- 
ing a congestion in the upper part of the body. This 
congestion often inflames the air passages and the bron- 
chial tubes. The head, and in fact all the upper parts of 
the body becomes congested or inflamed. 
All treatments in the past have been applied to these 
parts. 
The victim of asthma inhales his smoke, the victim 
of bronchitis uses his syrups and the one suffering from 
headaches uses aspirin and many other remedies, all to 
no effect. The reason for the failure of these remedies 
is very evident when you find an enlarged or inflamed 
condition of the liver. Practically all of the cases of 
asthma, bronchitis and abscesses in the ears, especially in 
the cases of children, have quickly responded when I 
have sought to reduce the size and restore the liver to 
normal conditions. There are very few sick persons 
who do not possess an enlarged or inflamed or congested 
liver or some other trouble of this organ. In this con- 
dition it cannot prepare the blood for the system as it 
should. With its work only half done the blood is only 
one-half prepared for the needs of the body. This will 
cause many conditions to arise in the system that will and 
have baffled all methods of diagnosis and treatment. 
Mrs. came to me suffering from sugar diabetes, 
was very thin, weak, with sallow complexion; passing 174 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
from the bowels large quantities of blood and mucus, and 
a large per cent of sugar in the urine. 
Upon examining her body, the liver was found to be 
extremely sore in the region of the gall bladder. I treated 
this with the ends of all four fingers of the right hand 
placed firmly against the gall bladder and the left hand on 
the back. I continued this treatment for about a half 
hour daily. This treatment caused a very severe draw- 
ing sensation all over the chest and the abdomen at times. 
It produced a very free discharge of blood and mucus 
from the bowels, which I believe came from the liver. 
This produced a great deal of weakness and continued 
for some time but after a continuation of a few weeks’ 
treatments, the drawing ceased and her strength began 
to return. Of all the treatments she had received from 
all schools of healing, no one ever suspected the liver, 
therefore it received no attention. The loss of the sugar 
through the urine was the only symptom apparent. 
If on examining a patient, I find the liver sore, I treat 
with the left hand in back and the right hand in front over 
the liver, with the idea of drawing the blood into that 
organ to stimulate it to activity. By this process I often 
discover conditions which lead to giving certain treat- 
ments which have brought relief when all other methods 
fail. 
Treating the liver has often revealed conditions that 
we never knew existed. Magnetism served its purpose 
in diagnosing many cases when it has been applied over 
the liver and gall bladder. I always examine the liver of MAGNETISM DIAGNOSES CASE 
175 
every patient regardless of what his ailments may be. A 
thorough treatment of the liver has in many cases re- 
moved ailments for which there had never been found 
any relief and the liver was never suspected. 
Reverend , returned missionary of India, came to 
me suffering from some unknown ailments which caused 
a large amount of pus and blood to pass from the bowels, 
causing a serious condition of health. He was quickly 
cured by the applications of the right hand over the ab- 
domen, liver and gall bladder and the left on the back. 
This produced a drawing sensation when treated over the 
gall bladder. His condition had baffled all physicians for 
years, and all hope for his life had been abandoned. After 
the discovery of the condition of the gall bladder all other 
treatments were stopped and the entire attention directed 
to that part. After this discovery, a treatment was given 
every day for two or three weeks of an half hour each, 
his condition began to change. As the treatment contin- 
ued the drawing subsided, the blood and pus quickly dis- 
appeared and never returned. 
It has been my observation that the liver has been the 
cause of multitudes of ailments and some other part of 
the body has received the treatment. The one thing that 
must mark your efforts in diagnosing all cases is locating 
the cause. You will make no mistake in examining the 
liver. There may not be soreness but there may be a 
sluggishness or hardening, which is just as serious a con- 
dition. Whichever the case may be, you can never make 
a mistake by treating the liver thoroughly as directed. I 176 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
have seen a number of cases in which there was no sore- 
ness or any other condition noticeable, but while I con- 
tinued to treat the patient for other ailments I always gave 
the treatment with the right hand in front and the left 
hand on the back, and in many cases the liver has become 
extremely sore. 
Mrs. had been taking treatments two months for 
various troubles. During this time there had been no 
soreness or sensitiveness in the liver. However, I believed 
that much of her trouble was due to her liver and con- 
tinued to treat it daily with magnetism. After two 
months’ treatment the liver became extremely sore and 
sensitive. What produced this condition? No massage 
was given. Her diet was well guarded, yet the liver be- 
came extremely sensitive. 
The action of magnetism on the liver, producing a 
perfect circulation, restored it to a normal condition. This 
showed that the liver had been lifeless and inactive, and 
as it returned to life and activity, became very sensitive. 
Her troubles rapidly disappeared as the liver became sore, 
which soon passed away by the same treatment that pro- 
duced the soreness. 
The treatment for such conditions should be the same 
as you were giving when it became sore. Remember, 
the soreness is due to its renewed condition and not to a 
disease. 
In all chronic cases where there is extreme soreness, 
use the left hand over the point of soreness and the right 
on the back to draw the soreness away. Passes may be INFLUENCE OF FEMALE ORGANS 
177 
made down the side to help remove the acute condition, 
then continue as soon as possible with the right in front 
and the left in back, which has always given the best re- 
sults. 
REFLEX CONDITIONS 
One of the most peculiar things that I have dis- 
covered in the treatment of the liver, has been the influ- 
ence of the female organs. It is a well known fact that 
these organs greatly influence the liver and stomach dur- 
ing pregnancy. I have always gone upon this theory, 
that if pregnancy could affect the liver and produce an 
overflow of bile, anything else that would affect the same 
nerve centers would likewise affect the liver. In many 
cases where the liver has refused to respond to treatment 
of all other systems I have found excellent results by 
treating the womb and ovaries well with magnetism. 
(See Treatment for Female Troubles.) It is also bene- 
ficial in all liver cases to massage the spine well back of 
the liver when possible. This should be repeated until 
all soreness is removed. The part the liver plays in many 
baby troubles has been very conspicuous. In practically 
all baby cases, such as ear aches, abscesses of the ear, 
coughs, sore throats and many of the upper part of the 
body, trouble can be traced to the liver. With but few ex- 
ceptions I have treated the liver of all babies with the 
right hand in front and the left in back, producing quick 
results. You will find in the large per cent of baby cases 
that all trouble above the waist line is caused by a dis- 178 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
tended abdomen, usually produced by an enlarged liver 
or improper food. The question of diet is a very import- 
ant one where the liver is inflamed. In nearly all cases 
where this organ is affected the patient has been a con- 
sumer of large quantities of proteins, sugars, starches and 
coffee. It is well in these cases to withhold all these 
foods, giving the liver as much rest as possible. 
When advisable, I would always prescribe a fast for 
several meals. Where it is not, I would confine the diet 
to one of vegetable waters and fruit juices. I would also 
use enemas, during this period of partial fasting and a 
light diet, to assist in cleansing the system. After this 
has been continued for several days with the magnetic 
treatments I would begin with the coarse foods (See 
Chapter on Constipation) and eliminate practically all an- 
imal foods, confining the diet to one of vegetables, large 
quantities of fresh fruit salads, prunes and figs, served 
without sugar. 
SPECIAL NOTICE 
Some very interesting cases have come under my ob- 
servation that are well worthy of mention to prove the 
influence of the liver over the upper part of the body. A 
number of severe cases of sore throats and hacking coughs 
have revealed extremely sore and sensitive livers, and 
upon proper magnetic treatment these conditions have 
quickly disappeared. Two of the most harmful of foods, 
I believe, are coffee and eggs. The elimination of these 
two articles from the diet of people who are suffering EFFECT OF CAFFEINE 
179 
from liver conditions has aided much in their rapid re- 
covery. The effect of the caffeine in the coffee has al- 
ways been destructive to the liver. The large amount of 
protein consumed by those eating quantities of eggs, 
meats and milk, produces a serious congestion of the liver. 
This is the reason why the great mass of tuberculars, who 
are fed on eggs and milk, never get well. They have so 
gorged themselves with such foods that there is no chance 
for the liver to handle all the protein and keep the system 
clean. The method employed to fight the tubercular 
germs really assists them in destroying the body. 
In the treatment of liver cases remove all animal 
foods, including milk and eggs. Feed exclusively on fruit 
juices, lemons, raw vegetables, and combination salads. 
Treat well daily with magnetism as described, and the 
results in a great many chronic ailments which have baf- 
fled all treatment and all methods will be nothing less than 
marvelous and incredible. 180 
CHAPTER XXXIII. 
BABIES 
The treatment of babies is one of the most perplexing 
problems that confront a physician. It is nearly all a 
matter of guesswork, because the baby cannot tell the 
physician anything concerning its troubles. It is a well- 
known fact that most any old grandmother is the best 
physician for the baby, because her remedies are simple 
and harmless. Babies, as a rule, respond very quickly to 
magnetic treatment. When you once learn the effect- 
iveness of magnetism you need never worry about any 
serious disease fastening itself upon your child. During 
my twenty years’ experience, I have seen but few failures 
when magnetism was given a fair chance. The quick 
response is the astonishing thing in the treatment of 
children with magnetism. This is very plainly seen in the 
cases of fever. 
The same principles apply in the use of magnetism 
with babies as in that of adults; that is, the applications 
of magnetism at the seat of the cause. Here again is 
the one great question—a proper diagnosis. With the 
case properly diagnosed you are able to apply magnetism 
intelligently. 
In the case of fever with babies the one important 
cause is usually to be found in the abdominal regions. 
Nearly all fevers can be traced to intestinal conditions. 
This intestinal irritation is often productive of many ser- TREAT THE ABDOMEN 
181 
ious conditions in the child. Its temperature will rise 
quickly, pulse become rapid, and convulsions and other 
serious conditions may appear suddenly. You seldom, if 
ever, make any mistake in treating the intestines. My 
experience has been of such a universal character that it 
favors the treatment of the abdomen for practically all 
baby troubles. 182 
CHAPTER XXXIV. 
CONVULSIONS 
There is nothing that will cause a mother to do some- 
thing radical and often times injurious, than seeing her 
child in a convulsion. If the mother can be taught 
that the cause is usually an intestinal condition, or irrita- 
tion, she will not be so frightened, and will know 
what to do when such a condition exists. 
CAUSES OF CONVULSIONS 
Possibly no one cause of convulsions is more common 
than castor oil. It produces such a violent peristaltic 
action of the bowels that convulsions very frequently 
follow a short time after the giving of the oil, or just be- 
fore the movement of the bowels. 
The first thing to do in such cases is to give the child 
an enema which will cleanse the colon thoroughly and 
quickly. This should be followed as soon as the convul- 
sion is ended by a treatment with magnetism, with the 
moistened left hand in front over the abdomen and the 
right hand on the back. This should be continued for at 
least half an hour each day for several days. 
No purgatives of any kind should be given, but an 
enema used daily to keep the bowels open. Food should 
be withheld, with the exception of fruit juices and the 
water from figs and prunes. All fruit juices should be 
given without sugar, but water may be added if it is too AN INTERESTING CASE 
183 
strong. Prunes and figs should be soaked at least forty- 
eight hours in cold water, or, if needed quickly, twenty- 
four hours in warm water, and given the child in liberal 
quantities. This kind of food should continue for several 
days, or as long as there is any evidence of fever. If the 
child is old enough to consume solid foods, the removal 
of sugars, candies, starchy foods, meats, etc., is impera- 
tive. Confine the diet to vegetables and vegetable 
waters and soups for several days, or until all danger is 
past. 
I have seen many cases of convulsions in children, 
and practically all responded to this treatment. 
It is not always certain that the left hand should be 
used in front and the right on the back, but if there is 
irritation, inflammation or fever, I would always apply 
the left hand first. 
One of the most interesting cases of convulsions or 
epilepsy that has ever come under my observation was 
that of a boy nine years of age. For four or more years 
he had been a continual sufferer of epilepsy. These spells 
would come at different times, lasting three nights. The 
first night there would be an intermission of possibly an 
hour between each convulsion, but they would continue 
during the entire night. The second night he passed 
almost continuously from one convulsion into another. 
The third night resembled the first night. 
These convulsions were followed by sloughing away of 
that which appeared to be the lining of the intestines. 
Nothing had ever brought any relief. Bromides were 184 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
given, but to no avail. He was pale, thin, and emaciated. 
His eyes were lifeless and dull. They were afraid to let 
him eat anything for fear he would have another convul- 
sion. He was never allowed to be out of their sight and 
the light in his bed room was never extinguished. 
When I began the treatments I used the right hand 
over the intestines, believing these convulsions were not 
due to a condition of the brain, as is usually supposed to 
be the cause of epilepsy, but to the irritation of the intes- 
tines. This sloughing away produced an extreme intes- 
tinal irritation which caused the convulsions. 
I used the right hand in front and the left on the back, 
and also treated the head with magnetism, using the left 
on top and the right at the base of the brain. We cor- 
rected his diet and gave him the food for building blood 
that would be non-irritating to the intestines, and yet be 
nourishing. The child seemed to respond. I was con- 
vinced that the thing needed in this case was the drawing 
of blood into the intestines, so as to prevent this sloughing. 
I noticed peculiar symptoms coming on the child from 
day to day as I treated him. One night the mother 
phoned and asked me to come out to the house, as the 
child was in a convulsion. I sent a party who was study- 
ing with me, to treat the case. He failed to break the 
convulsion, but in time the convulsion passed away and 
the boy became absolutely quiet. He returned to the 
hotel, only to be called back again in a short time, as the 
child was in another convulsion. He went again, and 
after this convulsion had passed, returned to his room, APPLIED HANDS DIFFERENTLY 
185 
only to be called back the third time. This time I advised 
him to change the treatment, applying the left in front 
and the right on the back. This convulsion was short and 
soon passed away. He remained in the home the bal- 
ance of the night, but no more convulsions occurred. The 
parents were very much excited, as usual at such times, 
and urged that this young doctor come back and stay the 
following night, which he did. Before the child went to 
bed he was thoroughly treated, with the left hand in front 
and the right in back, just the opposite of all other treat- 
ments, and then given suggestions to remove all fear of 
what he had been accustomed to on the second 
night. The child was put to sleep in this condition and 
remained asleep the whole night without another sign of 
returning convulsions. 
The third night the same thing was repeated and no 
sign of any convulsion appeared. 
It has now been six months since this experience and 
I have received several letters from the mother and the 
boy, stating that he gained much weight and is feeling 
fine, and no symptoms of convulsions have manifested 
themselves, although a small quantity of sloughing had 
occurred, but had not caused a convulsion. The mother 
continued these treatments several months, and at the 
writing of this article advised me as to the progress of the 
case, stating that the child now eats anything he wants, 
with no sign of the trouble returning. 
Here we find the distinct difference between the ap- 
plication of the two hands. All treatments from that time 186 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
on, even by the mother, were given with the left hand in 
front and the right on the back. These treatments were 
given for a half hour daily. One of the very important 
factors in this case was removing the fear of the return of 
these convulsions, in the minds of the parents as well as 
the boy. To let that boy live under the thought held by 
the parents, that he was liable to have a convulsion any 
time, was very depressing to the child. 
He was always conscious of being watched. Every- 
thing they did and said kept the idea ever before him, 
“You are liable to have another convulsion.” He was not 
allowed to go down town, to be out playing, or to sleep 
alone. He knew the light was not extinguished so that 
they could watch him. 
One of the important factors in this case was that of 
assuring him that we were not treating convulsions, but 
the cause of them, and the removing of that cause. When 
parents realized that the convulsion was an effect, and 
not a cause, and that when we stopped treating the effect 
and treated and removed the cause, we took the atten- 
tion from the effect and brought it to the proper place, the 
cause, which kept the thought of convulsion from them. 
Another case that came under my observation was 
that of a child who had as many as eight or ten convul- 
sions, and nothing seemed to check them. I used my left 
hand in front and the right in back with no results, but 
they grew harder and closer together. I then reversed my 
hands, using the right in front and the left in back, and 
the convulsions ceased almost instantly. TREATMENT PRODUCED PAIN 
187 
This case was an exception to the rule, but it only 
shows that there was a different condition existing in those 
intestines which needed the drawing hand to overcome it. 
This one principle must mark the treatments of every 
magnetic healer: If one way does not produce the desired 
result after a fair trial, then reverse the hands. The last 
case mentioned was very interesting because of the fact 
that except for illness I was never able to treat the child 
with the left hand in front and the right in back without 
its crying, showing that it produced painful condition. A 
reversing of the hands caused the child to become abso- 
lutely quiet, showing that that method of application was 
soothing, and soon caused improvement, and later a com- 
plete cure. 
Wherever you find convulsions you may rest assured 
there is something wrong in the child’s diet. Correct the 
diet according to our teachings and treat to relieve the in- 
testinal irritation and you will be successful in most all 
cases of convulsions in children. 188 
CHAPTER XXXV. 
CHILDREN CASES 
No one responds to magnetic treatment more quickly 
and perfectly than a child. Here you have nature ready 
to assist in the work, not only of repairing, but of build- 
ing, a body. Its system has not been polluted with deadly 
drugs, neither has its body been broken because of long 
violations of the laws of living. 
The difficulty in treating a child lies in the fact that it 
can give you but little assistance in diagnosing its case. 
This is especially true of very young children. Therefore 
it is very easy to give a wrong treatment, it being easy to 
misjudge or wrongly diagnose the ailments. Some 
methods of treatment, therefore, will do the baby a great 
deal of harm, and especially is this true in the administra- 
tion of deadly drugs. If the drug given is the wrong one, 
then the child has to fight not only its original ailment, 
but the poisonous drug as well. For this reason grand- 
mothers are especially successful in the treatment of baby 
cases. Their teas and poultices and the various remedies 
they apply are harmless and simple, even though some- 
times accomplishing no good. There is no harmfulness in 
magnetism. It does not leave the child’s system filled with 
poisons, adding to its already existing troubles. 
Possibly nothing is more puzzling to the scientific world 
than the solving of the problems that are presented to it in 
children’s cases. Nothing is more difficult than to find SUBNORMAL CHILD 
189 
the reason for a child not being able to learn, and yet be 
apparently bright in practically all other things. Nothing 
produces more sadness in the hearts of parents than to 
find one among their children who cannot learn. 
Mr. and Mrs. brought to me their boy, seven 
years of age, who could not learn. They had consulted 
many specialists, who, with the school doctors, had pro- 
nounced it sub-normal and let it go at that; just another 
case of being “not all at home.” The teacher of the grade 
in which this child attended gave me some very interest- 
ing facts concerning the case. One day he could count to 
a hundred perfectly. The next day he could count only 
to twenty-five, the next day to a hundred, and then the 
next day he could not go beyond ten or fifteen with ac- 
curacy. He could not remember any of the lessons he 
had had the day before, and the next day could remember 
them well. 
The boy had a bright expression in his eyes and was 
a fine looking little fellow. The teacher also informed me 
that he did much better in the morning than in the after- 
noon, and when his memory was poor his face was very 
white, and when his memory was good his face showed 
color. 
I went upon the theory that the failure or inability to 
remember was not due to the boy's make-up or to his de- 
ficiency of brain matter, but due wholly to the circulation 
through that brain. I began to treat upon that basis, with 
the hopes of creating a perfect circulation in the brain. 
The results were nothing less than marvelous. In about 190 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
two weeks, his work in the forenoons was nearly perfect, 
and he appeared normal in every way, but by afternoon 
he began to break. 
This was overcome, as we induced the mother to have 
the child lie down during the noon period and had her 
massage the base of the brain. This worked miracles in 
the boy’s learning ability, and the last account I had of the 
boy he was doing splendidly. 
The same teacher informed me of another puzzling 
case of a pupil in her room suffering from the same con- 
dition. 
I believe this will explain the reason for a large num- 
ber of children being slow to learn. It is not due to the 
structure of the brain, but to a physical condition obstruct- 
ing the flow of blood through the brain preventing its 
being nourished. In the case of the boy I corrected his 
diet and put him on non-acid-forming and blood-building 
foods containing an abundance of the mineral and vege- 
table waters, and treated the liver and intestines, that 
there might be a perfect assimilation. 
Many children today suffer from these troubles. 
Like all other ailments, doctors have only seen 
the inability to remember and study, therefore looked 
wise and said, subnormal, when the cause was not in the 
brain or in the nervous system, but was a question of 
assimilation, and lies back in the system and circulation. 
In other words, the child is suffering from a lack of food, 
yet eating plenty. CASTOR OIL HARMFUL 
191 
The treatment of children is like that of babies. You 
will never make any mistake in treating well the liver and 
abdomen. Guard their diet, giving them material needed 
to build the body, removing all diet that would clog their 
systems and overwork the eliminative organs and leave 
the system impoverished for the want of real food. 
CASTOR OIL 
One of the old and reliable remedies for babies has 
been castor oil. Its effects are sure. Many a mother has 
wondered what has thrown her child into a convulsion 
and has had to call the doctor. In many cases serious con- 
ditions have existed for many hours, and sometimes days. 
The cause of the convulsion has always remained a mys- 
tery to the mother and she lives in constant fear of its 
repetition. It is a shock she never forgets. The truth of 
the matter is that the child’s convulsions were not a 
product of its disease, but a product of the dose of 
castor oil. 
Castor oil has no place in the life of a child or anyone 
else. More convulsions have followed the movement of 
the bowels of children after having taken a dose of castor 
oil than from all other causes combined. By no means 
give castor oil to your child, as it means too severe a purg- 
ing of the bowels in a few hours of a quantity of effete 
matter that normally takes about forty-eight hours to pass. 
The oil produces a movement which is too drastic for the 
system and the bowels to stand, thereby producing the 
convulsion. PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
192 
CALOMEL 
The same thing is true of Calomel as is true of castor 
oil, with the exception that it does not produce convul- 
sions. Being a product of mercury, therefore it is very 
destructive to the system and very injurious and ruinous 
to the vital organs. 
Some of the most pathetic sights that I have ever seen 
have been of babies to whom the doctor had administered 
calomel in the regulation doses. The children were 
stunted physically and mentally. 
There is no warning that I can give a parent which 
would be of greater value than that against calomel, in any 
form or size doses, and its evil effects on children. 193 
CHAPTER XXXVI. 
STARTLING DISCOVERIES 
In the treating of baby cases, where other doctors have 
treated and failed to secure results, I have been astonished 
at their inability to see the real cause of the baby’s trouble. 
In these cases, as in all others, they see nothing but the 
effect, and proceed to treat it. This is better illustrated by 
the citing of a few cases. 
Mr. wanted me to come and see his baby, 
which was suffering with pneumonia. The child coughed 
constantly, yet had no fever. The head perspired so 
freely that the mother had to change the pillow four or 
five times a night. In this case the doctor was treating for 
pneumonia and insisted on giving castor oil. 
The mother objected, which enraged the physician. 
After this had continued for two weeks the child grew no 
better, but worse. Upon examining the child I found the 
abdomen very much distended and sore. I at once be 
lieved this cough was not due to lung trouble, but to a 
reflex condition, caused by an enlarged liver interfering 
with a free flow of blood to the extremities, therefore caus- 
ing congestion in the upper part of the body. 
I began treatment on this principle, using the right 
hand in front over the liver and abdomen and the left on 
the back. After the first treatment the child’s cough 
stopped almost entirely, and after the second treatment 194 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
there was neither cough nor sweating of the head, and 
the abdomen materially decreased in size. After three 
treatments all symptoms entirely disappeared. 
Another case is of a baby, about four months of age, 
which had a very high fever, reaching 105° in the day- 
time and never below 101.5° to 102° at four and five in 
the morning. The family physician was treating for pneu- 
monia. After a week’s treatment the child lapsed into a 
state of coma. In this condition he requested that a baby 
specialist be called, who, upon arriving, declared that the 
baby had an abscess in the ear, instead of pneumonia, and 
proceeded to treat the abscess. During this time the bow- 
els were very loose and the excretia was of a dark green 
character. His treatment continued for a week, with no 
results, and all seemed hopeless when I was called to see 
the case. In this case, as in all others, they had only seen 
the effects, instead of the cause, which was very evident 
from my theory of diagnosing disease. 
The baby’s greatly distended and sore abdomen 
proved to be the cause of the trouble, and I proceeded to 
treat with the right hand over the abdomen, which pro- 
duced a great deal of pain and caused the child to cry 
very hard. I reversed the treatment and it became quiet 
and easy. This treatment was given about noon and was 
followed with another treatment at about nine o’clock 
that night. The next morning the child’s temperature was 
almost normal. The bowel condition rapidly disappeared. 
Within three days the fever had entirely subsided and 
the baby was free from all symptoms of pneumonia and 
abscesses CAUSE FOR EAR TROUBLE 
195 
Here again, as in other cases mentioned, the cause 
which the medical men had treated proved to be the effects 
of the abdominal trouble and not the cause itself. Nine 
treatments completely restored the baby to health. 
Mr. called me to visit his baby, which had been 
treated for pneumonia and abscessed ear. The child cried 
constantly, refusing all food. This case, as in others, the 
doctors had treated for pneumonia and abscessed ear, 
while ignoring the large, distended and swollen abdomen 
and liver. Four treatments on the liver and abdomen 
with the right hand, and the left on the back for a period 
of half an hour, brought complete relief from any symp- 
toms of abscess and pneumonia. Many other cases could 
be enumerated, but this is sufficient to prove several 
points. One is the folly of treating symptoms, and the 
second, the necessity of finding the cause, which I have 
found in practically all children’s cases to be in the abdom- 
inal regions. 
Any treatment given to children through the abdo- 
men will never be harmful. I care not what the trouble 
might be, this treatment will always be helpful, and in 
most cases will reach the real seat of the trouble. 
CURVATURE OF THE SPINE 
One of the most perplexing troubles to handle is that 
of curvature of the spine. Of all things that have been 
cruel and positively criminal, the worst has been the prac- 
tice of placing children in plaster-paris casts. This can all 
be avoided by our theory of diagnosis and treatment of 196 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
children. We have had some very interesting experiences, 
showing that curvature of the spine was, like all other 
troubles, only an effect, the main cause of which usually 
is lack of lime and potassium. The only treatment to be 
given for such cases is the diet that will give the system 
the minerals which it so badly needs. If the child is lack- 
ing in lime, it usually is lacking in all other chemicals. 
In every case of curvature of the spine that I have 
ever seen the child usually has been fed upon an acid- 
forming diet, consisting mostly of candies and pastries. 
Mrs. brought her little girl of four years, 
who was suffering from a double curvature which caused 
her to walk almost at a right angle. She had not 
matured nor had she any ambition to play like other chil- 
dren. True to our principle, we have always believed in 
looking at the abdomen for the trouble. 
Treatment with the right hand on the liver and the 
other on the back and a correction of the diet brought 
astonishing results. At the end of a week her bowels 
moved nine times in one day, the passage resembling that 
of ground-up liver. This produced some fever, but noth- 
ing serious. Following this the child began to take on new 
life and ambition, and after two months’ treatment she 
walked nearly straight. 
It is well in many of these cases to see that the child 
has an abundance of lime and potassium. In most cases 
of curvature of the spine it is well to treat the whole spine 
with the right hand, and the left hand on the 
front, with the idea of drawing an abundance of A PECULIAR CASE 
197 
blood into these muscles to strengthen them. I do not 
believe that the spine curves of its own accord, but that 
the muscles are not able to hold it straight, and therefore 
it curves. The weakness of these muscles is no doubt due 
to the character of the food. 
Another interesting case was with a family in 
Vancouver, B. C., whose baby was eleven months old. 
The size of its head and the length of its body was the 
same as a two-year-old child, but the size of its limbs, arms 
and neck were those of a six-months-old baby. It was 
unable to hold up its head. The mother sought me to 
treat the baby that it might have the muscles in the back 
of the neck strengthened so that it could control 
its head. This I refused to do, believing that the condition 
of the muscles was due to the lack of chemicals in the 
system. 
She questioned seriously the wisdom of my treat- 
ments and continued only on account of the pleadings of 
friends. The treatment consisted of the application of the 
right hand over the liver and the left on the back, until it 
grew worse day by day, having a severe cold and appa- 
rently losing much flesh. Its appetite disappeared and 
the mother was much discouraged. The child cried hard 
during every treatment while I was using the right hand 
on the liver and the left on the back. I decided to reverse 
this treatment and use the left in front and the right in 
back. The child made rapid progress and never again 
cried during treatment. In a few weeks it was able to 
hold its head up. The mother was instructed to boil 198 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
parsnips and take the water and put a few tablespoonfuls 
in its milk at each feeding. The mother was given large 
quantities of the same liquids to drink, so that the child 
would get the benefit of these minerals by nursing. It is 
very difficult for one to comprehend the rapid progress 
made in this case. It had been abandoned by all special- 
ists, and all who knew the baby believed that it had only 
a few weeks to live. 
Such is the wonderful results of magnetism and food 
when properly applied. 199 
CHAPTER XXXVII. 
BAD TEMPERS 
One of the greatest problems that all parents have, 
whether they realize it or not, is to distinguish between 
the result of sickness and the effect of the child having 
been spoiled. 
Some very interesting cases have come under my 
observation, that have baffled all treatments, which illus- 
trate this point. A lady brought her boy of eight years 
of age for treatment. His was a peculiar case, inasmuch 
as he was neither a good, nor a bad, boy. At times he 
was extremely vicious, cruel, disobedient in the home and 
at school, gloried in causing suffering and had great 
inventive powers. At other times he would be extremely 
affectionate and sympathetic and was a regular little gen- 
tleman; had a good appetite, slept soundly and was very 
obedient and successful in school. 
His condition had become so serious that he had to 
be taken from school. They had taken him to numbers 
of specialists, and all had failed to change his disposition. 
Although eight years of age, he wore the clothes of a boy 
of only six. 
The question was, should he have been punished when 
these bad spells were upon him? Was he sick, or was he 
mean? These are questions that confront all parents 
who find this dual nature existing in their children. 
On investigation I learned that when his bad disposi- 200 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
tion manifested itself, his face was extremely white and 
expressionless. When he was good his face was normal 
and had a healthy color. 
In this, the same as in other cases, I believed there was 
a reason for the face not having the normal condition or 
complexion. This reason I believed to be due to the fact 
that something interfered with the circulation through the 
brain. 
The treatment consisted of massaging the base of the 
brain and magnetic treatments by both hands being held 
at the base of the brain for fifteen minutes, followed by a 
fifteen or twenty-minute treatment with the right hand 
over the liver and abdomen and the left on the back. The 
results were nothing less than astonishing. His disposi- 
tion rapidly changed and he began to grow. In a short 
time he had gained the normal size of an eight-year-old 
child. 
I have seen similarities, not only in children, but in 
many adults. Bad tempers are sometimes just as true a 
sign of sickness as are headaches or pains in other parts 
of the body. There is no reason for a child to be cross and 
irritable. If he should be, then there is a physical dis- 
order, and a treatment for such will usually change the 
character or disposition of such children. (See book on 
“Subconscious Mind.”) 201 
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 
WORMS 
Nearly every mother, during the care of her children, 
is confronted with the question of what can she do for 
worms. 
The treatment is very simple, for the fact that worms 
never live in anything but impurities and filth. If there 
are worms, then there is something radically wrong with 
the diet, or the colon is clogged, or both conditions exist. 
I would eliminate all animal foods. Sugars, pastries 
and sweets of all kinds should be omitted. Confine the 
diet to one of raw vegetables, as far as possible; if cooked, 
do not drain them. Also an abundance of fruit, plenty 
of coarse cereals, such as roman meal and bran mixed, 
whole wheat bread or any of the whole grain products. 
Worms do not live in this kind of food. 
A high enema daily should be given for a number of 
days to thoroughly cleanse the colon. 
In some cases it is very helpful to give vermifuge, or 
any other worm medicine, to get rid of the worms on hand. 
A diet, as described above, will, in time, overcome the 
trouble. 
Remember that worms live only in filth and if they 
are present, then there is some filth on which they are 
living. Clean up, and keep clean, and there will be neither 
worms nor germs to trouble your children. 202 
CHAPTER XXXIX. 
PNEUMONIA IN CHILDREN 
One of the problems of handling children with cases 
of this kind is to ascertain the exact nature of the illness, 
and locate the region affected. The mother or nurse 
usually knows where the congestion is. If it is a baby, 
treat the whole chest and lungs well, with the left hand in 
front and the right in back, as the congestion is usually 
in the front. If you cannot tell, and if that treatment does 
not bring results quickly, then place the palms of your 
hands under each armpit, and after a reasonable length of 
time reverse your hands. Make many passes downward 
over the chest and abdomen, with one hand on one side 
and one on the other. This will usually bring quick re- 
lief to all pneumonia cases in children. 
SPECIAL NOTICE 
One thing that has marked practically all cases of 
pneumonia in children has been an enlarged and congested 
liver. I have been called to treat many cases of pneu- 
monia in babies and young children and, almost without 
exception, have found a very serious liver condition, the 
abdomen being very much distended. 
This condition prevents the free flow of blood to the 
lower extremities, resulting in an over-supply in the upper 
part of the body, causing a congestion which results in CHILD’S LIVER MUST FUNCTION 
203 
pneumonia, abscesses in the ear, or other troubles above 
the waist line. To my surprise, when I have paid but lit- 
tle attention to the so-called pneumonia cases and treated 
the liver well, with the right hand in front and the left 
in back, also treating the abdomen for at least a half-hour, 
once or twice daily, the pneumonia or abscessed ear 
quickly disappears. 
The same nursing and care given to an adult should 
be given to a child. If it should be liver trouble, as sug- 
gested, then continue to treat the liver for some time after 
the disappearance of fever and remove all animal foods. 
Give the liver time to recuperate and regain its normal 
ability to function. 
Again I emphasize this fact, that many cases that have 
come under my observation, and that have been given up 
by other doctors as hopeless, have responded at once when 
treated on the theory as mentioned above. Whenever 
you find a baby with a cough or a baby with flushed 
cheeks, examine its abdomen and see if there is extreme 
tenderness and distention. If so, this is sufficient evidence 
to warrant your placing the larger part of your treatment 
on the liver and intestines. True, if the child should be 
suffering intensely, the treatment as above described can 
be used, but the other must not be omitted, if you want to 
remove the cause. 
Volumes could be written upon babies’ and children’s 
troubles, showing why children have been subject to so 
many attacks of different diseases; why they are no sooner 
cured of one condition than another arises; why some chil- 204 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
dren are continually suffering from some form of ailment. 
An examination of these children will show a serious liver 
condition and a diet that is almost entirely composed of 
animal foods, sugars and starches. 205 
CHAPTER XL. 
HEART TROUBLES 
No one organ in the body can give you more uneasi- 
ness than your heart. Possibly no one organ is more 
abused or misjudged. If it should miss a beat or palpi- 
tate, or become weak, or go too rapidly, at once attention is 
given the heart. I believe that the heart seldom, if ever, 
goes wrong of its own accord. Something must interfere 
with its action or deprive it of its nerve and blood force, 
or it must be given too much work to perform before it 
can possibly become diseased. 
I am of the opinion that when we realize that the 
masses of so-called heart troubles are only a reflex or sym- 
pathetic condition, or are the result of the action of some 
other organ, we will be able to properly handle many cases 
of so-called heart trouble. 
My experience has been so overwhelmingly convinc- 
ing that the liver, stomach, bowels and kidneys can so 
affect the heart that it is given all the attention. This is 
only an effect, the real cause goes unnoticed. If you 
read well the chapter on liver trouble you will see the 
foundation of my belief. The enlarged liver, a distended 
stomach and filled colon can interfere with the heart 
pumping the blood to the lower extremities. This forces 
the heart to pump the blood against an obstruction, which 
retains the blood in the heart, causing a distention or an 
enlargement and many other serious conditions and 206 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
causes havoc in general with the heart’s action, 
which is the only thing seen. Many people have palpita- 
tion of the heart at night, or shortness of breath and other 
troubles when they lie on their back or on one certain side, 
but they can lie on the other side without any disturbance 
and sleep soundly all night. This is evidence that the 
trouble is not with the heart, but with the weight of the 
liver, stomach, or possibly a full colon that crowds the 
descending blood vessels, thus causing trouble. 
In nearly all such cases a treatment of the liver and 
stomach, to relieve the soreness and congestion, and a 
massage of the base of the brain, neck, upper part of the 
spine and shoulders, will produce an instantaneous im- 
provement, showing that the trouble was not in the heart, 
but in some other organ that affected it. 
I have also found that intestinal irritations will pro- 
duce a serious disturbance of the heart. It is advisable 
in cases of heart trouble to treat and remove any inflam- 
mation or irritation that might be in the abdominal cavity. 
I have also learned that over-consumption of certain kinds 
of food will create an intestinal irritation that manifests 
itself quickly in the heart action. Oatmeal, bran, shredded 
wheat biscuits, as valuable as these foods are, have in 
many cases produced an intestinal condition that disturbs 
the action of the heart. In such cases it is well to remove 
all such foods, or greatly reduce the quantity eaten, and 
treat to remove the irritation and tenderness of the bowels. 
In other cases, in which the breath is short and the 
heart action bad, I have brought great relief by removing EFFECTS OF TEA AND COFFEE 
207 
all congestion at the base of the brain and in the neck, also 
between the shoulders, by massage. 
I could cite many cases of so-called heart trouble that 
I have quickly and completely cured by following the prin- 
ciples and ideas set forth in this article. In very few cases 
do I ever attempt to treat the heart. Another very com- 
mon cause of heart trouble is the free and unlimited use 
of tea and coffee. I believe it is utter folly to treat heart 
trouble and continue the use of either. The effect of tan- 
nic acid and caffeine on the system is so great that no part 
of the body escapes its evil effects. Space will not permit 
me to give the number of cases of so-called serious heart 
troubles that have disappeared when treated, as above 
described in this article. With but few, if any, exceptions, 
I have treated the heart merely as an effect, and not as a 
cause. If there is a tendency to a sour stomach, foods 
fermenting after eating, instant relief may be had by the 
use of common baking soda, or something that will pro- 
duce a vomiting, to rid the stomach of that acid, as this 
acid condition of the stomach will produce very annoying 
heart symptoms if you are not conscious that it is a reflex 
condition. 
In all heart cases examine closely the method of living 
and correct all bad habits. You will soon note a rapid im- 
provement in the heart action. Be careful in the use of 
heart stimulants as they are extremely dangerous. 
Mr. , editor of one of our papers in the state 
of Washington, was almost incapacitated because of so- 
called heart trouble. He was able to walk but a block or 208 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
two. He was very large and fleshy and suffered from 
high blood pressure and hardening of the arteries. This 
condition was entirely overcome by the treatment at the 
base of the brain with magnetism and massage, removing 
all congestion of the entire spine. Treatment by mag- 
netism was with the right hand in front, over the liver, 
and the left in back. One week’s treatment and he was 
able to walk as far as he pleased without any inconven- 
ience from his heart. 
Mrs. , sixty-eight years of age, had been given 
up to die with heart trouble many times, and was suffering 
with extreme dizziness, fainting away numbers of times 
when attempting to rise from her bed. 
This condition was quickly overcome by the same 
treatment as described in the above case. Coffee and tea 
and all foods that were stimulating and acid-forming were 
excluded from the diet. 
A treatment of the liver and kidneys was given in this 
case, as in the one above mentioned, and five years later, 
to our knowledge, the trouble had not returned. 209 
CHAPTER XLI. 
STOMACH TROUBLE 
No organ of the body is more abused than is the stom- 
ach. A recent report of a prominent physician showed 
that out of several thousand so-called stomach cases there 
were only a few that were really stomach troubles. Al- 
most every organ of the body, when affected, produces 
an effect upon the stomach. It seems to be the central 
station for all troubles and it will never become affected 
of its own accord. You abuse it by not thoroughly masti- 
cating your food, by putting into it a mass of foods that 
ferment, by crowding it or by keeping it over-worked, or 
by making it work when you are in an improper mental 
condition, such as worry at meal times, or over-eating, 
or eating in haste or when you are too tired. 
All these conditions will affect the stomach, and then 
you pour into it a mass of chemicals for dyspepsia. The 
fact is, the trouble lies in your mode of living. This is the 
reason why so many people are sufferers from their stom- 
achs. That is why they have not found relief. They have 
sought all methods of treatments when the only thing 
needed has been the changing of their method of living. 
After correcting this they will find the stomach ready to 
perform its functions properly and easily. 
One of the most common causes of stomach troubles 
is found in the disturbance of the pneumo-gastric nerve. 
This is one of the most important nerves in the system. It 
is the disturbance of this nerve that produces dizziness and 210 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
light-headedness and sometimes affects the eyes. It feeds 
and supports the lungs and the entire upper part of the 
body, including the stomach. Any disturbance of this 
nerve, which has its seat in the center of the head, will 
cause a serious disturbance in the lungs, heart or the stom- 
ach. This is plainly to be seen in the case of seasickness. 
The head swings and you become very pale and sick, and 
sometimes vomit as a result. Nothing has touched the 
stomach, yet the swinging of the head has disturbed the 
equilibrium of the nerve which terminates in the stomach. 
You can see at once the folly of taking medicines and why 
they have always failed to overcome seasickness. The 
swinging of the head has disturbed this nerve, and the 
stomach shows the results. 
The same principle is seen in a tree dying at its top- 
most branches, when we know that there is nothing in 
the branches producing it. The cause is at the base of 
the tree. We never think of going to the top of that 
tree to stop those branches from dying, but we treat the 
base and remove the cause, and no more branches die; 
but they live and produce. Not so with the stomach. We 
see the stomach in its various troubles and proceed at once 
to treat it, when it is only the end of this great pneumo- 
gastric nerve system. When we learn that it is only the 
end of the branch, and cease treating the end and go back 
to the base, we will be able to remove a multitude of stom- 
ach cases which have long baffled all physicians. 
This treatment has brought astonishing results in a 
great many cases where all other systems have failed: PNEUMO-GASTRIC NERVE IMPORTANT 
211 
Treat the base of the brain with massage and magnetism, 
and also place your well-moistened big finger in each ear, 
pressing it in gently, but firmly. This will produce intense 
heat, penetrating the ear and entire head. As the mag- 
netic current flows from one finger to the other, it will 
soon affect the pneumo-gastric nerve and produce quiet- 
ness, and overcome vomiting and many serious stomach 
ailments, also dizziness, light-headedness and ailments 
that accompany annoying stomach troubles. 
This nerve secretes the gastric juices of the stomach, 
which govern the successful digestion of your food. If 
gastric juice is not properly secreted the question naturally 
arises, “Why?” There is but one answer: This nerve 
is not properly supporting the stomach. 
Give this treatment daily, as I have described, and you 
are getting at the base of the tree to remove troubles that 
you see in the topmost branches. This is the reason why 
those who give food, and then pump the stomach to learn 
its deficiencies, and then try to supply those deficiencies 
by giving the patient medicines, tonics and chemicals, pro- 
duce little or no permanent relief. 
During your treatment of any case of stomach trouble 
remove all work possible from the stomach and give the 
very lightest diet the patient can be induced to take. 
Vegetable waters and fruit juices will pass through the 
stomach and nourish the patient, with very little exertion 
on the part of the stomach. The line of diet should be one 
of a non-acid-forming class. It is advisable, if there is a 
serious condition, to remove all solid foods, and in many 
cases, a complete fast is very beneficial. 212 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER XLII. 
OBESITY 
How to reduce is the one great problem of all heavy 
people. Overweight is usually looked upon as a great joke, 
when in reality it is very serious. When the system must 
carry this oversupply of weight every organ is forced to 
overwork. The whole system is overtaxed and it is no 
wonder there are so many sudden breaks. Anyone who 
had a perfect system of treatment for this trouble would 
find multitudes waiting for his services. A few sugges- 
tions are never out of place to all who are afflicted with 
this trouble. It is true that what will reduce one may not 
reduce another. The causes of obesity may be vastly dif- 
ferent in different people. It is usually due to a lack of 
exercise, overeating, eating wrong foods, and, in some 
cases, is caused by all three. The possessor of it 
usually knows what it is in his case. If it is gluttony, 
then stop it. If it is inactivity, then get busy. If it is due 
to sweets and starches, then change your diet. You 
should know better than anyone else where the trouble 
lies. Many persons troubled with this condition insist that 
they are well because their flesh is so solid, when in fact 
the solid condition of the flesh is only an accumulation of 
poisons and impurities that have gathered for years and 
that have gradually entered into this condition. People COMPLETE FAST HELPFUL 
213 
believe this to be a product of old age and expect to get 
stout as they get older. 
The treatment for this is very simple, as it lies wholly 
with the individual. About all that you can do is massage 
the entire spine, treating well daily the liver and kidneys 
by magnetism, with the right hand in front and the left 
on the back. Correct and change the whole method of 
living. Do not make a radical change suddenly, as it 
might be of serious consequence to your patient. Remove 
all foods containing fats, starches and animal proteins. If 
the patient is willing, a complete fast will do more than 
any form of treatment. However, treatments during a 
fast for this purpose are very essential to assist the system 
in elimination. 
In this condition the patient will find that he has many 
ailments annoying him, such as heart troubles, etc., and 
will seek treatments for these symptoms. It is only a 
waste of time and simply a mockery of nature to try to 
overcome these symptoms when such condition exists. 
Many a person is seriously troubled with this condition 
and yet will live almost wholly on a vegetable diet. In 
such cases, or in many cases, of this character, you will 
find a serious liver condition which has prevented the sys- 
tem from eliminating waste material. It is also true that 
obesity may be accompanied by some other trouble that 
has had much to do with creating this condition. In such 
cases, treatment of these various organs must be given 
most careful attention. Many persons, neither gluttons 
nor inactive, suffer from obesity. 214 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
But there is help for practically everyone when proper 
diet, exercise and magnetic treatments are applied at the 
vital organs of the body and proper elimination is estab- 
lished. One of the most characteristic results of all mag- 
netic treatments has been the reduction in size of nearly 
all patients after a few weeks of treatment. Many times 
the patients would think that they were really worse from 
the treatment because of the loss of flesh which follows 
the treatments. Remember this, that magnetic treatments 
never cause the patient to lose an ounce of healthy flesh. 
If your patient should become thin through treatments, 
then this loss was not good flesh, but an accumulation of 
impurities, and when you stimulated the eliminative 
organs they were then able to eliminate the poisons from 
the system, leaving the body much smaller, but cleaner 
and healthier. Possibly there is no one thing that marks 
the treatment so much as that of the change in the size of 
the waist, limbs and feet. Possibly no one thing is a big- 
ger surprise to the average patient than to find that he 
was bloated. They will not believe it at the beginning of 
your treatments, but after a few weeks they are convinced 
that such a condition really existed. 
These patients usually feel lighter. Their weight 
seems to have left their limbs, and they can walk and 
move more easily. 
Do not look upon obesity as something of which to 
make a joke, but as a serious condition and disease, which 
deserves your utmost care and attention. 215 
CHAPTER XLIII. 
ECZEMA, RASH AND PIMPLES 
Nothing is more embarrassing than having a face cov- 
ered with pimples. Neither is anything more annoying 
than to have the body covered with eczema and have to 
be smeared with salves all the time. Nothing will make 
people question the cleanliness, and oftentimes the 
morals, of your life, more than the condition of your skin. 
Your skin may tell a story plainer than words. It is for 
this reason that women resort to large quantities of pow- 
der and creams, and also paints, to prevent the appearance 
of their skin telling the story of the condition of their 
blood. Many a man is ashamed to go in bathing because 
of the condition of his skin. Many children are shunned 
at school because of the pimples on their faces. Many a 
woman has been subject to all forms of medical and serum 
treatments to remove the pimples that have so long em- 
barrassed her. 
Why have not drugs cleared these skins, giving them 
a fair complexion, removing that which has been a great 
hindrance in their social life? This, like all other things, 
shows how we have sought health by rubbing on salves 
and ointments and pastes, closing up the pores and not 
allowing them to speak to us. We have thought health 
came by covering up nature’s signals. In this, as in all 
other diseases, if the sufferer would be freed, and remain 216 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
freed, he must learn that health must be lived, not bought. 
The many cases that have come under my observation 
have been extremely pathetic. Their suffering mentally, 
as well as physically, has been intense. They have re- 
sorted to every remedy that ever existed, with no perma- 
nent relief. 
What we have to offer in the following has brought 
relief to every one who has ever tried it. There have 
been no exceptions. And if you are suffering from 
eczema, pimples or rash you can become absolutely free 
from them when you stop endeavoring to cover up 
nature’s danger signals and begin to remove the rubbish 
that makes it necessary for your system to warn you in 
the form of rough skins, pimples and such conditions over 
the surface of your body. 
There has not come under my observation a single 
case of eczema, rash or pimples where the patient’s diet 
has not consisted of a large percent of starches, sugars and 
animal foods, being practically minus all of the minerals 
needed by the system. If the case be that of an adult a 
complete fast with the exception of fruit juices for several 
days will produce a rapid change in the system. If fever 
should be present no food should be given and an enema 
given at least once daily. 
If it is a chronic case the removal of all acid-forming 
foods and supplying an abundance of green vegetables, 
fruits and salads, whole wheat products, is the one sure 
road to health. The treatment should be one of a general 
nature, massaging the base of the brain and the whole ECZEMA IN BABIES 
217 
spine well, and the treatment of the liver and kidneys 
with magnetism with the right hand in front over the 
abdomen and the left hand on the back. This treatment 
should be given daily. In all of these cases, examine the 
liver thoroughly, and if soreness should be found special 
treatments should be given to remove it. 
Eczema in babies is more difficult to handle. It is 
more difficult to control the diet, because all eczema in 
babies is entirely different from that found in adults. It 
might be due to what the child has been eating, or it might 
not, but to the condition of the blood. In the large major- 
ity of cases you will find the mother ate nothing but acid- 
forming foods during the period of nine months. She 
suffered constantly from sour stomach. This fermented 
food had to pass through her system and furnish the 
material from which that baby’s body was builded. After 
the baby is a month or so of age the rank poison is 
eliminated through the pores, and eczema is the name 
given to it. Salves and ointments are then used to dry it 
up. Often the doctor has succeeded in applying salves 
that dry up this trouble, instead of allowing it to come 
through the pores, only to find that the baby has an attack 
of abscesses in the ear, boils, fevers, pneumonia, sore 
eyes, and various other ailments. The truth of the matter 
is, he has only prevented the system from eliminating its 
impurities through the pores and forced it to attempt 
elimination through other avenues. If this poison should 
be carried to the lungs, pneumonia results; or in the ears, 
abscesses; or in the intestines, diarrhoea; or into the liver, 
a congestion follows, producing constipation and many 218 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
other ailments that apparently baffle the best physicians, 
and the child is often left a wreck or a cripple because of 
their efforts to prevent nature from eliminating the im- 
purities through the pores. 
Place the right hand on the abdomen and the liver 
and the left hand on the back, unless extreme soreness 
should be found, then use the left hand in front and the 
right in the back. If the child is being given foods that con- 
tain too much sugar or starch the practice must be stopped 
at once, and the child be given as little food as possible, 
until this condition has passed away. 
Enemas should be given freely to prevent any ill 
effects of constipation. The feeding and treatment must 
be governed by age and condition. Seek to purify the 
blood and give the system body-building material. Any 
sufferer of these diseases will find not only a relief, but a 
permanent cure. 
ECZEMA 
Mrs. brought her nine-months-old baby to the 
office. Its face and body were covered with eczema, and 
had been since it was three months old. Various appli- 
cations had succeeded in driving the bulk of the eczema 
from the body, leaving the cheeks and ears almost one 
solid scab. No application of ointments had any effect 
upon the face until someone advised her to use sulphur 
and lard. This had stopped the discharge and there was 
evidence of its healing. The mother was very jubilant 
over the fact that there were prospects of curing the face. DRYING UP ECZEMA DANGEROUS 
219 
It was in this condition that the child was brought to me 
for treatment. 
Two things were very noticeable as I began to treat 
this case. One was, that a cough had developed since the 
beginning of the application of sulphur and the drying up 
of the eczema. So serious was this that the child was 
threatened with pneumonia. It required several treat- 
ments to overcome the effects of the sulphur driving the 
eczema back into the system, which was the cause of the 
threatened pneumonia. The other thing noticeable was 
the odor of the urine, which was so offensive at first that 
it was almost impossible to give a treatment. This condi- 
tion quickly disappeared and the urine became normal 
after the first treatment of the kidneys and liver. The 
child rapidly improved. The diet of the mother was cor- 
rected, as well as the child’s. The former specialist had 
put the child on an almost exclusive diet of farina and 
cream of wheat. These were all removed and vegetable 
waters, fruit juices, water from soaked prunes and figs, 
given freely. 
PSORIASIS 
Mr. , who had been troubled for over nine 
years with this form of eczema, had been pronounced in- 
curable by all physicians whom he had consulted. No 
physician any longer attempted to give him any remedy. 
So bad was his condition that he would not go in bathing 
in the presence of anyone. 220 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
A saucer of scales would be collected from his under- 
clothes once a day. When I was invited to treat the 
case he was suffering from a severe attack of inflamma- 
tory rheumatism. 
My treatments were based on the theory of cleaning 
up the system. The liver and kidneys were given a gen- 
eral treatment, as well as the whole spine and the base of 
the brain, with massage and magnetism. In this case the 
patient was laid on his face and treated with the left hand 
on the front and the right over the kidneys, first over one 
and then the other, and then applied the length of the en- 
tire spine. This treatment was given daily for a month. 
His diet was one in which all sugars, starches, meats and 
stimulants were excluded. He lived almost exclusively 
on combination salads, whole wheat bread and vegetables. 
His diet before this had been mainly of coffee, sandwiches, 
doughnuts, pie, etc., which covered a period of about nine 
years, while he was expressman on the Great Northern 
railway. 
After a change from this latter diet to the one first 
mentioned his condition rapidly disappeared, and at my 
last knowledge of him, which was several years later, it 
had never returned. 
Mr. , sixty-two years of age, had recovered 
from an attack of grippe, and after taking a bath broke 
out with a severe rash all over the body. This became 
worse, until from the navel to his knees he was absolutely 
raw. He had resorted to all kinds of solutions and oint- 
ments ; a number of specialists had been consulted, but no CONVULSIONS WITH ECZEMA 
221 
relief had been found. The family had been informed 
that he could last but a few days longer, as he would soon 
go into convulsions and pass away. The wife had in- 
formed me she had seen him become rigid three times as 
he sat in his chair, and had thought he was going. 
In this condition I was asked to apply magnetism. He 
had not slept for three weeks, except for a few moments 
while in his chair, and the remainder of the time was 
spent in walking the floor. After the first treatment he 
remained on the treating table and slept soundly for one 
hour. 
His diet, like that of all other eczema patients, had 
been mainly of fried potatoes, white breads, meats, starchy 
and acid-forming foods, pastries, etc. His diet was 
changed to one of almost a fast, and he was given nothing 
but the vegetable waters. His recovery was rapid. 
All such cases are the products of two conditions: one, 
the oversupply of acid foods; the other, lack of the proper 
foods containing the mineral required by the body. 
Mr. was brought to me from British Colum- 
bia, Canada. He was about forty-eight years of age and 
suffered from a case of eczema that was as bad as any 
I had ever seen. 
He was one solid scab from the toes to the top of his 
head. Fingernails and toenails had sloughed off and all 
hair was gone. His eyes remained filled with pus and he 
could see only as the nurse would wipe it out every few 
minutes. He was the most loathsome-looking human 
being I had ever seen. He was kept wrapped in an oiled 222 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
sheet. During the night scabs would form and crack and 
peel off. He suffered intense pain and would cry out as 
these would crack and peel. He would beg us to shoot 
him to put him out of his suffering. He had been in this 
condition for over eighteen months, and all treatments 
had failed to bring any relief. Two months’ treatment of 
magnetism restored him to nearly normal condition. 
The treatment was given through the sheet with the 
right hand in front and the left in back, and at times 
reversed. 
Every morning when the sheet would be removed and 
shaken out on the floor there was enough scabs to fill a 
dustpan. 
These cases only show you the superiority of mag- 
netism over all other systems. He could not have been 
treated by chiropractors, nor by osteopathy. Drugs had 
no effect, so his last appeal was to magnetism, which did 
not disappoint him. 223 
CHAPTER XLIV. 
TYPHOID FEVER 
Typhoid fever, like many other fevers, is supposed to 
run a course of from three to six or more weeks. 
The old methods of treatment never attempted to 
break the fever, but only to properly nurse and care for 
the patient during this period, and if the system was suf- 
ficiently strong it eventually overcame the typhoid germ 
and the patient recovered. 
To make anyone believe that this is not necessary and 
that they do not have to suffer a certain number of weeks 
is almost an impossibility. Such is a fact when the patient 
is properly treated with magnetism. Typhoid fever is 
not always suspected in the beginning, as it is very slow 
in showing itself. For a period of several weeks the 
patient has a tired, exhausted feeling, and is at times con- 
scious of a slight fever. The tongue gradually becomes 
coated in the center and bright on the edges, nose-bleeding 
being very frequent during this time. There is 
usually a slight rash on the abdomen, and in many cases 
a tendency to sleep most of the time. The fever will be 
noticed to be higher in the afternoon and to subside as 
evening comes on. The theory for the fever lasting so 
long is that the typhoid germ has entered the system and 
embedded itself in the intestines, which condition creates 
the fever and exhaustion, and that it reaches its zenith PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
224 
in from three to six weeks, depending upon how soon the 
system of the patient overcomes and destroys that germ. 
The convalescing of the typhoid patient is one of the 
most dangerous periods of all. If he is given food too 
quickly, or anything that irritates the intestines, or an 
enema that distends the colon, there is danger of a hem- 
orrhage, which is liable to cause death. This is the course 
of typhoid fever when treated by any of the old methods, 
but when treated by magnetism none of the above-men- 
tioned conditions will be present. 
Treatments of magnetism should be given daily, with 
the right hand over the intestine and the left on the back. 
The right hand should be moved over the whole abdomen 
during the period of treatment, sending the magnetism 
through all the intestines. The results will be nothing 
short of marvelous to the one who will apply this treat- 
ment as here described. As a rule the second or third 
treatment has always destroyed or checked the fever, and 
a rapid drop of the temperature in the afternoons will be 
noted after two or three days, and will continue to recede 
until the fever is entirely gone. If the head should ache 
severely a gentle massage at the base of the brain should 
be given daily before giving the magnetic treatment. If 
there is any tendency to dizziness the treatment should 
conclude with passes made upward from the eyes, over 
the top of the head, down behind the ears, extending 
downward over the body to the toes, throwing the hands 
outward at the close of each pass. This should be done 
a number of times if there is any tendency upon the MASSAGE HELPS NOSE-BLEED 
225 
part of the patient to suffer from fever. The nurse should 
be instructed to make these passes frequently between 
each treatment. This will prevent the need of ice packs. 
But whatever is done, the treatment of the abdomen, as 
before described, must be the main treatment given in all 
cases. I have never found an exception to this rule. Do 
not be misled by small symptoms as the one thing needed 
is the drawing of the blood into the intestines to destroy 
the germs. 
Here lies the cause of your fever, of your nose-bleed- 
ing and all other conditions. The quicker this condition 
is changed the more quickly will the nose-bleeding and 
other symptoms disappear. If there should be nose-bleed- 
ing, a massage at the base of the brain should be given 
first. Ice packs will never be needed if proper treatment 
is given your patient. The ice is harmful and tends to 
hinder, instead of aid, the cure. 
Out of twenty years’ experience I have found no 
exceptions to the above-stated facts. The longest run of 
fever that I have ever seen in any case was ten days, and 
that was accompanied by a severe attack of bilious fever. 
The average case will be free from all fever within four 
to five days, unless accompanied by complications or set- 
backs due to improper care and nursing. 
NURSING 
The nursing and care of typhoid patients is very 
simple. Complete quiet and rest are essential. All 
food should be omitted, with the exception of a liberal 226 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
supply of a mixture of lemon and orange juices, or prune 
juice and any of the fruit juices, which are very beneficial 
and please the palate of the patient. A generous supply 
of water, bathing daily, or more frequently if possible, is 
very helpful. The use of an electric blanket sweat is 
extremely beneficial if given in the morning, when the 
fever is not high. Enemas should be given every day, 
but with great care. 
SPECIAL NOTICE 
Enemas should be given with the utmost caution if the 
patient has been confined to the bed several weeks before 
the magnetic treatments were given. In this case the 
patient has had time to become very weak, and a large 
enema might produce a hemorrhage. If he has been con- 
fined for several weeks, give only a pint or two of water 
at a time, and it would be best not to give any enemas 
until after you had treated two or three days, unless con- 
ditions warranted you to give it sooner. If you should 
give an enema and distend the intestines, thus causing a 
breakage, death would inevitably result. This condition 
would never exist if magnetic treatments were given at 
the beginning of the case, as the disease would not have 
time to seriously affect the intestines and endanger the 
life of the patient. He should be kept in bed for at least 
a week or ten days after the fever has gone, in order to 
give his system plenty of time to recover. 
Beware of a relapse, which can be produced by a very 
small mistake. One young man whose fever was entirely CARE WHEN CONVALESCING 
227 
gone after a few days, could not walk across the room 
without bringing on a fever. He felt strong and well, 
yet was compelled to remain in bed for ten days before 
this condition disappeared. 228 
CHAPTER XLV. 
PNEUMONIA 
Pneumonia fever usually comes with a sudden on-rush 
and with little warning. Pain is usually severe, accom- 
panied with chills, coughing and very high fever. There 
is not much trouble in diagnosing a case of pneumonia, as 
the patient is usually able to tell you where the point of 
congestion exists. 
The care of pneumonia is practically the same as all 
other fevers. Remove all food, giving a high enema 
daily (See chapter on Enemas), also a sweat daily with 
an electric blanket if possible. This should be given in 
the morning, when the fever is lowest. If that is not pos- 
sible, give plenty of hot lemonade, or do anything that 
will produce a sweat, such as hot packs, bottles, or any- 
thing else. Do not use stimulants of any kind, as they 
only serve to excite the heart and send in more blood to 
the lungs, where it is already over-congested. 
TREATMENT 
Massage the base of the brain, and the whole spine, if 
possible. Apply the left hand over the point of conges- 
tion or in the region of the pain, and the right opposite 
it. Do this for at least a half-hour or longer, daily, treating 
the liver and bowels well with the right hand in front, or 
left hand if the liver should be extremely sore, and the BREAKING PNEUMONIA 
229 
right hand on the back. Follow this treatment with many 
passes down over the chest with the hands in the same 
position as when treating the lungs. Hot applications 
should be applied to the feet if they are cold, in order to 
draw the blood from the upper part of the body as much 
as possible. Use passes freely over the head if there 
should be headaches. 
Three to four days of treatment, as described above, 
will break practically any case of pneumonia. Great care 
must be taken during convalescence, that being one of the 
most critical times. The setbacks are always more diffi- 
cult and serious than the fever itself. The patient should 
not be permitted to leave the house for a week or more 
after recovery from a serious attack. 
BILIOUS FEVER 
The treatment for bilious fever is very simple. When 
you once understand its cause you will have no trouble 
in effecting a cure. This, like all other diseases, quickly 
disappears when you remove the cause. Biliousness is 
simply a case of protein poisoning, the partaking of foods 
that disturb the functioning of the liver. All animal foods 
should be removed, including eggs and milk-—in fact, an 
almost entire fast for several days will bring exceedingly 
quick results. A free use of lemon and orange juices— 
in fact, all fruits—constitute the best food for all such 
cases. The treatment by magnetism should be confined 
almost wholly to the liver. If there is extreme soreness, 
apply the left hand on the liver and the right on the back. 230 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
In some cases it is well to treat as described for a short 
time, and then reverse the hands. If there is constipation, 
give an enema daily. As soon as the patient begins eating 
the coarser foods, such as roman meal, whole wheat mush 
and the patented brans, bran breads, and prune and fig 
juices may be used freely for the movement of the bowels. 
If there should be other symptoms give general treatment, 
which includes a massage of the base of the brain and the 
entire spine. 231 
CHAPTER XLVI. 
FEMALE TROUBLES 
The term, “female troubles,” covers a great field and 
gives us no definite idea as to the nature of the trouble. 
There are many forms of female trouble which often 
affects the entire body, producing conditions that often 
lead the doctors astray, and instead of treating the cause 
the effect is noticed and receives all the treatment. Female 
trouble exists where it is least suspected, and for this 
reason the cause is never treated, and the patient wonders 
why her case is so puzzling and so difficult to cure. The 
trouble is not in the seriousness of the case, but in the 
failure to ascertain the cause. 
When you once learn the influence of the generative 
organs on the whole body you have made a great step for- 
ward in the treatment of human ailments. This is just 
as true in men as in women. We know that these 
organs undergo changes which the various parts of the 
body quickly show. As a boy comes into manhood the 
beard starts upon the face, the voice changes and his 
whole disposition and character seem to undergo a 
change. The changes in this period are as visible in 
girls as in boys. This being the case in the early period 
of life, why would not those organs continue to influence 
various parts of the body, especially when they become 
affected? 232 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
I realize the fact that in discussing such a subject with 
patients, they often fail to understand, and feel that it is 
not a fit subject to discuss with anyone. Nevertheless, 
your bodily conditions, your health and your success de- 
pend not alone upon your ideals and morals, but upon 
the relation of one part of your body with the other. 
Misuse of the generative organs quickly produces a 
destructive influence to the whole life. This is seen in 
the case of immoral women. It is said that about eighty 
per cent of our sporting women die with lung trouble. 
Why lung trouble? Why not affect other organs of the 
body? It only shows the influence of the generative 
organs over the lungs. If a patient should come to you 
suffering from lung trouble, and all treatments upon these 
organs have failed, why should you continue to treat 
them? Seek another cause. If this condition exists in 
the immoral women, why did not that condition exist in 
our mothers and wives? It matters but little how the 
organs are depleted, whether legal or illegal, it is the fact 
of their being depleted that causes the trouble. 
I believe here we have one of the great causes of tuber- 
culosis in women. My whole theory is based on my 
experience. Upon treating the womb, as I will describe 
later, I have seen so-called lung trouble, cough and all 
signs of a sallow complexion rapidly disappear and health 
return. I also have seen liver troubles that have baffled 
all treatments, also stomach ailments, where the patient 
could not retain his food, entirely disappear when properly 
treated at the cause, the generative organs. THE GENERATIVE ORGANS 
233 
Why this has not been taught, why specialists and 
physicians do not so teach, I do not know, yet everyone 
knows of their influence on the stomach and liver during 
pregnancy. This affection is not due to the actual fact 
of the presence of a child in the womb, but to its influ- 
ence on some nerve in or near that organ. If any other 
cause should affect that same nerve why will it not pro- 
duce the same condition in the liver and stomach? It will. 
You will be surprised how quickly the majority of lung, 
liver and stomach cases will respond when the generative 
organs are properly treated with magnetism. 
These experiences have shown me a new cause for 
these troubles and when treated accordingly have 
brought marvelous results to practically all cases. From 
this center radiates life, energy and the great forces that 
are vital to every organ of the body. When these nerve 
centers are depleted and they fail to generate energy, 
which is necessary, then the body is depleted and 
weakened. 
Whole volumes could be written on this subject but I 
trust that these few points will start you to thinking along 
the line as to the value and importance of the generative 
organs in their normal conditions. 
In eating, these organs are never given a single 
thought. We eat to replenish our blood, to repair our 
bones. We hear of nothing but iron and lime, but these 
organs live on phosphorus. Find the average table that 
has one element of phosphorus on it. The idea of eating 
to replenish these organs would be considered by many 234 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
as immoral, but we must rise above the thoughts of such 
people. God has given these organs and it is our sacred 
duty to keep them at one hundred per cent efficiency at 
all times. When we learn to eat proper food, which will 
repair the generative organs as well as the blood, we will 
have gone a long way toward bringing back vitality and 
energy. 
One of the most pathetic sights that meet the atten- 
tion of the student of health today are the wrecks among 
our women. You so often hear, “I have not had any 
health since my first child was born.” Why should this 
be? It is not true of the females of the animals nor of 
lower, uncivilized races, yet it is true of our women. 
There is but one answer. Their line of food has been so 
robbed of the necessary material, and the body is so filled 
with useless foods that the average woman is no more 
than a shell, and when any strain comes upon her genera- 
tive system, she becomes a wreck. 
When we learn to look upon these organs with a true 
idea of their importance in life we will rise above much 
of our conception of modesty. We will rise above our 
present ideas, and children will be taught the mission of 
the generative organs, as well as being taught the mission 
of the liver, stomach and other organs, and until this is 
done we can never hope to have a healthy generation. 
When our children are taught that their primary duty 
is the propagation of the human race and that the suc- 
cessful functioning in this line depends upon the condi- 
tion of their bodies, then bodies will be builded for this ABDOMINAL MUSCLES WEAK 
235 
purpose which will mean a sufficient amount of energy 
to carry them through every duty that life demands of 
them. 
FALLING OF THE WOMB 
One of the most common ailments of our women is 
that of falling of the womb. It usually means a tipping 
back or forward or to the side, or sometimes dropping 
down. There are only three things to make this possible. 
These you must consider in all treatments of women’s 
troubles. One is the muscles of the abdomen are too 
weak. This is often found among women with large abdo- 
mens, in which the intestines drop and push the womb 
out of place. These muscles need strengthening. There 
are many cases in which the womb is pushed down and, 
in some cases, entirely out into the world. In cases of 
this kind there is but one thing to do: treat to strengthen 
the abdominal muscles, and if the abdomen is too large, 
treatment should be given to reduce its size. If this con- 
dition is not due to the size and weight of the intestines 
and abdomen, then it is merely a case of weaking of the 
whole abdominal and intestinal muscles and the womb is 
not to blame for its fallen condition. 
In such cases vegetables, especially parsnips, ought to 
be cooked for about an hour and one-half and drained, 
and about three glasses of this water given daily to drink in 
order that the potassium may be given to the system to 
strengthen the muscles. Treat the abdomen well with 
the right hand, using the left hand on the back. This 236 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
should be done for at least half an hour daily, and massage 
well the whole spine. A general treatment will produce 
astonishing results by reducing the size of the abdomen. 
The diet should be one in which starch, sugar and fats are 
eliminated, and in their stead plenty of fruits, vegetables, 
nuts and raw salads substituted. 
Another cause is that the womb, being too large for 
the ligaments to hold, causes them to stretch and produces 
this condiiton. The ligaments are built to hold a certain 
weight and when that weight is doubled they are not able 
to hold it. A treatment to reduce the uterus is the only 
solution. This is given by inserting one or more of the 
left largest fingers, well lubricated, against the mouth of 
the womb and the right hand against the back. This posi- 
tion should be maintained for fifteen or twenty minutes 
and then the right hand placed over the liver and abdomen 
for a similar time. 
This treatment should be given daily with a general 
treatment if needed. After the soreness has been removed 
it is often helpful to reverse your hands and use the right 
finger against the womb with an idea of drawing in the 
blood to carry away the poisons which caused the con- 
gestion. In some cases it is profitable to treat first one 
way and then the other, in order to produce perfect 
circulation through these parts. 
Falling of the womb oftentimes produces serious pains 
in the various parts of the body. Mrs. , about 
thirty years old, had been treating for a long time for 
cancer of the stomach, accompanied by intense pain and TREATING “HOPELESS” CASES 
237 
considerable vomiting. Her case had been given up as 
hopeless after having tried all forms of medical treat- 
ments. 
I proceeded to treat as 1 have above described, which 
quickly removed the soreness from the uterus. I was then 
able to lift it from the spine, where it had settled, caus- 
ing chronic constipation. To the woman’s surprise, her 
vomiting ceased and the pains also quickly disappeared, 
never to return. 
This case was very important to me as a proof of my 
theory. She came to me once and I tried to explain to her 
that she did not have a cancer but female trouble. She 
became very indignant and left the office in disgust because 
I told her she had female trouble and not a cancer. Later 
she returned, and after a few treatments given the womb, 
as before described, her so-called cancerous condition and 
constipation and stomach trouble were entirely overcome. 
After such a treatment as this, if the womb has fallen 
backward, shutting off the action of the colon, it can be 
gradually lifted up from this position as the soreness dis- 
appears. 
It is of no advantage to forcefully lift this womb 
from its position as the weight will soon cause it to settle 
back to its old position. In the above-mentioned case it 
had settled back so long and so far that it was impossible 
to lift it off the spine through the vagina. By turning her 
on her face, and having her take the knee-and-chest posi- 
tion, and inserting the well-lubricated finger into the 
rectum, I was able to easily push the womb forward from 238 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
the spine, causing her much less suffering than by lifting 
it up. After this her constipation entirely disappeared. 
There has been no one thing that has marked my 
work so much as my method of treating female troubles. 
Magnetism is woman’s benefactor. There is no female 
trouble that magnetism will not correct. It is only a ques- 
tion as to how to apply it and not expecting results too 
quickly, as chronic cases require time. 
CHANGE OF LIFE 
No one period causes more anxiety to a woman than 
that of the change of life. This may occur any time in 
a woman’s life, usually from forty to fifty years of age. 
It may take from one to ten years. There is nothing gov- 
erning this time. In this period women find their greatest 
danger and look toward it with dread. They are taught 
that this period is accompanied with a great amount of 
suffering as the system undergoes this change. They are 
taught many things in which there is but little truth. 
To teach that anyone must suffer in obeying the laws 
of nature is to teach an absolute untruth. God never 
made any laws that were painful or punishing to obey. 
It is due to the misuse of our bodies so that they are not 
able to function at such a time. 
For all such cases a general treatment should be given 
which should be governed according to the condition that 
exists. In such cases there is weakness and flooding; in 
others, congestion and irregularity, and in other cases a 
great amount of hot flushes and dizziness. Dropsical CHANGE OF LIFE NOT DANGEROUS 
239 
condition, bad heart, tumors, insanity and almost any- 
thing to which human flesh is heir, manifests itself during 
this period. 
There is no woman that has a good reason for looking 
forward to this period with fear and trembling, unless 
she has violated the laws governing her body. This vio- 
lation may have been consciously or unconsciously, ignor- 
antly or intentionally done—results are the same. Such 
serious conditions are avoidable if a few simple rules will 
be observed, and magnetism properly applied. 
The diet should be one filled with an abundance of 
phosphorus. This phosphorus abounds in vegetables and 
especially raw vegetables. Little or no meat should be 
used. Teas, coffees and all condiments should be omitted. 
The base of the brain should be thoroughly massaged, 
also the whole spine. The liver and kidneys should be 
well treated to aid the system in elimination. 
If any tendency to flooding or irregular periods should 
exist, the treatment as described in chapter, “Female 
Troubles,” should be used. One should be regular in 
habits, obtaining plenty of sleep and be free from all 
excitement. In many cases total abstinence from sexual 
intercourse is imperative, especially if it is followed by 
long periods of flooding or weakness. 
If the above-mentioned rules are observed and prac- 
ticed, no woman need have any fear concerning her wel- 
fare during this so-called critical time. PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
240 
HOT FLASHES 
No one thing annoys women more during the change 
of life than hot flashes. They have been told that this is 
a part of the change and must not be surprised at its pres- 
ence and that nothing can be done to relieve them. Some 
are even informed that they are good symptoms and 
therefore to be prized rather than try to overcome them. 
Sometimes they become so frequent and hard that the 
possessor is incapacitated a large part of the time. 
These do not belong to a woman any more than a 
case of flooding belongs to her. They are only the prod- 
ucts of some abnormal condition and when such a condi- 
tion exists in your body, or anything lowers your effi- 
ciency or vitality or your ability, one cannot accept it as 
the workings of nature. It does not belong to a woman 
and is not a symptom that must necessarily be endured. 
Therefore, hot flashes have no part nor place in your life. 
You will find that they usually accompany the change of 
life, and are due, partly or wholly, to suppressed periods, 
liver and kidney troubles. 
Such conditions usually disappear quickly upon treat- 
ment of the base of the brain and whole spine with mas- 
sage, afterwards applying magnetism, with the right 
at the small of the back, for an equal length of time, 
changing the right hand over the liver and the left at the 
small of the back, will finish the treatment. A treatment 
of the womb, with the right hand internally, is always 
helpful. 
After this treatment has been completed a number of BENEFITS FROM FASTING 
241 
passes should be made from the head downward over the 
body to the feet. The whole treatment should cover 
thirty to forty-five minutes or longer if the case may 
require it. 
The diet should be almost a fast in all such cases. The 
bowels should be well cared for and all excitement should 
be avoided. All stimulating drinks must be omitted, as 
well as salt, pepper and spices. The diet should be one of 
plain, simple foods, consisting as much as possible of com- 
bination salads, fruits and vegetables. 
SUPPRESSED PERIODS 
No more critical time ever occurs in a woman’s life 
than when some physical condition has disturbed the 
menstrual periods. They simply mean life or death. A 
free monthly flow means life and an obstructed flow 
means disease and eventually death. 
To find what is the exact cause in every case of sup- 
pressed periods is a very difficult matter. If this could be 
learned it would be a small matter to reestablish the per- 
iod. Some cases might be due to the lack of blood. Other 
cases due to extreme congestion, exposure, fright or any 
sudden shock. Whatever the cause may be, something 
has interfered with the functioning of these organs. If 
the cause is known the only natural remedy is to remove 
that cause. If it should be a shock it cannot be removed. 
The treatment must be given to overcome the effect. 
The general condition should largely govern your opinion 242 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
as to the cause of this existing condition. If the patient 
is emaciated or anaemic then it is a question of rebuilding 
the whole system. If this is not a fact and the patient is 
large and apparently healthy, then it is due to some 
sudden or acute condition in the system. 
If it should be the former, then give proper foods to re- 
build the blood, as described in Chapter on Tuber- 
culosis. There is but little or no difference in the treat- 
ment as this condition surely means tuberculosis in the 
most cases. Or if the latter cause exists then it is not a 
question of blood but a question of stimulating those 
organs to assist them in their efforts to function. 
Treatment of the base of the brain and the spine with 
massage, and with magnetism through the ovaries and 
uterus with the right hand, and the left hand on the back 
is very beneficial in many cases. Treatment given to run 
the blood into the lower parts of the body should be the 
object of all treatments as in such cases the blood has 
usually gone to the upper part of the body, causing a red 
face and hot flashes, headache and many other distresses. 
Soak the feet in hot water; sitz baths are also very help- 
ful in many cases. Give a general treatment every day. 
In many cases where it is possible insert the right finger 
against the uterus and the left on the abdomen or back 
for a period of twenty to thirty minutes daily with a light 
massage of the clitoris. This has in many cases produced 
marvelous results. 
A continued treatment of magnetism over a period 
of a few weeks will reestablish almost any case of sup- 
pressed periods. MAGNETISM STOPS FLOODING 
243 
FLOODING 
Here as in all other cases, magnetism has proved itself 
equal for the occasion. 
If the flooding should be due to extreme weakness the 
treatment should be given with the right finger inserted 
against the womb and the left hand on both nipples if 
possible for a period of twenty to thirty minutes, also a 
gentle massage of the clitoris is helpful. This must be 
done with great caution. If flooding should be due to 
extreme congestion then the opposite treatment should 
be given using the palm of left hand held firmly against 
the clitoris and the right hand externally on the back or 
over the abdomen or the nipples. 
I have had many cases but have never found any case 
of flooding that has failed to respond to one of these two 
treatments. The only difficulty you have is that of con- 
vincing your patients of the efficiency of such a treatment. 
Success has attended every case I have ever had. The 
same will attend you if you will be wise and tactful. 
There is no need for the use of packing and correct- 
ments in any such cases. By all means correctments 
should never be given. Many a woman has been seriously 
injured by some ignorant physician, resorting to a correct- 
ment to stop a hemorrhage. The same thing is true in 
trying to start a period. Many a doctor will resort to a 
correctment to reestablish the suppressed period. The evil 
effects of this practice is seen many months later when 
the womb has become enlarged and fallen. Many a 244 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
woman can date her first female trouble back to this so- 
called minor operation. 
Magnetism will not disappoint you if you will apply 
it faithfully and carefully. 
Much more could be written, but I have given you the 
principles. You must vary their application to suit the 
case. I recently had a case where I used the left big finger 
against the womb and caused a relaxation that continued 
the flowing. I was unable to give another treatment for 
a couple of weeks and the patient flowed all of this time. 
A treatment with the left palm against the clitoris for a 
period of thirty minutes brought immediate relief. 
MISCARRIAGE 
The prevention of miscarriage is one of the most dif- 
ficult things in the practice of every physician. Many a 
woman desires to be a mother but finds it impossible 
because at certain periods of conception miscarriage 
always takes place. These are always accompanied by 
extreme suffering, which endangers not only her health 
but her life. Every woman knows, better than the physi- 
cian can tell, the anguish that these occasions bring to her 
life. Pitiful are the multitude of wrecks that exist because 
of the methods practiced to prevent miscarriage. 
My experience with such cases has been almost uni- 
versally successful. I have never yet found a threatened 
case of miscarriage that magnetism has not been able to 
prevent, even to the extent of stopping a case in which 
labor had already begun. All such cases are usually MAGNETISM PREVENTS MISCARRIAGE 
245 
accompanied with extreme soreness through the abdomen. 
A proper application of magnetism will relieve this con- 
gestion and soreness, and as a natural result, all tendency 
to a miscarriage will disappear. 
The treatment for such a case should be governed 
largely by the circumstances. If it should be due to 
weakness, then the treatment of the right hand over the 
abdomen to strengthen those parts or if it should be due 
to congestion, then the left hand in front and the right in 
back should be given. Observe carefully the instructions 
on womb trouble and treatment described herein. 
Such cases should be treated with great care. All 
excitement must be removed and the patient remain abso- 
lutely quiet. A general treatment should be given at least 
once a day for several days to tide them over this critical 
period. A continuation of these treatments at least once 
a week or more for an indefinite time will be found a 
guaranteed remedy against miscarriage. The diet should 
be one consisting of fruit juices, vegetable waters and 
and other acid-forming foods. 246 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
BLOOD POISON, MISCARRIAGE 
No one thing creates as much fear concerning miscar- 
riage as that of blood poisoning. 
The treatment for this should be the same as for any 
other inflamed condition of the uterus. Study well the 
Chapter on Female Troubles and you will find the prin- 
ciples to be applied in such cases. 
Treatment should be given at least twice a day if the 
case is serious. The liver and kidneys must be treated 
well, all food removed and the patient kept perfectly 
quiet. 
There is no need of any one ever dying from blood 
poisoning, let the cause be whatever it may, if you will 
have the courage to trust magnetism. It is very difficult 
to give you specific treatments for each case but the prin- 
ciples as heretofore laid down are sufficient. Remember 
always that if one application does not get results after a 
time try different applications of your hands. In such 
cases as this I would especially treat with the right hand 
internally and the left over the abdomen above the uterus. 
Never scatter blood poisoning through the system. MAGNETISM WOMAN’S FRIEND 
247 
AFTER PAINS 
This, like pregnancy vomiting, is supposed to be a 
natural consequence and women are supposed to endure 
it and say nothing. There is no medicinal remedy for 
these pains. The proper use of magnetism with the left 
hand over the uterus and the right hand on the back the 
next day after confinement will usually bring instant relief 
and prevent all after-pains. One or two treatments the 
following day is all that is necessary to bring about relief. 
This treatment need not interfere with a doctor’s care 
of the mother or anything that he is doing. It may be 
given by the nurse or by the husband. If you will give 
this treatment of magnetism for twenty or thirty minutes 
or longer, you will find instant relief and the results abso- 
lutely satisfactory. 
It will be found very helpful to continue these treat- 
ments for several weeks after the confinement. This will 
assist nature in restoring the womb to a normal condition. 
This is one of the most important treatments, as any fail- 
ure of the womb to return to normal size will result in a 
fallen womb or other troubles. It may be wise to use the 
right hand internally to strengthen the womb and gener- 
ative organs. 248 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
PREGNANCY VOMITING 
It is a common idea that all pregnant women must 
vomit for at least three months from the time of concep- 
tion. This is one of the most erroneous ideas and is one 
of the most common beliefs of today. There are very 
few women who do not suffer during the first three 
months. This can be overcome in practically all cases by 
the proper use of magnetism. A treatment should be 
given through the uterus or the lower part of the abdomen 
to remove whatever soreness or other troubles may be 
found. A treatment also through the liver to relieve 
whatever congestion or soreness is also very essential. 
If the face should be white, treat to run the blood to the 
head as described in other cases. If red, then give the 
opposite treatment to run the blood from the head. This 
will usually bring relief in all cases. 
I have never during my many years experience in 
practice found any case of pregnancy vomiting that did 
not respond to magnetic treatments and bring instant 
relief to the prospective mother. 
Remove all acid-forming foods. Give liberally of fruit 
juices if there is a craving for them. If there should be 
any tendency to sour stomach stop all starchy food, all 
sweets and acids. In some cases fruit juices will produce 
sour stomach. 
In obstinate cases treat through the ear to affect the 
pneumo-gastric nerve, which will be found very beneficial 
in many cases. If the face is white give this treatment 
at the close, as it will draw the blood to the head. INFLUENCE OF GENERATIVE SYSTEM 
249 
GOITRE 
The treatment of goitre is very difficult. My success 
has not been very great, but like many other ailments, 
patients will not give you time. The cause of goitre has 
never been fully understood by any school of healing. 
Therefore it is rather difficult to treat for you might not 
be treating the cause. This much is to be said concern- 
ing goitre; it appears mostly in women, and during three 
important periods of their lives: as they come into woman- 
hood, during pregnancy, or as they go through the change 
of life. This gives the impression that the cause must lie 
largely in the generative system. I do not believe that 
this is the sole cause, but I do believe that here is to be 
found one of the great causes of goitre. 
The generative system in both male and female has 
a direct influence over the throat. This is apparent by the 
change of the voice as youth comes into manhood or 
womanhood, and by the change of the facial expression. 
On the male a beard starts, older expressions are noticed. 
We know it affects the vocal chords and changes the voice, 
why should it not affect the thyroid gland? We know it 
does during pregnancy, as it is a common experience for 
women to have goitre during this time and to have it 
leave as soon as the child is born. 
It is very difficult to give any specific treat- 
ment. However, I would treat well the base of 
the brain and massage gently the thyroid gland. I 
would use the left hand on the gland and the right on the 
back of the neck for one-half hour daily, keeping them 250 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
well moistened. I would give a diet that was rich in 
iodine. It is a well known fact that one of the causes of 
enlargement of this gland is due to lack of iodine. Con- 
ditions in the stomach or in that region also affect the 
thyroid gland. 
I recently had a case, and while treating a growth in 
the pit of the stomach the goitre entirely disappeared. 
No one will make any mistake in following the above 
advice, adding to that any other treatment that the case 
might seem to call for. I do not see why, if the enlarge- 
ment of the liver is very pronounced, and the upper part 
of the body is congested, the thyroid gland would not 
come in for its share of the congestion, therefore produc- 
ing a so-called goitre. Here again, as in any other case, 
the healer must use his own judgment as to what the 
possible cause could be and treat accordingly. 
LEUCORRHOEA 
A great many women suffer severely and constantly 
from leucorrhoea. 
About the only treatment ever given has been 
douches, which have never been satisfactory. I would 
treat this disease as I would catarrh. (See Chapter on 
Catarrh.) I do not believe there is any difference in prin- 
ciple. 1 would avoid all douches. If there is extreme 
soreness I would use the left finger, well lubricated, in 
the vagina and the right on the back. Sometimes this 
will produce a severe backache, and in case it does, use 
the right in front over the abdomen and part of the time TREATMENT SIMPLE AND EFFECTIVE 
251 
over the liver. If the extreme soreness has disappeared 
sometimes it is very beneficial to reverse the treatment by 
using the right finger inside and the left on top to draw 
blood through these parts and thus heal them. Strict 
attention must be given to the diet. 
Omit all acid-forming foods, such as sugar, starchy 
foods and meats. Teach the patient to watch the effects 
of certain foods on the discharge. By this they can often 
learn the foods responsible for the condition. (See Chap- 
ter on Catarrh.) 
OVARIAN ABSCESSES 
The treatment for this is very simple and yet extremely 
effective. 
If the abscess should be in the left ovary you would 
insert your big left finger, well lubricated with vaseline, 
into the vagina as far as possible holding your right hand 
on the nipple of the left breast. If the abscess should be in 
the right ovary, give the same treatment using the right 
breast. It is also well to place the right hand on the small 
of the back for twenty to thirty minutes, or in some cases 
use the right hand on the liver while treating internally. 
The diet in this case, as in others, should be well 
guarded, as described for other abscesses. 
In case your patient is very sensitive, or a delicate, 
nervous woman, or where such a treatment could not be 
given, as in a young girl, then the treatment should be 
given with your left palm over the ovary and the right 
on the back. The fingers of your left hand might be used 252 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
after making them very hot by rubbing them together and 
pressing them firmly against the inflamed ovary. This 
treatment should be continued for about a half-hour, or 
until you have given relief. Sometimes it takes several 
treatments to entirely reduce the pain. Passes can be 
made while the patient is lying on her right side. With 
the left hand in front and the right in back make many 
passes over the inflamed parts. These treatments should 
be given daily and in extreme cases twice daily. 
I have never known this treatment to fail in reducing 
inflammation of these organs. Persistency and patience, 
judgment and tactfulness are all that are needed in sav- 
ing your friends and loved ones from operations. After 
the above treatment is given for several days, it is wise 
in many cases to reverse the methods of treatment. A CRITICAL PERIOD 
253 
CARE OF THE GIRL AS SHE APPROACHES 
WOMANHOOD 
Possibly no period in a girl’s life is more serious 
than this. If parents could be made to realize the im- 
portance of this period, many a child’s life would be 
turned into different channels, and would be one of hap- 
piness and health instead of one of suffering, weakness 
and disease, as is so often the case. Many a woman is an 
invalid today and unable to fill her place properly as a 
mother because no attention was given to her at this 
period. The time to prepare for menstruation is years 
before it is time for its appearance. 
The ordinary method of living in the American home 
is not conducive to health and strength. The ordinary 
diet upon the average American table has but little in it 
for the girl who is seeking to build a body that will fit 
her system for approaching womanhood and motherhood. 
As you view the average table you will find it is usually 
filled with nothing but an acid-forming quality of foods, 
in which there is practically no food for the generative 
organs. These organs must be given an abundance of 
phosphorus. 
The girl’s system must be given a lot of material that 
she may prepare to function as nature has ordained. 
This is the reason why so many of our young mothers are 
complete wrecks after the first or second child is born. 
These organs were never fed; they never matured nor 254 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
developed into organs of strength. Her menstruations 
are a drain on her system instead of a help. 
One of the greatest curses that has befallen our meth- 
ods of living has been the consumption of large quanti- 
ties of fancy candies and pastries that serve only to 
pollute the blood stream with acid-forming material, 
which settles on these vital organs, causing our young 
girls extremely painful periods, which leads to artificial 
means, such as drugs, to produce a painless menstruation. 
The girl at this period should be given large quanti- 
ties of green foods, rich in phosphorus, foods that are 
non-acid-forming and that are blood and nerve building 
so that the system may store away a great quantity of 
material for its own needs and then have plenty to spare 
for the building of the body of the baby. In this way 
there will be a foundation for the building of other bodies 
when nature makes her demands. 
The time to store her body with this material for the 
future is in the earlier days. It cannot be done success- 
fully during the time of pregnancy. 
Girls should be taught that the one great mission in 
their lives is the bearing of children. They should be 
taught that this is the highest and most supreme object of 
their existence. To fulfill this mission properly they must 
have bodies equal to this work and occasion. These 
bodies cannot be built in a day. They must be grown 
and matured. This work belongs to the period of youth. 
Unless they are properly cared for during this period our 
girls are going to be wrecks as they come into woman- UNNECESSARY SORROW 
255 
hood and motherhood. This could all be avoided, lives 
saved and health preserved if we would take the same 
care of the bodies of our girls as we do for the young 
animals that are to bear young. 
We trust the parents who read these pages will con- 
sider seriously what they have read. It is one thing to 
give away in your home life to please your children and 
see them revel in pleasure and indulgences. It is another 
thing to see that a girl reaches womanhood and finds her 
unable to function as a woman and mother, and to see 
her a physical wreck when her body has been called upon 
to function as a mother. These are too often days of 
great anxiety, suffering and sorrow. Lives are wrecked 
and homes are ruined all because of the mother’s inability 
to bear children and maintain her health at the same time. 
It is a more lasting and durable pleasure to refuse 
them some of the so-called pleasures and luxuries of 
youth and build a body, than it is to grant them their 
whims and then spend many years in worrying over the 
future of your daughter and your grandchildren alike. 256 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
PAINS IN THE SIDE 
The importance of this subject cannot be overesti- 
mated. Many a woman has been the victim of an opera- 
tion for appendicitis because she had a severe pain in her 
right side. She was told that appendicitis was the trouble, 
and unless operated upon immediately her appendix was 
liable to burst. If it is on the left side they say it is an 
abscess in the ovary or fallopian tube and that she must 
be operated upon. In many cases these organs are 
removed. 
My experience has been that neither of these two con- 
ditions is true of the great mass of cases. The truth of 
the matter is, that the trouble is not to be found in the 
condition of the female organs, but to the position of 
them. No woman could do more for her protection or 
for the protection of her daughter than to study and 
learn the position of the female organs. When this is 
clearly understood, she will not be easily frightened by 
every pain that she might have in either side, regardless 
of its severity or its frequent recurrence. 
The study of these organs will reveal the fact that 
they are supported by ligaments and nerves running from 
the spine, extending up over the top of the hips to the 
ovaries and womb. Whenever the womb is tipped to 
one side or the other, or backwards or forwards, it 
stretches these nerves and causes extreme pain in many 
cases. If it should be on the right side, and extremely bad, 
then that is the argument for appendicitis. If it should 
be on the left side it is called an abscess. DISPLACEMENT OF THE WOMB 
257 
If patients would only stop and use a little thought 
they would avoid serious operations, as well as much 
suffering and danger of life. Many times this condition 
comes on by turning over in bed at nights, producing 
excruciating pains, fear of operations, when it is noth- 
ing but the displacement of the womb. 
If such should be your experience you will find that 
you can lie more easily on one side, or in one position, 
than another. This will reveal the fact that a certain 
position lets the womb tip back, removing the pressure 
or the stretching of the nerve, stopping the pain 
instantly. 
This should prove to you that it is not an abscess. If 
a medical doctor should be called at this time he has but 
little or no trouble in convincing the patient of the need 
of an immediate operation. An examination of the 
womb usually will reveal the displacement as above de- 
scribed. An examination will quickly determine whether 
or not this organ is causing any part of the pain. If it 
should be extremely sore and enlarged you will not be 
able to replace it at once, nor tell how much it is dis- 
placed. The very fact of the sudden pain is sufficient to 
assure you of its displacement. 
Treatment should be given internally, with the left 
finger, well lubricated, and the right on the back or on the 
abdomen to remove the soreness, which will enable you 
to make a thorough examination of the womb. This 
treatment will usually bring quick relief. As soon as 
possible, lift the womb from its fallen position. 258 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Knowing that this is not appendicitis you can then 
quiet the fears of the patient, and they will give you 
abundance of time to remove these conditions and pre- 
vent a serious operation. 
The art of replacing a misplaced womb is rather del- 
icate and particular. The abdomen and the whole vaginal 
tract may be extremely sore, but not necessarily due to 
inflammation but to stretching of the nerves. 
I have seen many cases of extreme soreness of abdo- 
men, that would at once be declared appendicitis by a 
medical man, that has entirely disappeared within a few 
minutes after the womb has been replaced. This sore- 
ness was not due to inflammation but to a stretched and 
irritated nerve, due to the fallen position of the womb. 
Great caution must be exercised in attempting to 
replace the uterus. Sometimes it is very painful and 
the patient is almost unable to endure the replacement. 
If it should be suddenly tipped backwards, in many cases 
the only way to replace it is for the patient to take the 
knee-and-chest position, and with the right big finger, 
well lubricated, insert into the rectum and you will soon 
detect the trouble and the womb can be pushed forward 
and instant relief will follow. 
All of these things must be done cautiously, modestly 
and easily because the patient is suffering intensely and 
your treatment should add just as little pain as possible. 
It might require quite a few treatments to reduce the 
inflammation or soreness that may exist. 
Get the patient in as comfortable a position as pos- AVOID DOUCHES 
259 
sible, and absolutely quiet. Treat this womb daily as 
described in chapter on “Falling of the Womb.” 
Gentleness must mark every action as you can easily 
disgust the patient or punish her so that she will not con- 
tinue treatments. 
Possibly no one thing has disgusted women more 
than the treatment from doctors for these troubles. Doc- 
tors, as a class, are very rough and reckless. Thought- 
fulness, tactfulness, gentleness, modesty and judgment 
are very essential and any woman is sensible enough to 
be treated wisely if you do your part. 
DOUCHES 
One of the universal practices among women is the 
use of douches. 
This I have found to be extremely harmful, and I be- 
lieve this practice is one of the causes of leucorrhoea. A 
great many women feel that they are not clean inside 
unless they are using a douche frequently. Why should 
these parts be washed out constantly? Nothing else God 
ever made needed it and neither do women, except in 
extreme cases. The practice of douches is extremely 
harmful. It keeps washed away the natural lubricants of 
these parts, setting up an inflammation that produces 
serious results. 
The use of water in these parts injures the glands so 
that they cannot furnish a normal secretion, therefore 
many women find themselves in serious conditions and 260 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
wonder why those parts are so extremely dry and sore. 
The douche has been one of the primary causes in the 
majority of these cases. Where such a condition exists 
a treatment with the right finger, well lubricated, in these 
parts, and the left on top or back, has always brought 
quick results to practically all cases. 261 
CHAPTER XLVII. 
GALL STONES 
The treatment of gall stones is almost the same as that 
of liver trouble. If there should be a stone in the gall blad- 
der it is there because of some reason. The removing of 
that reason will prevent the forming of other stones and 
at the same time remove the gall stones that have formed. 
The reason for the existence of gall stones is found 
in the abnormal temperature of the gall bladder. This 
abnormal temperature causes a settling of the lime that is 
in the bile, thus forming gall stones. When the fever or 
temperature is removed the bile itself will be able to dis- 
solve the larger part of gall stones. 
The treatment for gall stones is simple. Apply the 
left hand directly over the gall bladder, or the point where 
the pain exists, and the right opposite on the back. Con- 
tinue this for about one-half-hour daily, until all soreness 
has disappeared. All foods that tend to excite the liver 
and produce an oversupply of bile must be withdrawn. 
In all cases of gall stones, or supposed gall stone attacks, 
it is well to treat as above described. Treat the base of the 
brain with massage, and follow with ten or fifteen minutes 
of magnetic treatment by placing the left hand on the 
back of the neck and the other on the top of the head, also 
one large finger in each ear for ten or more minutes. This 
treatment stimulates the pneumo-gastric nerve, which so 
often produces an abnormal condition of the stomach, 262 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
creating a pain similar to the passing of gall stones. In 
all treatments of gall stones the above-mentioned treat- 
ment should never be omitted. 
Mrs. came for treatments for gall stones. The 
attacks were so severe that it took three hypodermics to 
produce unconsciousness while the supposed gall stones 
were passing. These attacks were regular and became 
more severe as she became older. She had been urged to 
have an operation, but refused. She had also been warned 
that death was inevitable, but she chose to die rather than 
submit to an operation. 
The first treatment given, as described above, over 
the gall bladder, at the base of the brain, and through the 
ears, resulted in completely removing all the noises in the 
head, preventing future attacks of gall stones. We never 
found a case of gall stones that has not quickly responded 
to the treatment, as described above. 
Mrs. suffered for three weeks with an intense 
pain in the region of the gall bladder. During this time 
one physician insisted on operating for appendicitis, 
another for stoppage of the bowels. She was taken to 
Spokane on a stretcher, where another specialist was con- 
sulted, who insisted on operating for gall stones. She 
had grown very weak, having vomited almost continually 
for the three weeks. She had not been able to retain any 
water during the entire period. They wired my office and 
asked if I could cure gall stones. 
She was brought to Seattle and kept in the Differ 
hotel. ABSCESSED GALL BLADDER 
263 
The first treatment, given over the gall bladder, did not 
bring relief. The following treatment was given inter- 
nally on the womb. The pain left at once and within 
twenty-four hours all vomiting ceased. 
My reasons for treating the womb were due to my 
belief in its influence over the stomach and gall bladder. 
I used the right hand internally and the left over the pain. 
This removed the irritation, which had produced an 
abscess in the gall bladder. It opened without any pain 
and her recovery was complete in a few days. Her gall 
stone, appendicitis and stoppage of the bowels all showed 
themselves in the form of an eight-pound boy about eight 
months later. 
Mrs. had been an extreme sufferer from fre- 
quent attacks of gall stones, which usually caused her to 
remain from ten to fifteen hours unconscious while the 
supposed gall stones were passing. Her side was very 
sore and painful. 
I was invited in to see the case as she was coming out 
of one of these long periods of suffering. The treatment 
was successful in drawing the soreness away from the 
gall bladder by use of the left hand in front and the right 
hand on the back. The following day she came to the 
office. The second treatment was given similar to that of 
the first, which resulted in producing a severe pain in the 
back of the liver. This increased in severity to the extent 
that she was not able to go home for several hours. 
I left her reclining on the table and returned and 
treated her several times during the afternoon, only to 264 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
find the pain increasing and beginning to move down 
and across to the left side of the body. That same night 
she was brought back to the sanatarium suffering with 
intense pain and a swollen ankle. This pain had traveled 
down her body and located in the ankle, causing swelling 
and much suffering. She remained in the sanatarium for 
possibly two weeks or more with a case of inflammatory 
rheumatism. 
The strange thing about this case was that she never 
had another symptom of gall bladder trouble. She had 
been urged to have an operation to remove these stones, 
but had delayed the operation from time to time. 
If she had gall stones in that gall bladder she had them 
in her ankle, for the same thing that made the pain in the 
gall bladder moved out of the gall bladder and forever left 
her free from that condition, but produced a severe case 
of inflammatory rheumatism. If that was rheumatism in 
the ankle, it was nothing more nor less than the same thing 
in that gall bladder. 
The treatments were given to eliminate the poisons 
of the system, which soon overcame the inflamed and 
swollen ankle. 
The diet for this should be one of an abundance of 
green vegetables, combination salads and free from foods 
of acid-forming content, such as the starches, sugars and 
meats. 
It is advisable in all such cases to massage the base of 
the brain thoroughly and treat, with the large finger moist- INSTANT RELIEF GIVEN 
265 
ened, through the ears to stimulate the pneumo-gastric 
nerve, which directly affects the action of the stomach. 
In a great many cases of gall stones this treatment has 
brought instant and permanent relief. I believe in many 
cases it is nothing less than a contraction of the duodenum 
which prevents the escape of the gastric juices from the 
stomach. The action of the stomach causes a crystallizing 
of the acids and as they pass through the contracted 
duodenum produce a sharp, cutting pain resembling the 
passing of a gall stone. This treatment relaxes the duo- 
denum and lets the acids pass out quickly. 
If there should be gall stones, no harm is done in giv- 
ing this treatment, but if it should be only an inflamed con- 
dition of the gall bladder, it will aid in effecting a complete 
and permanent cure of this trouble. The pains are identi- 
cal with the passing of a gall stone, and no one can detect 
which is creating these pains. 
It is never out of place to treat as above described, and 
you will seldom, if ever, find the necessity to abandon 266 
CHAPTER XLVIII. 
YELLOW JAUNDICE 
The cause of yellow jaundice is due to something stop- 
ping the flow of bile from the gall bladder to the intes- 
tines. This may be due to gall stones or to an inflamma- 
tion in the duct, forcing the bile back into the liver where 
it is absorbed and carried through the system, creating the 
yellow condition of the skin and eyes. 
In all such cases of extremely sore liver or gall bladder 
relief can be given by treating with the left hand over the 
sore spot and the right on the back. This will remove the 
inflammation which is preventing a free flow of bile. The 
whole treatment should be given through these parts. 
Sometimes it is well to give a reverse treatment and in 
some cases it is advisable to treat ten or fifteen minutes 
one way and then the same length of time the other way, 
the object being to remove the congestion and soreness. 
A few things are very essential to remember in the 
treatment of yellow jaundice; namely, that it means de- 
struction of the red blood corpuscles; the diet should con- 
tain a liberal supply of vegetable waters, potato peeling 
water, and bran water for the purpose of adding iron for 
the making of blood, also vegetables and combination 
salads. 
The bowels should be kept open with an enema daily. 
The kidneys should be well treated to aid them in elim- 
inating the bile. The patient should be taught the neces- FREQUENT BATHS HELP 
267 
sity of fresh air and deep breathing to aid in eliminating 
this poison. After recovery, caution should be used in 
the diet. No animal foods should be given, such as eggs 
and meat. Plenty of baths during such a time, to open 
the pores to assist in the elimination, are very essential. 268 
CHAPTER XLIX. 
ENEMAS 
The giving of an enema is very simple and effective. 
A great many people declare they cannot take enemas as 
they cannot retain a sufficient quantity of water long 
enough to accomplish results. The average person takes 
an enema sitting upright. This is positively injurious and 
should not be practiced. The water is forced uphill which 
means the distention of the lower colon, injuring it if 
indulged in too frequently. The more reasonable and 
practical methods are not only absolutely non-injurious 
but beneficial. 
The syringe should be filled with water a little above 
the temperature of the body, 105° to about 1 07°. If there 
is no thermometer by which the temperature of the water 
could be tested, it should be of a heat in which you can 
hold your hands comfortably without burning. 
Before inserting the tube, all cold water should be let 
out of the syringe, so the first injection of water is warm. 
If this is not done and the cold water enters first it will 
produce a contraction of the sphincter muscle, preventing 
the water entering freely into the upper part of the colon. 
The patient should lie on the right side. If there is 
any tendency to piles, the tube should be well covered with 
vaseline; the syringe should hang about three or four 
feet above the body. The water should be permitted to 
enter the bowel slowly. This can be done by pinching BENEFITS OF THE ENEMA 
269 
the tube, and at any time there is a desire to expel the 
water the tube should be pinched, stopping the flow of 
water. The abdomen should be kneaded or shaken gently 
to aid the water in passing up along the colon. 
If the bowels should be well filled with effete matter 
and cannot retain the whole syringe of water, one should 
arise and expel it and then refill the syringe and again 
fill the bowels. With a little patience and caution you will 
soon be able to retain a full syringe of water without any 
inconvenience or suffering. The great mistake made in 
the giving of the average enema is due to the water not 
being warm enough and the failure to empty the tube of 
the cold water before inserting. A little practice will soon 
teach one how to successfully take an enema. 
There are some cases that cannot take an enema in 
this position. In the case of a fallen uterus, or something 
that obstructs the flow of water through the colon, this 
position would not be the very best. These cases can be 
given an enema by having them take the knee-and-chest 
position. While injecting the water and after filling the 
colon, it is often helpful to gently massage the whole 
abdomen. 270 
CHAPTER L. 
ACCIDENTS AND BRUISES 
Nothing has been more surprising in the application 
of magnetism than to find its wide field of use. I do not 
know where it can be applied without profit. A few 
more cases will illustrate its wide field of usefulness. 
I was standing in the door of the police station one 
evening, talking with some of the officers, when the police 
judge came walking in from his room, with a steel paper 
weight hanging suspended from his forehead where it had 
entered the skin at the base of the nose and extended for 
possibly an inch up underneath the skin next to the scalp. 
One policeman, seeing the condition, jerked it out. 
Anyone can at once readily realize the seriousness of 
this accident. That old, dirty piece of wire would carry 
every possibility of a case of blood-poisoning. Some 
wanted to get a medical doctor, believing that they have 
the only preventative of blood-poisoning. Others wished 
to apply carbolic acid, and others turpentine, to stop 
danger of blood-poisoning. 
I succeeded in quieting their fears nad then made 
my hands extremely hot and placed the heated right 
hand on the point of the wound, and the left at the 
back of the head. This I did for fifteen or twenty 
minutes. The next morning one of the policemen, uneasy 
about the accident and fearing that if blood-poisoning WOUNDS SUCCESSFULLY TREATED 
271 
should result, it would be fatal, being so close to the brain 
and in so critical a place, went to his home to learn his 
condition, but to his surprise, and to that of the judge, 
the face was not even swollen, nor was there the least 
trace of soreness. Again I believe I am safe in saying 
that there is no other system on earth that could have 
saved this from becoming badly swollen and painful. I 
leave the reader to judge if I am not justified in reaching 
such conclusions. 
Another case as to the superiority of magnetism was 
seen in the case of my janitor, who was about seventy 
years of age. One night in a storm he fell and struck his 
eyebrow, cutting a gash over one and one-half inches long. 
This quickly swelled to an immense size. 
In a case of this kind no one would think of using 
adjustments of the spine or massage; nothing but two or 
three stitches would have even been suggested. How- 
ever, I decided to try the virtue of magnetism and he was 
perfectly willing. The wound was washed and a damp 
cloth laid over the open incision. The heated right hand 
was applied over the wound for possibly a half-hour, after 
which all swelling was entirely removed. The edges were 
then drawn together, some adhesive tape applied to hold 
in a firm position and the head bandaged, after which 
the old man went to bed. 
I treated it daily for four days, during which time it 
neither swelled nor became sore. He never suffered any 
pain nor lost any sleep. 272 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Again I ask the reader if there is any other system 
which could produce such a result? I have successfully 
applied magnetism to broken bones, that have been set, 
or while waiting for repair to take place. Magnetism will 
remove all congestion and soreness, create a perfect circu- 
lation through the injured parts and effect a cure in a great 
deal less time than when left untreated. 
In this, like in other troubles, space will not permit 
giving a full account of my many experiences in treating 
wounds and accidents. But I have never found mag- 
netism fail to remove soreness and pain and bring relief 
to the sufferer. 273 
CHAPTER LI. 
VARICOSE VEINS 
The treatment of varicose veins is very difficult as the 
cause is usually in the method of living. When the aid of 
the patient can be obtained it is possible to secure excel- 
lent results, if not a permanent cure. 
In this disease, like all others, the patient must be 
taught that health is a thing lived, and not bought. If you 
correct the habits of the patient it is possible to remove 
a large percentage of these troubles. 
Diet, I believe, is one of the great causes of varicose 
veins. Patients coming under my care have found excel- 
lent relief by eliminating all animal foods, starches, sugars, 
tea and coffee, and living largely upon vegetables and 
uncooked foods, such as combination salads, fruits, nuts, 
whole wheat products, etc. Reduce the quantity of food 
to the smallest amount possible at each meal. These 
changes cannot be brought about suddenly, but must be 
gradual, and if persisted in, will bring surprising results 
to anyone in from three to six months after starting. 
A general treatment should accompany all such cases. 
Massage the entire spine and the top of the hips until all 
congestion is removed. Magnetic treatment of the liver 
and kidneys, also the abdomen, is very helpful to stimulate 
the eliminative organs. 
Mrs. was an intense sufferer from varicose 
veins and wore a rubber stocking which covered her limb 274 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
from her hip to her ankle. She was able to walk only a 
short distance, and that produced much suffering. She 
eliminated all animal protein, with the exception of butter, 
and lived upon vegetables for years, and found much 
relief. Her husband and she finally decided to eliminate 
all cooked foods. They were eight months changing from 
a cooked to an uncooked diet. They had nothing cooked 
but their bread, which they ground in a hand mill and 
baked in the form of a johnny cake in their own oven. 
The husband worked in a sawmill, doing heavy labor daily, 
and after eight months of such diet their troubles were 
entirely gone. Her varicose veins and female trouble 
had also entirely disappeared, and the bloom of youth 
was upon the cheeks of both. They are a living testi- 
monial to the fact that varicose veins can be cured when 
one lives so as to thoroughly cleanse the system. 
Another friend, Mr. , sixty-two years of age, 
had varicose veins of the limbs removed. The operation 
was a failure and he suffered intensely. He decided to 
live differently, and proceeded to confine his diet to one of 
vegetables, both cooked and uncooked, with a preference 
to the uncooked. In a couple of years he was entirely 
well from his troubles and did not have the appearance of 
a man over forty. He had a complexion that any school 
girl of sixteen could well envy. 
This is only another case proving the fact that health 
is lived, and not bought. 275 
CHAPTER LII. 
OLD SORES 
Magnetism in the treatment of old sores has proved 
itself to be very superior to any other method of treat- 
ment. 
There are many who are suffering from the loss of a 
limb or have submitted to a serious operation which could 
have been avoided had they known of magnetism. 
During the past years there have come to us a number 
of chronic cases. A few I have failed to heal, but the 
masses have responded, and in those cases where failure 
was reported, it was largely charged to the persons them- 
selves, as they would not obey the laws that governed 
their bodies. Many people insist upon your healing them, 
or buying health from you, when the facts are that you do 
not have health to sell, but only aid and assist nature in 
her work of repair. This is especially true of old sores. 
When you can once get the patients to realize that 
every disorder of the body is due to a violation of some 
law, and get them to cease these violations, they are at 
once on the road to recovery. 
A few things mark the causes of old sores. Usually 
it is impurities that have filled the system, and for some 
reason have broken out at a certain point and form what 
is called a sore. It is often only an attempt of the system 
to rid itself of that which the eliminative organs cannot 276 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
do. And in many cases, if the sore should be healed with- 
out a cleansing of the system, it would only mean that 
other and more serious ailments would follow. Do not 
seek to heal the sore, but seek to cleanse the system, and 
nature will soon do the healing. 
Mrs. had been troubled with a large sore upon 
her foot for three years. The sore was an inch and a half 
wide and three or four inches long. All treatments before 
had failed. There was plenty of evidence that the patient 
was going into a tubercular condition. This sore was 
quickly cured, without any treatment applied directly to 
it. She had not menstruated for over five years. After 
about six weeks of daily treatment of the spine, small of 
the back, the liver, abdomen and the ovaries, her monthly 
period was again established and the sore healed without 
any attention to it whatever. 
Mrs. , about forty years of age, had a large 
sore in the small of her back, about six and a half inches 
long, four inches wide and two inches deep. This was 
accompanied with a high fever and convulsions. Four 
inches of her spine was bare. She had been a glutton, 
weighed two hundred or more pounds, and was ailing in 
many other ways. 
Treatment in this case was applied to the liver and 
kidneys for stimulation, using the left hand. The right 
hand was applied directly to the sore by folding a thin 
piece of cloth, moistened, treating through it. This 
treatment continued for nearly six months, during which 
time she lost fifty pounds and the sore completely healed. OLD SORES ELIMINATED 
277 
The magnitude of this sore could not be grasped. Words 
could not picture it as it really was. A photograph, which 
we have, speaks for itself. 
Mr. came to me with a large sore upon his leg. 
He had submitted to three operations, the bone had been 
scraped and some parts removed. The fourth operation 
was suggested, in which the leg would be amputated. 
This sore had incapacitated him for eighteen months. His 
leg was swollen until it was the same size from the knee 
to the ankle. The sore was three inches long and an inch 
and a half wide, filled with a gangrene-colored substance. 
Two months’ treatments with the right hand on the sore, 
and the left opposite, completely removed this condition 
and healed it. The treatment was given with the idea of 
drawing the blood into the sore. After the six weeks’ 
treatments he was able to throw his crutches away and 
return to his work. In this case no general treatment was 
given as the sore was not due to the system, but to the 
treatment by the surgeon who set his limb when broken. 
In this case the cause was purely local. His general health 
was good. 
The diet in all of these cases should be one in which 
the animal proteins have been removed. The free use of 
fruit juices and vegetable waters should be adopted. If 
there is any evidence of anaemic condition potato water 
and bran water should be given every day. (See book on 
Scientific Elating.) 
In many cases of old sores, some electric blanket 
sweats, or any other form of sweats, are advisable. 278 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
In the treatment of all sores it is well to cover the sore 
with a moistened thin cloth. It should be moistened in 
some antiseptic solution. I have found benetol to be of 
great service in cleansing or dressing any sore. 
One very interesting point to be observed in the treat- 
ment of old sores by magnetism, is the fact that it never 
forms a scab. None of the sores I have treated have 
formed a scab, but would fill in from the ends and 
bottom and rapidly change from one of an old condition to 
one of a bright red, showing the increase of circulation, 
and after the new flesh had grown and healed over the 
sore, it was left completely clean and without a scab. 279 
CHAPTER LIII. 
CONSTIPATION 
Possibly there is no disease among civilized people so 
common as constipation. Like the list of other ailments, 
it is not a disease in itself, but is simply a product of a 
cause. The reason why so many who have taken treat- 
ments for this have failed to be cured is because they have 
never sought to find the cause. All methods of treatments 
have been directed toward the bowels, such as purgatives 
and enemas. Newspapers and drug stores are filled with 
advertisements of remedies for constipation, and still mil- 
lions continue to suffer. 
The only reason for the failure of these treatments 
lies in the fact that they have done nothing to remove the 
cause, but treat only an effect. Constipation cannot be 
cured by treating the bowels. The trouble lies back in 
the liver, diet, method of living, or all three. If the liver 
does not secrete the bile sufficiently to create a peristaltic 
action, there is no hope of producing a permanent cure. 
If the diet is one that is composed of refined foods, starchy 
substances, or acid-forming foods, you can never hope 
to be free. If the life is one of inactivity you must expect 
constipation. If it should be the liver, then eliminate the 
great mass of starch proteins and coffee. Treat well the 
liver, with the right hand in front and the left in back, 
that you may produce a free flow of bile. If it should be 
the diet, then remove all starchy foods and sweets, and 280 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
substitute large quantities of vegetables, cooked and un- 
cooked, fresh fruits, prunes, figs, combination salads, raw 
vegetables, whole wheat, roman meal, bran and the bread 
made from them, and oatmeal cooked with about one- 
third bran added, as the diet for this kind of trouble. If 
it should be due to your life, the regular exercises that 
develop the abdominal muscles must be taken with often- 
times a heavy massage of the whole abdominal cavity, 
which will materially aid in bringing back to life normal 
peristaltic action. Many people continue to take purga- 
tives when they have changed to this line of diet and living. 
One lesson that they must learn is that they can never be 
free as long as they continue to take purgatives. It is 
often wise for those who change their whole method of 
living, to quit the use of purgatives and substitute an 
enema for a few days, which will empty the colon. This 
should be continued for several days while the foods are 
taking effect. Then quit the enemas, or use less each day, 
and soon they will find no need for it, as the coarse foods 
will give you results that are entirely satisfactory. 
There are some cases of constipation that this treat- 
ment will not remove, but in reality they are not cases of 
constipation, but are due to some stoppage in the lower 
colon, such as a misplacement of the uterus, shutting off 
and preventing its functioning. Where the above-men- 
tioned treatment does not overcome constipation, it is well 
to ascertain whether such conditions exist. If it should 
be, you no longer need treatments for constipation, but 
the removal of that which has been found to be the cause. 
(See chapter on “Female Troubles.”) PILES USUALLY WITH CONSTIPATION 
281 
In many cases of chronic constipation there will also 
be found bad cases of piles. The treatment for these 
should be given at the same time as for constipation. (See 
chapter on Piles.) 
If the piles are sore and painful, a small quantity of 
water should be injected into the rectum at every bowel 
movement. Do not allow them to be injured or torn, 
which can be prevented by using a pint or so of water at 
the beginning of the action of the bowels. 282 
CHAPTER LIV. 
DIARRHOEA 
In this, like in every other ailment, diet of the patient 
should be examined carefully and the cause ascertained. 
In chronic cases of diarrhoea you will frequently find an 
oversupply of bile that creates this condition. If such be 
a fact, treat the liver and gall bladder well with magnetism, 
according to its needs. If they should be sore, painful 
and congested, it is well to use the left hand, or many 
times it is well enough to use the points of the left fingers, 
pressed firmly against the sore spots or the gall bladder, 
holding the right hand on the back. This will allay the 
inflammation and cause a decrease in the flow of bile. 
This is true if the diarrhoea is due to a condition in the 
intestines. The left hand should be used over the entire 
abdomen and the right on the back. Continue this treat- 
ment for a half hour. 
It is not wise to check the bowels too suddenly; give 
them a little time. Two treatments daily are suffi- 
cient if the case is severe, and once a day in moderate 
cases. If this should close the bowels too suddenly, re- 
verse and use the right hand in front and the left in back. 
Stop all foods in all acute cases and give nothing but 
fruit juices. This is true in the treatment of both babies 
and adults. Possibly more babies die from bowel trou- 
bles than from all others. It is true that they die from 
other ailments, but you will find they have their origin in PERSISTENCY AND PATIENCE NEEDED 
283 
the bowels. Oftentimes it is well in such cases to use the 
left hand in front and the right on back until all soreness 
is gone and the bowels appear to be normal, and then fol- 
low with a number of treatments with the right hand in 
front and the left in back. If there should be any sign 
of an irritation, do not give this last treatment. Here, as 
in other cases, you must be governed by conditions as 
you continue the treatments. 
Magnetism has been almost a guaranteed remedy for 
this trouble in babies. In cases of fever in babies, accom- 
panied with bowel trouble, pay little or no attention to it, 
but continue to treat the bowels. I have had many experi- 
ences in such cases, but have never had one that did not 
respond satisfactorily to the above treatment. If you will 
be persistent and patient, and apply your magnetism and 
control the diet, as described in this article, there is no 
need of ever losing a baby with bowel trouble. Sometimes 
there are cases which call for the opposite treatment, as I 
have described in the first part of this chapter. This work 
can only give you the principles. It cannot give you the 
particular treatment of every case, no more than a medi- 
cal school can give the exact size of the dose to give to 
certain patients. Here comes the need of judgment, of 
reason and keenness of observation. If a treatment is 
given a number of times without satisfactory results, 
always find some other application for your hands. The 
first treatment should produce a change in nearly all cases. 
The power is there, and it depends upon your judgment 
in the application of it. You will never be disappointed if 
you use it correctly. 284 
CHAPTER LV. 
ERYSIPELAS 
This is usually considered a germ disease and is treated 
with great caution by the medical doctors. True, it is very 
serious and deserves careful attention and treatment. 
This, like other diseases, has been treated only to 
remove the effect, and not the cause. I do not believe 
that which we call erysipelas is a disease, but is a product 
of a condition in the system. The many cases with which 
I have come in contact have been those that have first been 
treated with medical treatments. In one case I well re- 
member, the physicians were applying medicines. They 
saw nothing but those swollen limbs, with the water ooz- 
ing through the pores. 
In this case I did not treat the limbs at all, but treated 
the kidneys and the whole spine thoroughly. I used my 
hands over both kidneys, with the patient lying on his 
face, applying the right hand on the right kidney and the 
left hand on the left kidney, then reversing for a period 
of fifteen or twenty minutes, following with a treatment 
of the whole spine with massage and magnetism, by using 
the right hand on the entire spine, and the left in front. 
As a result the urine became very white, thick and ropy 
after a few days’ treatment. The patient was also badly 
affected with inflammatory rheumatism. 
After a few days of this treatment the urine began to 
change, and as it changed the inflammatory rheumatism FASTING AND SWEATS ASSIST 
285 
and all symptoms of erysipelas changed also, and disap- 
peared within ten days. I recognize the danger when it 
should be in the face or head, as it would gradually go 
entirely over the scalp and produce a loss of the hair. In 
such cases I would treat well the base of the brain and 
apply the magnetism over the scalp, making passes back 
over the head and down over the body to draw the poison 
away. Treat the liver and kidneys daily. Plenty of water 
should be drunk to flush the kidneys. Hot water is always 
the best, unless the patient prefers cold. The diet should 
be almost a complete fast, as such conditions only indi- 
cate a great mass of corruption seeking an exit from the 
system. Give an enema daily. Use fruit juices freely. 
The aid of a sweat by the use of an electric blanket is 
very helpful. The patient should remain perfectly quiet 
and in bed if any signs of fever are present. This, as in 
all other cases, gives your treatment time to take effect, 
and in a few days you will be amply rewarded by good 
results. 286 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER LVI. 
EARS 
In the treatment of ears I have found the same general 
causes underlying ear trouble that I have found in many 
other ailments, namely, that the ear was not to blame for 
becoming abscessed. 
In the treatment of all such diseases it is advisable to 
ask the question, why should this trouble exist? Why 
should an abscess come in so delicate a place as the ear? 
This will lead you to look for, and find, a cause which, 
when removed, will quickly remove the ear trouble. 
True, there are some cases that have existed so long as 
to produce a condition in the ear that may never be cured. 
In abscesses of the ears in children, I have found here, 
as in many other cases, the trouble is due to an enlarged 
liver or to gas-filled intestines and stomach preventing a 
free flow of blood to the extremities, thus retaining an 
oversupply in the upper extremities. This soon produces 
congestion, and in many cases results in abscessed ears. 
I have been called in to treat many cases of abscessed 
ears and pneumonia, and sometimes both in one case, only 
to find when the liver, intestines and abdomen have been 
treated and the congestion or distention of the abdomen 
removed the abscesses or pneumonia has disappeared, 
without my having treated either the ears or the lungs. In 
case the ear must be treated, I would use the right big EASING THE PAIN SIMPLE 
287 
finger in the ear that is abscessed or aches, and the left 
in the opposite ear. Be sure to keep the finger well moist- 
ened. If this is too painful, then use the left big finger for 
a time in the abscessed or painful ear and the right in the 
opposite. Sometimes it is helpful to make many passes 
down over the abscessed ear after massaging the base of 
the brain. You may find any treatment painful. These 
should be given only a few hours apart if the case is 
severe. 
Much relief can be given to children by placing a thin 
woolen cloth over the ear and blowing the warm breath 
through the cloth and into the ear. This will often give 
relief when other methods fail. This requires little prac- 
tice, but is extremely effective when applied correctly. 
If drawing the abscessed ear to a head with the right 
hand should cause too much pain, if the patient be an 
adult, let him rest frequently, making the treatment of 
about ten minutes’ duration, or whatever the patient can 
stand. Allow a rest of a few moments, then repeat the 
treatment, and in this way you will often be able to draw 
the abscess to a head at one treatment. Examine the 
whole body, also the diet. The very fact of an abscess 
shows something is wrong in the system and calls for a 
general treatment. 288 
CHAPTER LVII. 
COLDS 
Many people treat a cold too lightly and often remark, 
“Oh, it’s only a cold.” When you really grasp the mean- 
ing of the word “cold” more care and attention will be 
given to such a serious condition. On the other hand, 
many people give, not too much, but the wrong, attention 
to colds, believing that a cold is contracted from other 
persons possessing the same trouble. This theory pre- 
vents a rational treatment of a cold. 
Many people cannot be made to believe that they do 
not catch a cold, because it is a common belief that a cold 
goes through the whole family or through the whole 
school. The facts are, that all members of that family 
have been living in the same rut and violating the same 
laws. They have indulged in the same practices. There- 
fore that violation which produced a cold in one also pro- 
duced it in the other. But the time of taking the cold and 
its severity depends upon the power of resistance in the 
system. 
The very manner of treatment of colds by all systems 
should convince one that a cold is not a germ disease. All 
systems of treatment seek to bring about perfect elimina- 
tion, therefore the medical people resort to purgatives and 
sweats. Other systems do the same thing and add fasting 
or certain neutralizing fruits or fruit juices. IMPROPER LIVING CONTRIBUTES 
289 
This whole method of treatment given by these 
various systems show that it is not a germ disease, but 
one of impurities, and the remedy is elimination. The 
question naturally arises, “Why does the system become 
so contaminated suddenly if it is not a germ disease?” 
The truth is that the system does not become suddenly 
contaminated, but the condition has gradually been accu- 
mulating ; the eliminative organs have been working 
overtime and the pores are doing their best to assist the 
liver and kidneys, and when we come into some sudden 
draft or change of temperature the pores are closed and 
the escape of the impurities is prevented and a condition 
which we call a cold arises. 
A fever starts to get rid of that which could not be 
eliminated otherwise, or the poison settles on various 
glands, such as the nose, creating a free discharge. Often- 
times it goes to the intestines, producing a severe bowel 
condition. 
Another evidence that this is true is the fact that most 
of our severe colds and similar conditions arise after our 
holidays or big feeds. If it is a germ disease, why would 
it become bad after these occasions? Here we have the 
reason why a cold goes through a family that have all 
eaten the same food and lived in the same stuffed rooms, 
breathing the same impure air. As a result their systems 
break down about the same time. 
Another cause of colds is due to improper dressing. 
When the exterior of the body is kept cold, the blood is 
driven from the surface of the skin, causing congestion 290 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
in the internal organs thus stopping the elimination 
through the pores. This can be largely overcome and pre- 
vented by proper clothing and exercise that will keep up 
a perfect circulation. It is always proper in the treatment 
of all cases of colds to inquire into the quantity and kinds 
of food that have been eaten for some time past. Remove 
all foods for a few meals, with the exception of fruit juices. 
Use a high enema once or twice daily. Give plenty of 
water to drink, especially hot water or hot lemonade. Give 
electric blanket sweats if possible. Massage the whole 
spine thoroughly and treat the liver and kidneys well with 
the right hand in front and the left on the back to aid 
in elimination. 
Remember that your success in treating colds de- 
pends upon how quickly you can produce an elimination 
of the waste matters that have clogged the system. 
Anything that you can do to produce elimination will 
be helpful, as this is your sole remedy for the overcoming 
of colds. Teach the patients where and how they have 
clogged up their systems, and by so doing you teach them 
how to avoid colds as well as to cure them. 
FLU AND GRIPPE 
The treatment for flu or grippe is practically the same 
as for colds. The tendency of these troubles is to produce 
pneumonia. This can be avoided if the patient can be 
induced to observe a few simple rules. The flu or grippe 
seldom kills anyone. The large number of deaths is the 
result of improper care while recovering. In this weak- DRUGS NOT NECESSARY; REST IS 
291 
ened condition, whether from cold, flu or grippe, they en- 
deavor to engage in work. The disease has so ravished the 
system, and depleted the strength and energy, that the 
heart is unable to perform its functions, causing a relapse, 
often terminating in pneumonia or heart failure. 
These conditions are much more serious than the 
original trouble, as the system is already depleted and 
there is not the vitality to resist a severe attack. Whether 
the flu is or is not a germ disease is not of any importance 
in its treatment. The treatment given in chapters for 
Colds will serve in practically all cases of flu. It is a well- 
known fact that the drugless healers lost but few cases of 
flu or grippe. The above-described treatment contains 
the principle used by all drugless healers, differing in 
details only. 
But I would emphasize one point in the care of these 
cases, and that is, absolute rest. The patient should be 
forced to go to bed and remain until all symptoms have 
disappeared, and remain in the house for a number of 
days afterwards, as these are the critical days. 292 
CHAPTER LVIII. 
DIABETES 
The main purpose in the treatment of diabetes is to 
stop the loss of sugar through the kidneys. The great 
mass of diabetic patients are starving to death because of 
this loss. The big problem in the past has been to take 
away all sugar from the patients and yet give them all 
the food they need. This is very difficult and serious, as 
the system must have sugar. We believe this is like all 
other diseases: they do not treat the cause, but only the 
effect. I have examined a number of diabetes patients, 
and without any exceptions have found an extremely sore 
liver in each case, which I believe was back of all their 
troubles. In all of these cases I have treated with one 
idea: the cleansing of the liver and enabling it to function 
properly. By this the sugar is neutralized and is never 
permitted to reach the kidneys. 
Treat with the right hand or tips of fingers pressed 
up under the ribs in the region of the gall bladder, and the 
left hand on the back of the liver. This will often cause 
a drawing sensation, showing the condition that exists may 
be the cause of the liver and pancreatic glands failing to 
function properly. Treat the liver as directed in chapter 
on Liver Trouble. 
I would remove all animal foods and confine the diet 
to one of vegetables, combination salads, nuts and those BRIGHT’S DISEASE WILL RESPOND 
293 
foods that would feed and nourish the body with as little 
work on the liver as possible. I would remove all sugars 
and starchy foods, and if possible give whole wheat bread, 
for here you will find some starch which the system can 
convert into sugar for the needs of the body. A little 
honey may be used, but should be given with care. All 
tea, coffee and salt should be eliminated from the diet. 
The vegetable waters and fruit juices can be given freely, 
and plenty of bathing if the patient should be large and 
fleshy. The general treatment of the body with massage 
and magnetism should be given to all of these cases. I 
believe that the larger portion of diabetic cases are only 
the product of the failure of other organs to function 
properly. Treat the entire system and aid it in its efforts 
and I believe the results will justify the work; you will 
find that all such cases can be treated successfully if 
taken in time. 
Give all treatments daily until symptoms disappear. 
If there should be any tendency to weakness, reduce the 
length of the treatments or treat every other day. 
BRIGHT’S DISEASE 
Bright’s disease is another very complex one, owing 
to the fact that the cause of it has never yet been discov- 
ered. But, like diabetes, the trouble lies back in some 
other part of the body. Probably the kidneys have become 
overworked and have become clogged and the poison has 
aided in producing the destruction of the kidneys. 
In the treatment I would follow the same line as that 294 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
of diabetes, treating the liver and kidneys well. Place 
your hands over each kidney for about fifteen or twenty 
minutes, and then reverse them. The whole spine should 
be massaged and then the left hand should be applied over 
the kidneys, first one and then the other, while the right 
hand is held over the liver. 
These cases are usually found in older people or in 
persons whose systems are completely broken. In all of 
these cases you can well afford to examine their methods 
of living to discover the laws they have broken, caus- 
ing this condition. 
The diet should be one in which all acid-forming foods, 
especially proteins and sugars, are removed. Seek to 
destroy the acids of the system with neutralizing foods, 
such as combination salads, fruit and vegetables. Have 
them eat as little as possible. A fast is often very bene- 
ficial. Many times sweats are of great value. 
This treatment should be continued for several weeks 
and possibly several months. They should be given daily 
for several weeks and then two or three times a week until 
all symptoms have disappeared. 295 
CHAPTER LIX. 
TEETH 
The care of the teeth is very simple. 
Many teeth are extracted and destroyed because of 
certain conditions in our life for which there has been no 
remedy known to medical science. It is very common for 
a patient to have all of his teeth extracted because of pus 
at the roots. 
This is one of the greatest evils of the time, and many 
a person has lost good teeth because of this condition, 
believing that this pus is the origin of rheumatism and 
other ailments. It is said to be the cause of a great many 
varieties of ailments. It is very strange that such conclu- 
sions should be drawn, as the question is never asked as 
to what causes the pus. That pus never would have 
gathered if there was not a bad condition of the blood. 
Therefore the question of diet is very important in the 
care of the teeth. The reason for the accumulation of this 
pus can be found due to the congestion of the nerve 
centers that feed these teeth. This center is located at 
the base of the ear at the back of the jaw. 
Massage until the congestion is removed, which will 
stimulate the nerves and produce a perfect flow of blood 
to the teeth. No tooth can become decayed or affected 
if it has a perfect quantity and quality of blood and nerve 
food. The teeth require a great amount of lime and fluor- 296 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
ine. These elements are found in the vegetable kingdom, 
and cannot be supplied by giving lime water. 
If a tooth is too much decayed a dentist should be 
visited at once. Do not allow a decayed tooth to remain 
untreated, for it can be very injurious to your system. 
ABSCESSES OF THE TEETH 
If the abscess is in a bad condition it should be treated 
by placing the right big finger on the root of the tooth 
that is abscessed and the left hand on the back of the neck, 
or at the base of the ear, or opposite the abscess on the 
outside of the jaw. In most cases this will draw severely, 
and after a few treatments will draw it to a head. 
To scatter, use the left hand inside, on the abscessed 
tooth, and the right on the back of the neck or base of 
the ear; or use your hands just the opposite from what 
you did when treating to draw it to a head. An abscess 
should never be scattered unless it is very small. 
Food is the largest element in the care of the teeth. 
If tartar should be present on the teeth a dentist should be 
visited and the tartar removed. The proper foods will 
prevent a great part of this tartar from forming. 
No one can expect to have good teeth and live on an 
acid-forming diet. This is the reason of the condition of 
teeth in children. The mother who insists upon giving 
her children white bread, macaroni, rice, candies and 
syrups without an abundance of green foods and vege- 
tables can never expect to have children with perfect GOOD FOOD VS. DENTAL BILLS 
297 
teeth. It is much easier to give the child good food for 
the teeth than to pay dental bills. 
The teeth are so important that the foundation of 
many a person’s ailment can be traced to the condition of 
his teeth. If the mastication of the food is improper, 
stomach trouble develops and other ailments rapidly 
follow. 298 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
CHAPTER LX. 
BLOOD POISONING 
Blood poisoning is a condition, the treatment of which 
has baffled all medical science. About the only thing ever 
used is the knife. The results are well known to all. 
Some suffer the loss of limbs and others lose their lives. 
In the treatment of this disease, like all others, medical 
science has made little or no headway. Yet with a treat- 
ment of magnetism it has responded so rapidly and com- 
pletely that results are almost incredible to all who would 
doubt. 
The treatment of blood poisoning is one that is very 
simple and can be practiced by any one who will exercise 
a little patience. The diagnosis of blood poisoning is 
easy as compared with other diseases. It is due to an 
infection and the point of infection, of course, is always 
known. A badly swollen part, with its red streaks extend- 
ing out from it, and its rapid development make it impos- 
sible for anyone to mistake it, or its possibilities. 
The treatment should be as follows: The palm 
of the right hand over the point of infection; the left 
hand should be placed up the limb as far or nearly as far 
as the swelling or the red streaks extend. The hands 
should be kept moist and gently applied with a moderate 
pressure, the right hand on the point of infection. This BAD CASES SUCCESSFULLY TREATED 
299 
treatment should be continued according to the nature of 
the case. 
In some cases the drawing of the right hand will pro- 
duce so much pain that the patient can endure it only 
for a few minutes at a time. In these cases the patient 
must be allowed to rest for a few minutes, and then repeat 
the treatment as before and continue for at least a half 
hour, or longer, according to the condition of your patient. 
The following cases will give you an idea as to the appli- 
cation of magnetism. 
Miss came to me with a bad case of blood 
poisoning in the middle joint of her little finger. I placed 
the palm of my right hand over the point of infection and 
the left far up the arm. This gradually drew the swelling 
from the arm down into the hand. I continued to move 
the left hand down the arm as the swelling subsided. At 
last the swelling was confined to the finger only. I then 
used the points of my fingers of the left hand on the 
knuckle and the ends of fingers of the right hand on the 
bottom over the point of infection, which quickly drew 
it to head and was opened, discharging freely. 
This gives you the idea as to the relation and use of 
your hands. If it does not draw shift your hands to other 
positions. The above-mentioned treatment has never 
failed to cure every case of blood poisoning ever tried in 
the twenty years of practice. 
With the above-mentioned principle you can apply 
magnetism wherever the infection might be. My results, 300 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
with the use of magnetism in blood poisoning, has been 
such that I have always offered to treat it for nothing if 1 
could not remove all pain and fever by one or two treat- 
ments. 
Mr. , a man about fifty-five years of age, cut 
himself with a meat axe on the base of the thumb. After 
a week or more blood poisoning set in, accompanied by 
severe chills and a high fever. After applying the above- 
mentioned method of treatment for thirty minutes, all 
chills and fever had gone entirely and the soreness was 
out of the hand. 
There is no reason why one should endanger his life 
with a case of blood poisoning, if he knows of magnetism 
and its proper application. 301 
CHAPTER LXI. 
INSANITY 
One of the saddest conditions that can befall any 
human being is insanity. 
Insanity, like a multitude of other ailments, has never 
been successfully treated by the medical profession, as is 
proven by the multitudes in asylums. It is needless for 
any lengthy discussion upon the subject of insanity. The 
symptoms are too well marked to need any explanation 
as to what constitutes insanity. 
There are numbers of different kinds of insanity, but 
there is usually one common cause back of all, barring old 
age and accidents, namely, a system filled with impuri- 
ties. I could cite many cases that have come under my 
treatment in the past that would prove this theory. The 
response to the treatment has been nothing less than mar- 
velous in most cases. Some cases have taken more time 
than others, which was due to the severity of the cause, 
usually a major operation. 
The thing that has brought me the greatest influence 
as a physician has been the curing of a number of prom- 
inent people of insanity. In all of these cases one general 
method of treatment has been predominant. It must be 
governed more or less by the cause. 
If it should be one of a major operation on the female 
organs, then the treatment should be to remove all irrita- 302 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
tions from those parts. Treatment should be given to the 
liver and kidneys to strengthen and assist the eliminating 
of the poisons which those organs are no longer able to 
do. The whole spine should be well massaged and in the 
case of emaciation and anaemia a diet of vegetable waters 
should be given. Magnetism should be applied in all cases 
to the base of the brain, after the massage, to release and 
permit a free flow of blood through the brain. In all 
cases of insanity special treatment must be given to pro- 
duce a perfect circulation of blood through the brain. If 
the face of the patient is white, blood should be gotten into 
the head, and if red, the blood should be gotten out. 
Remove any and all congestion in that part of the body. 
Electric blanket sweats should be given if the condition 
of the patient is such that it will permit of them. 
This is especially true of violent cases. Nothing will 
relax and quiet them more than a good sweat. Treatment 
must be governed by the condition of the patient. In 
some cases you cannot give the treatment which you 
know is right, then in such cases give as nearly right as 
you can. The patient must be treated with consideration. 
Do not talk before him about his condition being 
insanity. He hears, understands and knows everything 
you say to him and about him even though he is mentally 
unbalanced. To him he is doing what is exactly right, and 
you are the one that is wrong and cannot understand him. 
Work in harmony with him as far as possible. 
One of the scars left upon the minds of many insane 
people, after their recovery, is caused by people SANE TREATMENT FOR INSANE PATIENTS 
303 
constantly remarking upon the fact that they were insane. 
The treatment they received during this period made such 
a deep and lasting impression that it was almost impossible 
for them to forgive when they again became sane. 
The diet should be one of the most simple and in many 
cases entirely without food. Judgment should be used as 
in all other cases. The bowels should be kept open and 
perfect rest should be given. 
There are so many forms of insanity that it is impos- 
sible in this treatise to thoroughly describe all. However, 
the simple directions given here will save many a person 
from the asylum if taken in time. 
Mrs. , a woman forty-eight years of age, was 
brought to me in such a state that friends decided to take 
her to the asylum as she was very difficult to handle. One 
treatment at the base of the brain and a general treatment 
over the whole body brought complete sanity within 
twenty-four hours. This has been true of a great many 
cases, and if it should ever befall your lot to be present 
where such cases are, follow the above method described, 
unless the case is extremely severe, and you will be sur- 
prised to find rapid results rewarding your efforts. Pos- 
sibly no class of disease in my experience has been marked 
with more wonderful results than that of insanity. 304 
CHAPTER LXII. 
VENEREAL DISEASES 
Great caution must be exercised in the handling of 
these cases. 
Many unscrupulous men prey upon the ignorance of 
our young men and extort great sums of money from 
them for treatments which leave them many times worse 
than they were in the beginning. 
A word of warning to anyone, and to all who read 
this article, is that the use of mercury, “606” and other 
deadly chemicals in such diseases should be carefully 
avoided as these rank poisons produce worse results in 
the body than the disease which they seek to cure. 
It is a firm conviction of the masses of people that 
many of the cases of locomotor ataxia are the product of 
mercurial treatments. Many cases of sores, paralysis and 
other troubles immediately follow the injection of “606.” 
These sores and paralysis sooner or later produce death 
and the passport reads: “Victim of syphilis.” 
The sores are often photographed to show the evil 
effects of syphilis when in the mass of cases it is due to 
the deadly drugs put into the system of the victim. Such 
has been my observation and that of many others. I have 
seen paralysis follow within twenty-four hours after an 
injection of “606.” 
Many a young man is led to believe that he can go 
out and sow his wild oats and reap the harvest and get DRUGS IMPOTENT WITH SYPHILIS 
305 
rid of it by a few simple injections of some deadly drug. 
Such is the teaching over all our land by the medical sys- 
tem, but it is absolutely false. He might get rid of his 
disease but he has created another condition that is many 
times worse. 
Drugless methods have cured many cases of syphilis. 
Mr. — came to me with a case of syphilis which had 
been abandoned, stating that he could live but a couple 
of weeks at the longest. He suffered with extreme vomit- 
ing ; his left side was entirely paralyzed, and he was almost 
unconscious with a constant headache. The body was 
covered with pimples. Doctors had given him two weeks 
to live. 
With proper diet, non-acid-forming, and a daily sweat 
with an electric blanket, he was well within two months 
and all symptoms of his trouble gone. I will not attempt 
to give any definite treatment in this work for these dis- 
eases. Suffice to say that the hope of recovery from its 
effect lies not in the injections of deadly poisons into the 
system. Many a young man and woman is frightened 
into taking these treatments by what is known as the 
Wasserman test. Unscrupulous men report these tests 
as positive and frighten the victim into taking these deadly 
treatments. They can number their victims by the tens of 
thousands, which alone is evidence of the inefficiency of 
their system of treatment. 
I believe with proper dieting, sweating, nursing and 
proper treatment it is possible to handle practically any 306 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
case of syphilis. Many cases have been cured without the 
aid of drugs in any form. 
It is well to remark that it is not a well-established fact 
that syphilis is a germ, but rather a filth disease, and any 
treatment that seeks to cleanse the system is striking at the 
foundation of this terrible affliction. 
If magnetic treatment is to be given while there are 
sores and pimples covering the flesh, it should be given 
through a sheet. This will prevent any possibility of be- 
coming infected. 
The treatment given should be the same as in eczema 
or any other filth disease. 
It is best never to handle such patients as it will keep 
many others away from you, through fear of contracting 
the disease from your hands. 
Never take such cases unless you keep it secret, or as 
a last resort to save a life. 
It is also true that many believe they are suffering from 
syphilis when they are but the victims of doping with 
drugs or an acid-filled system. Such patients need your 
help and it should not be withheld unless you would be 
injured by treating them. 
There are cases that do not deserve curing. If you did 
it would only mean to repair them to return to a life of 
shame and possibly an early recurrence of the same 
trouble. By curing them you are really aiding them in a 
life of dissipation and shame. 307 
CHAPTER LXIII. 
SCATTERING DISEASES 
Many times you are asked why you could not scatter 
disease, such as boils, abscesses and all congestion, instead 
of drawing them to a head. Many persons have refused 
to take treatment for certain ailments because it would 
draw that condition to a head and eliminate it from the 
system. To have treated these cases and scattered these 
ailments through the system might have been fatal. A 
few illustrations, for example, will give the healer a clearer 
conception as to the power of magnetism and the cause 
of disease and how to meet it than anything else I might 
write about it. 
A young man came to me with a large, hard ridge 
around his entire abdomen. His case had been declared 
hopeless by doctors. This ridge was extremely hard, 
increasing the size of the waistline by ten or twelve inches. 
It was in the earlier days of my practice, and by this 
kind of cases I learned my many lessons. The patient 
insisted upon long treatments, as they did not produce 
pain he felt that he got more for his money when I 
treated him longer. He was anxious to go to work and 
insisted that the quicker I removed the condition the 
quicker he could go to work. 
In those days I was entirely ignorant upon the point 
of which I am now writing and I granted his request, treat- 308 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
ing him for an hour and an hour and a half daily. At 
the beginning of the treatment he was strong and able to 
take care of himself. After one week’s treatment this 
ridge began to soften and decrease in size, and continued 
to do so until it was entirely gone. We were very jubilant 
at the results of magnetism overcoming the condition 
which medical doctors said was fatal. Our rejoicing was 
premature for as that ridge around his waist began to 
soften and decrease in size he became weaker and his 
heart action became very serious. Medical doctors were 
invited in. Strychnine was injected to support the heart, 
but the patient died within a few days. 
Some may say magnetism killed this man. No. What 
it did do was this: It showed the ability of magnetism to 
scatter that which had collected around his waist. It 
showed the character of poison that had accumulated and 
when magnetism had scattered that poison back into the 
blood stream faster than the blood and system could elim- 
inate it, the heart could not function and death followed. 
This shows the wonderful power of magnetism. It also 
shows the character of his ailment. His trouble was noth- 
ing but an accumulated mass of poison and impurities. 
This was a wonderful demonstration of the powers of 
magnetism, yet, because of the death of the man, mag- 
netism and its power was not recognized. This taught me 
the mistake of scattering poisons through the system. 
Whenever it is possible, bring that poison to a head and 
form an opening as it is much wiser and is always safe. 
Unless this is strictly observed, you may produce fatal or OBSERVE RULES; RETAIN CONFIDENCE 
309 
unfavorable results and lose the confidence of the patient 
because of your inability to prove to him that he is not 
getting worse and that your treatments are not harmful. 
In all such cases, if you treat to scatter the poison, let 
the treatment of the affected part be very short. Much 
attention must be given to the liver, kidneys and bowels 
at such times. Use enemas during this time if there is 
tendency to constipation. The diet should be plain, non- 
acid-forming foods, as before described. Sweats should 
be given if possible to help nature in the elimination of 
the poisons which you scatter. Nothing is more common 
when you become accustomed to different symptoms, 
than to observe the effects of treating some old trouble a 
little too long and scatter much poison through the system 
at a time. It is not always fatal, nor serious by any means, 
but may set up a fever, cold, grippe or aches and pains 
that will be a constant annoyance to the patient until the 
system eliminates it. Many times you will have trouble 
in holding your patient’s confidence, he believing that the 
treatment is making him worse. The treatment only 
revealed the condition and the poison in that system which 
caused their ailments. 310 
CHAPTER LXIV. 
SEEING OF SPIRITS 
Possibly no condition can come upon a person that 
is more perplexing or puzzling than that of seeing and 
hearing spirits. I do not refer to the psychic experiences 
that many persons have, but to those that are had by 
people in delicate condition of health. A few illustrations 
would make my meaning clearer. 
This is not a treatise on spiritualism—neither for it 
nor against it. It is dealing with the great mass of patients 
who are sick and do not know it. I would not have any- 
one believe that this has any reference to spiritualism, but 
there has come under my observation, and for treatment, 
numbers of cases that have been extremely pathetic and 
serious, and would have ended in the asylum had it not 
been for the value of magnetism. 
Mrs. (Doctor) was brought to me, in a very 
critical condition. She had some wonderful psychic ex- 
periences, or thought she had. She was suffering from vio- 
lent headaches, her face was extremely white and drawn. 
She was emaciated and in a serious physical condition. 
These turns came on her only in the afternoon and 
evening, and left her immediately after lying down. This 
condition had existed for a couple of years. She was in 
a serious condition and her friends were fearful of having 
to take her to the asylum. ILLUSIONS OF THE BRAIN 
311 
The question naturally arose, why did these “noises” 
and “sights” leave her when she would recline? A treat- 
ment at the base of the brain, to produce a perfect relaxa- 
tion and establish a perfect circulation through the brain, 
brought color to her face and drove away all sights and 
sounds. A general treatment was given which restored 
her to normal conditions, and to my last knowledge of 
her there had never been any return of these experiences. 
Reverend brought one of his members who 
believed she had a revelation from God and talked to Him 
and He to her all day long. In this case, like the above, 
the revelation ceased the moment that she retired. The 
face was white and she was extremely anaemic, showing 
that these conditions were the result of bad circulation 
through the brain. 
Rev. brought a lady who was suffering from 
the same troubles, with the exception that she saw no 
sights and heard no voices only when she was lying in bed 
at night, therefore she was unable to sleep or secure any 
rest whatever. This case was just the opposite of the 
other two women. Her face was violently red, and when 
she was lying down the congestion was worse than when 
sitting up. It was in this condition of extreme congestion 
she saw her spirits and communicated with them, but saw 
nothing when standing. This condition, like that of the 
other cases, quickly disappeared when the congestion was 
entirely removed from the base of the brain and perfect 
circulation established. 
Here are some very interesting facts. These women 312 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
were all in the change of life. Their systems were not 
functioning properly. The circulation disturbed the equi- 
librium of the brain and these sights and sounds were 
made possible. But in each case they entirely disappeared 
when a normal condition was established in the brain. 
I have had many cases of this kind that I might recite, 
that would be of great interest, but these are sufficient to 
give the foundation for treatment of such cases. If it 
should ever be your lot to treat such a case, remember the 
one principle: produce perfect circulation through the 
brain. In all of these cases that I have examined, one 
position or another of the body would completely change 
the visionary powers and their so-called spirit friends 
would leave. All these cases should be treated for similar 
trouble with the idea of strengthening the generative 
organs as they go through this change. The diet should 
be well guarded. They should have complete rest for they 
are in a serious condition and deserve the best treatment 
and nursing. 313 
CHAPTER LXV. 
NEURALGIA 
The term neuralgia or neuritis is usually applied to 
the pain in the face and arms. Nearly all pain in the 
upper part of the body, where there is no swelling, is called 
neuralgia. 
This trouble is very punishing and, like many other 
troubles, no medicinal aid, other than opiates, has been 
found. Warning should be given to all patients against 
the use of opiates for this trouble. They are dangerous 
and should be avoided. Most of our sudden deaths are 
due to their use. The cause of neuralgic pains is a con- 
tracted muscle impinging the nerve which creates the 
pain at its terminal. 
If we would remember that pain is usually sent to the 
end of the nerve we would not be misled and put our 
treatments at the location of the pain but learn the point 
of impingement and there give our treatment. 
This is well illustrated in the case of neuralgia or neu- 
ritis of the arms. Many people are great sufferers with 
pains in the arms and hands which are usually relieved by 
massaging the base of the brain and between the shoulders 
along both sides of the spine and on the face of the 
shoulder blades. 
Massage these daily until all congestion is removed 
and you will be surprised at the rapid recovery of many 
cases that have resisted all treatment. 314 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Mr. , an organist, had been compelled to give 
up his profession entirely because of the great pain in his 
arms whenever he attempted to use the keyboard. One 
week’s treatment, as described above, was given and his 
condition entirely disappeared. Many other cases, which 
are needless to cite in detail, have quickly responded to 
this theory and treatment and got permanent relief. 
In all of these cases the chiropractor had adjusted the 
vertebrae with no results. This shows that the impinge- 
ment was not due to displacement of the vertebrae, but 
to a contraction of the muscles and a gentle massage of 
them produced a relaxation and removed the congestion 
and soon effected a cure. 
It is always advisable in such cases to remove all 
congestion and soreness found in any of the afflicted parts. 315 
CHAPTER LXVI. 
PLEURISY 
Nothing is more punishing and severe than an attack 
of pleurisy. This, like all other pain, is caused by some 
contraction or impingement of a nerve. In this case the 
contraction has affected the pleural nerve. 
Anything which moves the chest aggravates this con- 
dition and causes a great amount of suffering to the patient. 
This condition is often found in connection with pneu- 
monia and is called pleural-pneumonia. It may become 
very serious by causing a large amount of fluid to collect 
in the pleural cavity. 
This is usually treated by the medical men by draw- 
ing off this fluid with large hypodermic needles or, in 
some cases, removing a rib. This, like many other meth- 
ods of treating disease, is oftentimes fatal to the patient. 
What has caused the forming of the fluid in this cavity? 
What has made this extreme pain and suffering? It is 
usually due to a contraction of the muscles along the spine, 
impinging the pleural nerves. 
Whatever the cause, this much is true: a gentle mas- 
sage along the spine on the side of the attack of pleurisy, 
with a thorough treatment of magnetism, with the use of 
the left hand over the point of the pain and suffering and 
the right hand on the back, will usually bring quick 
results. 
The treatment should be about the same as that for 316 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
pneumonia. The diet and nursing should be along the 
same line. All foods should be withheld, especially if 
there is any temperature. In all of these cases a fast for 
several days with the exception of fruit juices, is always 
extremely helpful. 
Complete rest is essential if the patient desires to 
reduce his suffering. These treatments should be given 
daily and if the case is severe, with a tendency to pneu- 
monia, the treatment should be given twice a day. 
Electric blanket sweats would be very beneficial and 
if possible should be given daily. Many passes should be 
made downward over the point of suffering, with the left 
hand in front and the right in back. A few treatments of 
this kind will usually bring complete relief from these 
attacks unless there are other complications that greatly 
aggravate the condition. 317 
CHAPTER LXVII. 
BLADDER TROUBLE 
There are many different kinds of bladder trouble but 
the same treatment can be applied to the large majority 
of these cases. It matters but little what the cause may 
have been; if the bladder is inflamed and the patient can- 
not retain his urine, or it causes pain in passing, there 
is but one treatment to be given and that is the removing 
of the inflammation. The most common cause in men is 
due to the inflammation of the prostatic gland; in women, 
to the pressure of the womb against the bladder, regard- 
less as to what the primary cause may have been. The 
swelling of the prostate gland is the cause for the difficult 
passing of urine in older men. 
The treatment should be given to reduce this gland 
and by so doing make it possible to either retain the urine 
or empty it at your will. The treatment should be the 
same as in prostatic gland trouble. Insert the big finger, 
well lubricated, in the rectum, while the patient lies on his 
back, holding the opposite hand on top of the abdomen 
over the bladder. This should be given daily, at least 
fifteen or twenty minutes or possibly longer as the case 
may require. 
The hand to be used is governed by the condition. If 
it is wise to draw in blood to stimulate and heal, the right 
hand should be used and the left on top. If it is inflamed 318 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
then the left internally and the right on top. It might be 
wise in some cases to gently massage the gland but only 
for a few minutes. This must be done with great caution 
and care as it is possible to injure the patient instead of 
helping him. It is also true that you must be very careful 
entering the rectum so often as it is possible to produce a 
condition that would bring on piles or cause a great 
amount of soreness that will prevent you treating 
internally. In case this is so, then use the left hand to 
draw the soreness away from the rectum after which you 
can enter and give the treatment internally. (See chapter 
on Piles.) 
It is wise in all such treatments to enter the rectum 
very slowly, giving the muscles time to relax. This will 
avoid much suffering and soreness. 319 
CHAPTER LXVIII. 
LUMBAGO AND SCIATICA 
Lumbago and sciatica are afflictions that are known 
to nearly all people. The symptoms are very plain and 
unmistakable. They come with a sudden onrush and any 
movement of the body will often produce sudden and 
severe pain in the small of the back. This is due to the 
contraction of the muscles of these parts pinching the 
nerves. If the contraction is great enough the sciatic 
nerve will be affected, producing pains down the limbs. 
The cause for this condition is the same as given in 
the chapter on Rheumatism and is needless to repeat here. 
The poisons have settled on these parts and the treatment 
must be given to scatter it and throw it back into the 
blood stream. 
Continue the treatment until the system eliminates 
the poison to produce a permanent cure. The 
point that we would make known in this chapter is the 
fact that many supposed cases of lumbago and sciatica are 
not lumbago and sciatica but are the effect of the prostate 
gland. (See chapter on Prostate Gland.) 
My years of practice have found many cases of 
chronic lumbago and sciatica that have failed to respond 
to massage or adjustments, yet upon treating the pros- 
tate gland, as described in chapter for the treatment of 
this gland, many have found almost instant relief from 
their so-called long-standing cases of lumbago or sciatica. 320 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
It is always well, regardless of what the cause may be, 
to massage thoroughly the whole spine. The heated right 
hand may be placed over these regions, holding the left 
hand on the front. It might be wise to reverse this treat- 
ment which should cover a period of a half hour to an 
hour, especially if the case should be severe. 
The patient should remain in bed at all times if very 
bad, as a complete rest will do much to hasten a cure. 
This will take all strain off the lumbar muscles, which 
is essential for a quick cure. The diet should be the same 
as in all other cases of rheumatism. 
A high enema of hot water, as described in chapter 
for Enemas, will be found extremely helpful and should be 
given daily. 321 
CHAPTER LXIX 
PILES 
There is no trouble that gives physicians more diffi- 
culty in handling than piles. Multitudes of different 
remedies have been concocted but have never proven to 
be of any great value except in few cases. Every doctor has 
had his troubles with them and at last usually recommends 
an operation. This is uncertain, punishing and very 
dangerous. Many are as bad after the operation as before 
and many are made much worse. The causes for the con- 
dition of piles are varied. 
Itching Piles 
If they should be of the itching character then the left 
big finger, well lubricated, should be used against the 
rectum and the right over the abdomen and sometimes on 
the back. This treatment should be given daily unless 
extreme conditions exist, then it should be given twice 
daily. 
Protruding Piles 
Protruding Piles may be due to several causes. There 
may be a congestion of blood forming a great weight at 
this part. Constipation usually accompanies these con- 
ditions, and with every movement of the bowels this 
condition is forced outward, causing a great amount of 
suffering. 322 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
In all such cases where there is a great amount of 
inflammation and protruding, the left big finger well lubri- 
cated placed against the protruding piles, with the right 
on the back or on the abdomen, held in this position for 
at least one half hour daily will remove all soreness after 
a couple of treatments. The left finger should be gently 
placed against the protruding parts and as the soreness 
recedes, press the protruding parts back into the body 
gently. 
This will require a little tact and patience, but you will 
be well rewarded for your efforts and surprised to find 
how quickly practically all cases of piles can be reduced 
in soreness and in volume, and be replaced without any 
great suffering to your patient. 
Another cause for their protruding may be due to the 
weakness of all the abdominal muscles. The intestines 
sag and push these parts out into the world. Soreness 
may not be present but the condition is due to the weak- 
ness of all the abdominal muscles and of the muscles of 
the rectum. 
In such cases it is wise to use the right hand the same 
as you used the left in the other for about the same length 
of time after which it is wise to keep the left hand on the 
back and to treat the abdomen well with the right hand 
strengthening the muscles of the abdomen to assist in 
holding the intestines in their place. The treatment 
needed in these cases is one to be decided by your own 
judgment. 
If there should be constipation then it is wise to advise NO NEED FOR OPERATIONS 
323 
the patient to use a syringe and to inject a small quantity 
of water into the rectum at every movement of the bowels. 
This will do no harm and will make it possible for the 
bowel movement to be much easier and thereby affect 
these parts just as little as possible. 
These treatments should be given over a number of 
weeks if the case should be chronic. 
I have never found a case of piles that has not re- 
sponded to the above treatments! Many cases could be 
cited but would add nothing to the plainness and simplicity 
of the method of treatment. 
Follow the above advice and you will have njo occa- 
sion to resort to the knife or ointments, as a permanent 
cure will soon be effected, provided the patient will live 
the life that he should live to overcome constipation and 
other conditions that might be present. The diet is a very 
important factor in all of these cases. See book on “Scien- 
tific Cooking for Health.” 324 
CHAPTER LXX. 
PTOMAINE POISONING 
It is not difficult to tell when you have a case of pto- 
maine poisoning. It usually follows within a few hours 
after eating and is accompanied by severe pains and 
cramps, also diarrhoea, and possibly vomiting. It is very 
serious and must receive immediate attention. 
The same line of treatment must be given as in any 
other abdominal trouble. Stop all food and if there is no 
diarrhoea give an enema. Treat well with the left hand 
on the abdomen and the right on the back. Use the left 
hand over the whole abdomen. A good massage of the 
spine is always helpful. I have had a number of severe 
cases of ptomaine poisoning and every one responded 
quickly to the above treatment. Treatment should be 
given at least two or three times a day if the patient is 
serious. Passes should be made down over the abdomen 
with the left in front and the right in back. 
The patient should remain absolutely quiet and in bed. 
I have seen one treatment like this remove all pain within 
thirty minutes, when the patient was practically uncon- 
scious to begin with. 
Plenty of water should be given but no solid food 
until all symptoms have disappeared. Then begin with 
liquids for a few days. 325 
CHAPTER LXXI. 
LOCOMOTOR ATAXIA 
The cause for this disease has never been definitely 
known. The results of known methods of treatment have 
never been satisfactory. This, as in many other troubles, 
I believe to be due to the fact that the right cause has never 
been found. It may also be a fact that it might be the 
product of some medical or surgical experiment. It is 
quite sure that in many cases it is the product of one’s 
living. 
A number of these cases having come under my ob- 
servation has led me to form a few theories concerning 
its cause and cure, that might be very beneficial in the 
treatment of those cases which have been considered 
hopeless. 
That which has been the most noted cause for this 
trouble is that of the prostate gland. The treatment 
consists of the right finger, well lubricated, inserted into 
the rectum until you reach the gland which is only a short 
distance in, and the left hand held at the small of the back. 
Continue this treatment for about a half hour or more 
each day. 
If there should be extreme pains in the back it may be 
well to reverse the treatment, using the left hand within 
and the right on the abdomen or back. 326 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
I do not claim a universal cure for locomotor ataxia, 
but this treatment given one-half an hour daily for several 
weeks has brought some excellent results and in some 
cases a complete cure. Great care must be used in such 
a treatment as you are liable to produce injury to the 
rectum. The insertion must be made gently and grad- 
ually. 
The diet should consist wholly of one that is meat- 
less and all other acid-forming foods should be omitted, 
including tea, coffee, salt and spices. During the treat- 
ment of this disease the patient should lead a life of sexual 
abstinence. (See chapter on Prostate Gland.) 327 
CHAPTER LXXII. 
CATARRH 
Catarrh is made the scapegoat for many troubles. If 
there is a discharge of mucus it is usually passed over 
lightly and declared to be only a touch of catarrh. As 
long as catarrh is treated lightly, and as a distinct disease, 
its possessor will never be free from it. 
Catarrh is only an effort of the system to rid itself of 
certain poisons by carrying them to these glands and en- 
deavoring to eliminate them in this way. This, in time, 
may affect the glands through which this poison is being 
eliminated until a serious condition exists. The only suc- 
cess which I have ever had in handling this trouble has 
been one based on the treatment of the system. A general 
treatment of the entire body with special attention given 
to the part affected should be given. If it should be in 
the nose, then treat at the base of the brain and spine with 
a massage around the base to the ears, with a strict adher- 
ence to a non-acid-forming diet. 
The diet should be very limited, consisting of only 
such foods as will really feed the body and furnish no sur- 
plus. The kidneys and liver should be treated with mag- 
netism and be kept open with coarse foods. The pores 
should be kept open with daily baths. The elimination of 
all salt and other condiments in all cases is advisable. 
Usually one food is more injurious to the patient than 
another. By experimenting, the diet question can be 328 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
easily determined. As a rule, the animal foods, including 
eggs and milk and butter, are the foods that produce this 
catarrhal condition. Sugars and syrups are also among 
the main catarrh-producing foods. Eliminate all such foods 
and substitute a diet of raw vegetables, nuts, whole wheat 
products and fruits which should be used exclusively. 
It is almost impossible to give the exact diet for every 
case of catarrh, because of the different conditions of each 
system, but if you will follow these ideas you can soon 
learn the diet that will reduce the discharge, and when you 
once find that, persistency will win you complete freedom 
from this dreaded malady. 329 
CHAPTER LXXIII. 
WATER DRINKING 
The question which is often asked is, “How much 
water shall I drink?” This is just as difficult to answer as 
to how much food shall be eaten. Many books upon this 
subject give the exact amount that each person should 
consume, and there are many people suffering from kid- 
ney trouble that have depended on these instructions in 
drinking. The amount of water cannot be determined for 
each person. An oversupply of liquid will overwork the 
kidneys just as a supply of too much food will overwork 
the liver. 
When you once learn how to eat and drink accurately 
you have learned one of the greatest secrets of living, but 
for any man to attempt to tell another person how much 
to eat or drink is to attempt the impossible. Conditions 
of the system differ. The kind of food consumed is en- 
tirely different. A man who lives upon a starchy diet 
requires much more liquid than he who lives on a liquid 
diet. One consuming large quantities of salt in his food 
will drink more than one who does not use salt. 
When following the line of diet that we have given in 
all this work, the elimination of the starch, sugar, and salt, 
one will find the desire for water decreasing when he has 
lived on raw vegetables and an abundance of fruit. A 
diet consisting of fruits, vegetables and combination salads 
will supply the larger part of liquid needed in the system. 
A very few glasses of water daily, with the right diet, will 
be sufficient. The fact of a large desire for water would 330 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
imply the wrong kind of eating or some serious physical 
condition, such as fever or an abscessed liver or gall 
bladder. Do not use boiled water. It should be pure, but 
boiling destroys its vital parts, and this should not be 
practiced. 
BATHING 
The one question asked by all patients is, “How often 
should I bathe, or will cold baths be beneficial?” This, 
like the question of drinking water, should be governed 
by the persons and their condition. I have found many 
persons who were greatly helped by the eliminating of 
many of their baths. Some people bathe every day and 
complain about being extremely weak. If such is the con- 
dition of the patient, eliminate all baths with the exception 
once a week. I have found this aided materially in the 
recovery of many patients. 
The question as to cold baths should be left to the 
individual. If cold baths are too shocking and the body 
does not glow with improved circulation but, instead, re- 
mains cold and weak, then they are harmful. A great 
many people find weakness following morning bathing. 
In such cases all baths should be taken at night. This same 
principle is true in babies. Many a baby is sickly and 
delicate because of too frequent bathing. The baby is 
given a bath every morning, with the idea that the child is 
not clean unless it has its daily bath. This in many cases 
produces extreme weakness in babies, and when the fre- 
quent bathing is reduced to once or twice a week the baby 
will quickly recover. 
The question of bath must be decided by the patient. CLEAN FEET FOR HEALTH 
331 
If overweight, daily bathing is extremely beneficial. If 
underweight, then I would reduce them to once a week. 
FOOT BATHING 
Possibly there is no habit that should be indulged in 
to a larger extent, and with more benefit, than foot 
bathing. 
When one realizes the work of the pores of the feet 
he can readily understand the necessity of frequent foot 
bathing. The feet are nothing more nor less than the 
scavengers of the system. This is easily seen by the 
quantity of material collecting on the feet, especially dur- 
ing sickness. 
It is said that this is the reason of the healthful condi- 
tion of the feet of the Orientals as they soak and wash 
their feet daily. 
The system throws the impurities from every part of 
the body into the feet. It is an effort of the system to rid 
itself of its poison by placing it in the extremities where 
it can do as little harm as possible to the machinery of 
the body. The sweating of the feet is of great annoyance 
to many. It is an effort of the system to rid itself of im- 
purities and should be a warning as much as is pain. 
We usually look with disgust upon the one with feet 
that continually have a bad odor, but it is not the feet, it 
is not that the person is unclean, but it only shows that 
the condition of the system is not what it should be. It 
shows that the eliminative organs are not able to handle 
the waste of the system and nature deposits it in the feet, 
far away from the vital organs, to prevent serious con- 
ditions. 332 
CHAPTER LXXIV. 
NIGHT SWEATS 
Night sweats indicate the same conditions of the 
system as sweating feet, and nothing should be done to 
stop them. It is only an effort of nature to aid the elim- 
inative organs in its work of cleansing the system. When 
the body is asleep nature opens the pores and attempts 
to rid the system of the waste material which cannot be 
eliminated through the natural channels. 
This all indicates a serious condition, caused by weak- 
ness of the kidneys or a great mistake in the diet. 
The general treatment to be given for this should be 
the stimulating of the entire spine and kidneys and a cor- 
rection of the diet, aided by sweats, and if necessary, any- 
thing else that will aid the eliminative organs in their 
work of throwing off the poisons. 
COLD SWEATS 
If the patient is bothered with cold sweats it is due 
oftentimes to extreme weakness and low vitality and calls 
for attention to be given the heart. 
In such cases massage the spine between the shoul- 
ders. Also give special attention to the base of the brain 
and the neck, thereby stimulating the heart. Sometimes 
it may be found necessary to stimulate the heart with a 
cup of tea or coffee, or anything to tide it over the crisis. CLEAN THE SYSTEM 
333 
Never hesitate to use any remedy to tide your patient 
over a crisis. 
The patient should be watched carefully after a long 
period of sickness, as that is the time its vitality is lowest 
and the greatest danger exists. 
The use of an electric blanket to stimulate is of great 
value in all such cases and at such times. 
SWEATING FEET 
It is positively wrong to use powders and washes that 
will prevent the feet from sweating. In doing so you are 
working directly against nature in her endeavor to rid 
herself of the body’s poisons. It may become very un- 
pleasant to the possessor of the feet, nevertheless, it is 
nature’s way of correcting certain conditions, and we fail 
to appreciate her efforts, and resort to powders and 
washes to close up the pores, instead of assisting the sys- 
tem in other ways to get rid of these waste materials. 
The only treatment to be given for these unpleasant 
conditions is to clean up the system. It is not an uncom- 
mon experience to find a severe attack of rheumatism and 
other ailments following when you have succeeded in 
stopping the feet from perspiring by the use of various 
drugs. 334 
CHAPTER LXXV. 
CROSS-EYES 
The treating of cross-eyes brings us in contact with 
a class of patients who suffer no pain. Therefore they 
oftentimes will not give you the time required to success- 
fully treat such cases. When one is not suffering he is 
not willing to spend the time to remove ailments that do 
not cause him inconvenience and suffering. I have been 
called upon to treat but few cases of cross-eyes. These, 
however, have responded quickly and permanently. 
Mrs. , eighty years of age, was badly afflicted 
for forty years with a condition of the left eye which 
turned it almost entirely underneath the nose, 
shutting off all sight. This condition was accompanied 
by other ailments, such as violent headaches, biliousness 
and a general weakened condition of the system. 
There are only two causes which can produce such 
conditions. The muscles on the side toward which the 
eye is drawn may contract and draw the eye around, or 
the muscles on the other side of the eye may become 
relaxed or weakened, and let the eye turn away from it. 
If there is any way to determine which, treat that muscle. 
This is very difficult to determine in many cases. You 
will make no mistake by treating the eye with magne- 
tism, by applying the tips of two or three of your fingers 
of the right hand, in the corner towards which the eye is CHILD’S EYE STRAIGHTENED 
335 
drawn. Continue this for ten, fifteen or more minutes, 
with the left hand on the back of the head, after which 
the same treatment can be given to the opposite side of 
the eye. In either case by this treatment the blood is 
drawn into the eye, and it would relax the muscles that 
might be contracted, or would strengthen the muscles 
that might be weakened. It is also well to massage thor- 
oughly the base of the brain. In the above-mentioned 
case the lady suffered with severe bilious headaches for 
forty years. It was strange to note that her eye began to 
turn at the time her bilious headaches began, and as her 
headaches increased in severity her eye continued to 
grow worse. In this case we treated as aforementioned, 
adding a treatment to the liver for biliousness. The re- 
sults were nothing less than astounding, and in about 
two weeks’ time her eye began to improve as her bilious- 
ness and headaches disappeared. So complete was the 
recovery that she brought her sewing to the office and 
threaded her needle and sewed without the aid of glasses, 
which she had not done for a period of forty years. 
Mrs. brought to the office her three-year-old 
child, with the left eye badly turned toward the nose. At 
the same time she brought a typewritten report from a 
specialist whom she had visited previously. This report 
stated that the eye had turned because of paralysis of the 
outer muscles. A complete diagnosis of the child’s whole 
body was given and the report concluded by saying that 
there was no hope for the child. This case was treated 
with the fingers of the right hand, made very hot by fric- 336 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
tion, and placing on the muscle said to be paralyzed, 
holding the left hand at the back of the head. This soon 
brought results, and after three weeks’ treatment the 
child’s eye was entirely straight and she was much im- 
proved in general health. I am sure that this principle 
applied to cross-eyes will relieve a great many cases. 
There are other kinds of cross-eyes that I have never 
been called upon to treat, but I would treat with the idea 
of drawing the blood into the muscle that is affected, to 
strengthen the eye. If there should be any one condition 
wrong with the body I would seek to correct that, because 
of its possible influence over the eye. 
It is always well to look after the general health of 
the patient. 337 
CHAPTER LXXVI. 
STAMMERING 
Treatment of stammering is very difficult. The cause 
may be so concealed that it is almost impossible to give 
an intelligent treatment. This, like all other diseases, 
should be traced to the cause. The element of mind 
enters into the cause of stammering to such an extent 
that suggestion is supposed to be almost a universal cure. 
Auto-suggestion plays a very important part in the 
cause of the trouble. The patient is so conscious of the 
impediment in his speech that it often aggravates the 
condition and makes it much worse. Many books writ- 
ten by prominent medical men report great success in 
treating stammering by suggestion. My own experi- 
ence has not been very extensive in this line. 
Mrs. brought her two-year-old baby for con- 
sultation. The baby was very nervous and stammered 
badly. I advised the mother concerning the diet to be 
given the child to remove the nervousness. This diet 
consisted of nothing less than the removal of all acid- 
forming foods, and substituting body-building foods. I 
then taught her the simple art of treating her child by 
suggestion, when asleep, also how to give a general treat- 
ment with magnetism. About three or four months 
later she reported that her child was entirely well and all 
symptoms of stammering had entirely disappeared. (See 
book on Subconscious Mind and How to Apply It.) 338 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Miss , eighteen years of age, applied for treat- 
ments for headaches and bad eyes. Apparently the girl 
was well, with the exception of her eye trouble and head- 
aches. She was not able to see well enough to attend 
school and to do her domestic science work over half the 
time, even with the aid of glasses. This case was very 
peculiar in more than one way. Every way I tried to hold 
my hands on the eyes caused a severe pain. When I used 
my left hand on top of the spot and the right thumb and 
big finger at the base of the nose, pushing well up under- 
neath the eyebrows, the pain began to lessen, and after 
nine treatments all symptoms of her headaches had dis- 
appeared. She was able to do all of her domestic science 
work without even her glasses, and, to my astonishment, 
when these disappeared her stammering left also, show- 
ing that the inflammation of that part of the nerve centers 
had spread back through the head and affected the speech 
center, which lies only a short distance back of the left 
eye. If there should be any evidence of eye trouble in 
any stammering case you might apply your treatment to 
the eyes with an idea of curing that. If this is accom- 
plished it might cure the stammering. 339 
CHAPTER LXXVII. 
NOSE-BLEEDING 
Nose-bleeding might become very serious, but as a 
rule it is a great blessing. It does not signify that the 
patient is liable to die from loss of blood, but instead sig- 
nifies a head filled with blood which cannot escape, and to 
release it is almost a sure preventive of paralysis, espe- 
cially in old people. The fact of one being subject to 
nose-bleeding is only an evidence of the wisdom of nature 
in relieving the brain of that pressure. All chronic nose- 
bleeders suffer more or less with a fullness in the head, 
and are conscious of too much blood. Many tell you that 
they feel so much better after an attack of nose-bleeding. 
The reason for this is that something has prevented a 
return of the blood from the head. Nature opens a blood 
vessel in the nose and lets it escape. Nose-bleeding 
should be looked upon as a blessing, and not a calamity, 
for while the patient is losing the blood in this way he is 
not subject to a stroke of paralysis. 
TREATMENT 
There is but one treatment to be given, and that is, 
massage well the base of the brain, removing every trace 
of congestion. This massage must be continued from 
day to day and become deeper each time until there is 
absolutely no congestion around the base of the skull. 
This massage must be given until the deepest muscles 340 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
are relaxed. The left hand should be held on the top of 
the head and the right in the back of the neck, from fifteen 
to twenty minutes at a time. Then use the left at the 
back of the neck and the right at the back opposite the 
liver. Then place the right over the liver and the left 
in the small of the back. 
This treatment should be given daily for a number of 
days, until all contractions and congestions are removed 
from the base of the brain. All stimulating foods must 
be removed, as well as all acid-forming foods. Massage 
the whole spine well, making strokes and passes from the 
top of the head down over the spine to the end of the 
toes. Turn the patient on his back and make passes up 
over the top of the head, down the back of the neck, 
around in front of the shoulders, down over the body and 
to the ends of the toes. 
I have never known this to fail to cure a chronic 
case of nose-bleed. If it should not cure it, it is due to 
the fact that you have not removed the deeper congestion 
found at the base of the brain. In doing this deeper 
massage work it requires more or less skill and strength 
of the fingers to give these treatments perfectly and 
requires time to develop the fingers and the art of mas- 
saging. Persistency will cure all of these cases. It is 
well to add that in this disease, as in all others, the liver 
again is often the one cause of too much blood in the 
head, and if it should be very sore and enlarged, it should 
be given a full treatment, the same as in any other case. 341 
CHAPTER LXXVIII. 
CONTAGIOUS DISEASES 
One should be very careful in the treatment of con- 
tagious diseases. The laws are very strict concerning 
these cases and you have the question of obeying the 
health departments to consider. It is better to report such 
cases to the health department for treatment by a 
licensed physician. It is better to refrain from treating 
such cases, because people will be afraid of you, and 
therefore your practice will be injured. But in case you 
are forced to treat such cases a few rules are very essen- 
tial. Diphtheria and scarlet fever are throat diseases, 
and should be given the same treatment as tonsilitis. 
Treat the whole throat, instead of the tonsils. Treatment 
of the kidneys and liver, with the right hand in front and 
the left in back, is very essential. All foods should be 
removed and the care should be the same as for other 
fevers before described. It will be well to treat the throat 
at least twice a day, or oftener if case is severe. A mas- 
sage at the base of the brain and a treatment of the throat 
with magnetism, also making passes over the head and 
throat, will bring relief and quickly terminate the trouble. 
Treatments should be continued for a number of days 
after the acute conditions have disappeared. The after- 
effects of the disease are oftentimes very serious. Trou- 
bles, such as dropsy, weak kidneys, or settling in the eyes 
and ears and many other organs, sometimes cause life 342 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
complaints from these contagious diseases. This can all 
be avoided if you will treat the liver and kidneys well. 
A few sweats in an electric blanket will aid greatly in 
these cases if the child is old enough to take them. 
MEASLES 
The same principles are true as in other contagious 
diseases. 
Give a thorough treatment to the spine and base of 
the brain and the liver and kidneys, by both massage and 
magnetism. If there is any tendency to pneumonia treat 
as described in chapter on Pneumonia. Treat to draw 
the inflammation and fever away from the eyes with 
passes over the eyes and over the top of the head by hold- 
ing the left hand in front of the chest and using the right 
hand up and down the whole spine, making it very hot by 
rapid rubbing. This will prevent inflammation settling in 
the eyes, which in some cases causes blindness. Keep 
the patient in a dark, but warm, room. If these treat- 
ments are followed closely measles will amount to noth- 
ing and the patient will soon recover. As with all other 
contagious diseases, caution must be used. The diet 
should be the same as in all cases of fever. Plenty of 
liquids, such as hot lemonade, should be given to help 
bring out the measles. A good sweat is of great value, 
but should not be too long nor too hard. 
One of the most important things to remember is the 
care of the patients as they are convalescing. This will 
prevent all serious after-effects, which usuallv do more 
harm than the measles. QUICK RELIEF GIVEN 
343 
MUMPS 
Mumps, like many other contagious diseases, are 
supposed to run their course. 
My experience in mumps has been very limited, but 
yet very successful. I have never treated a case in which 
results were not almost instantaneous. 
A treatment of thirty minutes with the heated right 
hand on the swollen gland and the left on the opposite 
side will bring relief. After a while try reversing, with 
the left hand on the swollen gland. Continue this treat- 
ment for a half-hour and then follow with a number of 
passes over the inflamed gland and down over the body. 
This has always resulted in instant relief in all cases. 
Rev. came to the office for treatment of a 
case of mumps on Friday. He was treated as above de- 
scribed, and on Saturday there was scarcely any trace 
left. Another treatment removed all of the remaining 
signs of the disease, and on Sunday he was able to fill 
his pulpit. 
I have given this treatment with perfect success in 
every case. If you will follow the above advice very 
closely I am sure there is no occasion for any child or 
other person to remain home for weeks and endanger its 
life with a simple case of mumps. 
In many cases it might be well to give a general 
treatment after the disappearance of the mumps. The 
treatment consists of a massage at the base of the brain 
and spine, also the liver and kidneys, with magnetism. 344 
CHAPTER LXXIX. 
COUGHS 
In the treatment of coughs you must always consider 
the possibility of a reflex condition. There is no diffi- 
culty in distinguishing an acute cough arising from catch- 
ing a cold in your throat and that of a chronic nature. The 
acute coughs are easily treated. The treatment usually 
given for coughs is massaging well the base of the brain 
and around the base of the ear, underneath the base of the 
jaw and finishing with a general massage of the spine. 
These places will usually be found very sore, which usually 
means the cause of the cough. They should be well 
treated daily until entirely rid of all soreness and conges- 
tion. Massage the top of the shoulders and the spine 
between the shoulders wherever you find congestion. 
If there is much soreness in the chest use the left hand 
over the part that is sore and the right in the back. Con- 
tinue this magnetic treatment from fifteen to twenty 
minutes. At the conclusion of the treatment make a 
number of passes down over the head and throat, or 
wherever the cough is located. 
Many coughs may arise purely from an inflamed con- 
dition of the tonsils. If so, see chapter on Tonsils. 
CHRONIC COUGHS 
My experience has been that practically all chronic 
coughs have been of a reflex nature. The cause of these 
coughs is usually found in the liver, stomach or female SYMPTOMS RESEMBLE TUBERCULOSIS 
345 
organs. It is always well to treat these organs, as described 
in other chapters. Many cases supposed to be tuberculosis, 
accompanied with a cough for several years, have per- 
manently improved when the soreness has been removed 
from the liver. The same is true of similar troubles. 
Any irritation of the generative organs may produce a 
continual cough. Many come to the belief that they have 
tuberculosis and are fearful of becoming its victims. 
When the irritation of these organs has removed the 
cough quickly subsided. A reflex cough, caused by the 
liver, stomach or any other organ, may continue long 
enough to create a condition in the lungs that will often- 
times produce a secretion having every appearance of a 
tubercular cough. 
Mrs. came to me for treatment for tuber- 
culosis. She had coughed long and hard. There seemed 
to be no help for her. Ten days’ treatment removed the 
soreness from an inflamed side, from which an ovary had 
been removed, and the cough quickly disappeared. The 
treatment given was the same as in any other case of 
inflammation. 
The diet for such patients should be governed accord- 
ing to the nature of the cough. If it is known to be due 
to colds and is purely acute, then remove foods with the 
exception of fruit juices. If it is found to be due to the 
chronic condition of the liver, then give foods according 
to directions as given in chapter on these troubles. 346 
CHAPTER LXXX. 
TONSILITIS 
The treatment for tonsilitis is usually one of an opera- 
tion. Practically no treatment is offered to the sufferer 
of tonsilitis other than the removal of the tonsils. Many 
accept this as the only cure for enlarged, diseased and 
inflamed tonsils. It is the teaching of the whole medical 
profession. It is the teaching of our nurses, of articles 
on health, and daily newspapers and magazines. It is 
the teaching of the school nurse, who is placed in the 
schools by the medical system. Children are sent home 
daily with a note stating that the tonsils must be removed. 
The question naturally arises, “Why should we 
remove an organ just because it becomes inflamed?” We 
do not think of removing a finger or a hand or a foot for 
the same reason. Why remove the tonsils? This is like 
the treatment of all other diseases. They only seek to 
cut off the effect. In your treatment of your children’s 
tonsils, why not seek to locate and remove the cause, 
instead of treating the effect? The cause is not to be 
found within the tonsils. It is to be found in the system, 
in the circulation of the blood through that tonsil. 
When we realize that an inflammation is due to im- 
purities in the system settling in some weak place, setting 
up this inflammation and causing our trouble, then we 
have discovered the foundation of multitudes of diseases. PREVENTS FUTURE ATTACKS 
347 
The following treatment for tonsilitis brought relief 
in a very short time in all cases. Remove all acid-forming 
foods, which form the diet of nearly all people suffering 
from rheumatism, tonsilitis and similar diseases. In 
this, as in all other troubles, if it be severe, remove all 
foods, with the exception of fruit juices. If there should 
be no fever, remove only the acid-forming foods, but con- 
tinue to give them fresh fruits and vegetables cooked, 
but not drained. 
Massage the base of the brain well, also beneath the 
base of the ear. Treat these places well. They will be- 
come exceedingly sore, but the following treatment 
should be given lightly and gently, increasing in vigor as 
the patient can stand it. Place the left big finger on the 
right tonsil and the left thumb on the left tonsil, massag- 
ing them gently, holding the right hand on the back of 
the neck. Continue this for about twenty to thirty min- 
utes after the massage at the base of the neck. 
This treatment should be given daily except in acute 
cases, then twice daily. A continuation of this treatment 
for some time after the subsiding of the fever and the 
congestion will strengthen the tonsils, and in a majority 
of cases, reduce them to normal size, and forever cure 
chronic tonsilitis. The one astonishing thing in the treat- 
ing of cases of tonsilitis has been their freedom from 
future attack when they have been treated and reduced 
to normal size. Tonsils have been considered incurable 
without an operation, but the above described treatment 
will reduce them to normal, with no return of acute 348 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
attacks, if you will only give the treatment time to take 
effect. In this, as in all other cases of acute diseases, the 
bowels should be kept open, the diet should be guarded 
and the liver treated. All eliminative organs should be 
assisted in their efforts to eliminate the poison scattered 
from the tonsils. Such treatment will save many a 
mother anxious hours of watching and many dollars in 
operations. 349 
CHAPTER LXXXI. 
TREATMENTS PRODUCE SWEATING 
Another interesting thing in the use of magnetism 
is that of sweating. Some patients will perspire fre- 
quently the first treatment you give them, and continue 
to perspire but gradually less, and finally remain abso- 
lutely dry while taking the treatment. Others will have 
no tendency to perspire at first but the longer you con- 
tinue treatments the more moist they will become, until 
they perspire very frequently during every treatment 
given. 
These are interesting symptoms to note in connection 
with magnetic treatments. I do not know how to explain 
it; I offer no explanation, but these are peculiar results 
that have accompanied treatments in multitudes of cases. 
Because one does or does not perspire it does not 
imply that he is getting more or less good from the treat- 
ment. 
Another thing very noticeable as the result of mag- 
netic treatments had been the fact that many people have 
never been able to perspire during hot weather or work- 
ing where it is hot, but perspire freely at the least exer- 
tion after taking treatments. This seems to have some 
action on the pores that causes them to open, greatly 
aiding elimination by those parts that have so long 
been inactive. 350 
CHAPTER LXXXII. 
BOILS AND CARBUNCLES 
The treatment of boils is very simple. If the boil is 
just beginning apply the left hand over it and the right 
opposite with the idea of scattering it. The treatment 
should be given once or twice a day, but if it should be 
of several days’ growth, then use the right hand, with an 
idea of drawing it to a head. This should always be done, 
rather than attempt to scatter, unless it is only starting 
or is on someone who is very delicate or on a tiny child 
that could not endure the pain caused by drawing it to 
a head. Sometimes it is well in such cases to treat first 
with the left hand to scatter it for a short time and then 
change and use the right for the balance of the treatment. 
This in many cases will draw it to a head without any 
pain. As a rule it only takes a few treatments to draw 
any boil or carbuncle to a head. 
The presence of boils and carbuncles indicates a bad 
condition of the blood. Boils indicate the consumption 
of too much animal foods, usually pork, also sugar and 
starchy foods. These should all be eliminated and the 
patient placed on a strictly vegetable and fruit diet, and 
as much raw salads as possible. 
Carbuncles oftentimes indicate bad conditions of the 
kidneys, which should be treated well after having treated 
the carbuncles. It is always advisable in all eruptions 
of the skin to treat the liver and kidneys thoroughly. 351 
CHAPTER LXXXIII. 
ANAEMIA 
Possibly nothing has hindered the medical science in 
its work more than its failure to overcome anaemia. 
What destroys the red corpuscles of the blood? What 
can be done to replace them? These are questions that 
have not as yet been solved by the medical world. The 
giving of iron in large quantities has not only been a 
failure, but has destroyed many teeth. Now that has 
been abandoned and iron is given hypodermically, but 
still the blood does not return. Iron is the element of 
which blood is made. Why does not the giving of iron in 
large quantities produce the desired result? Here again 
we are forced to see that the system cannot take elements 
from the mineral world and make them suit our needs. 
It must come up through the vegetable kingdom to be 
assimilated by the system. 
When iron is given in large quantities through the veg- 
etable kingdom it is not a failure in producing blood. We 
must look to nature’s method of aiding and we will never 
be disappointed. The reason fo an anaemic condition is 
usually to be found in one or two things. The patient has 
not consumed any food that gives iron, but instead has 
been given acid-forming foods that destroyed the blood. 
This condition has so clogged the liver that it has added its 
part in destroying the blood corpuscles. In all of these 352 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
cases the liver and spleen must be well treated with the 
right hand, and the left hand in the back. The diet should 
consist of green and raw vegetables and a special prepara- 
tion of waters from potato peelings which have been 
boiled, drinking a small glass of it once a day. (See Book 
on Scientific Cooking.) When this prescription is care- 
fully followed and the treatment given there are very few 
cases that will not respond. 353 
CHAPTER LXXXIV. 
PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS 
Number One 
“SELLING HEALTH” 
Never leave the impression that you are selling health, 
neither are you selling your time to your patients. In 
your treatment you are only making an effort to aid them 
to harmonize with the laws of nature. Teach your pa- 
tients that health is not in you but wholly in themselves. 
So many will want you to guarantee a cure. This you 
cannot do. You have them for thirty minutes and they 
have themselves for twenty-three and a half hours during 
the day. They may break all laws that govern their body 
and make it an utter impossibility for you to do the best 
for them. 
Teach your patient that health is within himself, and 
you are only helping him to get his system to function 
properly and harmoniously. The inability to guarantee 
a cure is based upon the fact that you do not know any- 
thing about the conditions that exist in his system, and 
possibly they are many times worse than he knows. His 
vitality may be very low compared with some other pa- 
tient, and because you cure another patient of the same 
disease you have no assurance that you can cure him of 
the same ailment. The cause may be vastly different that 354 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
has produced his condition, and your mission in treating 
him is only to aid him in his efforts to regain his health. 
Any man who guarantees a cure is either dishonest or 
ignorant. 
Number Two 
TIME OF TREATMENT 
Time is another very important element in treating. 
They expect you to do the miraculous. You may expect 
it yourself for you may have gotten some wonderful 
results in many cases and cannot understand why you did 
not get it with the others. There is only one explanation, 
conditions are entirely different. These cases that are 
apparently hard and difficult respond just as completely 
if you will give your treatments time. Where one person 
can be treated in a week another may take a month or 
longer. Do not hold out the miraculous side of your work. 
Give your treatment and then give it time to take effect. 
Do your work thoroughly and then be patient. Nature 
will do her part. Some of the biggest surprises I have 
ever had are those cases where I thought I had completely 
failed, only to find the patient completely recovered 
after a short time, stating that they began to get better a 
short time after the treatment and continued so until com- 
plete recovery was effected. OPTIMISM ALWAYS HELPS 
355 
Number Three 
TEACH CAUSE 
One thing you owe to your patient and that is to 
teach him why he is sick. Unless you do this you cannot 
give an intelligent treatment. You cannot get coopera- 
tion. This is made plain in the treatment of people who 
cannot talk your language. Let them become intelligent 
and when you have taught them the cause and have 
aided them to overcome it you have taught them to 
remain well. 
Number Four 
DESTROYING HOPE 
Destroy hope and you have made it almost impos- 
sible to handle the great majority of cases. Whatever you 
may do before your patient, never destroy his hope of 
ultimate recovery. Never be guilty of crushing a hope 
in anyone who aspires to better things. It might not be 
along your idea but if it will bring him or help him to 
a state of health you must not destroy it. You may 
believe he is wrong—and he may be wrong—but if you 
destroy his hope you may not be able to give him another 
hope to take its place. It is a serious thing to destroy 
one’s faith. 356 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Number Five 
WATCHING YOU TREAT 
One of the most embarrassing things is to treat in the 
presence of other people. There are some times when 
it is impossible to object. As a rule I would never treat a 
patient in the presence of anyone unless it be an intimate 
friend or relative who is in absolute sympathy with you, 
and then I would never give the treatments as described 
under Female Trouble, unless it was by the request of 
the patient. 
The very fact of a skeptic sitting and watching your 
treatment is embarrassing to both you and your patient. 
It affords that skeptic material to ridicule and destroy the 
hope that the patient has in you and your method. 
Advise your patients against talking much with dis- 
believers and skeptics concerning your method. It pro- 
tects your patient against those who would rather see you 
fail in the case than see you succeed and give credit to a 
new system. The presence of someone while treating may 
prevent your patient from relaxing and from telling you 
or confiding to you many things that are very essential 
about their case. 
Number Six 
PATIENT’S CONFIDENCE 
Never betray the confidence of a patient. Make the 
patient feel that he can confide his heart’s innermost CREATE CONFIDENTIAL RELATION 
357 
secrets. Build up this feeling between yourself and the 
patient. It is possible that one of the greatest ailments of 
many patients is the longing for someone to whom they 
can unburden their heart, or to find someone that can help 
them to bear their burden or to give them timely advice. 
Respect their confidence. 
Number Seven 
WHY DISEASE RETURNS 
One of the conditions you will meet in your practice 
is the fact that the patients’ ailments are constantly return- 
ing. The fact that it does return shows two things: One, 
that the doctors did not know the cause and therefore 
could not remove it; the other, that they did know it but 
could not remove it. Teach your patient that there is no 
hope of permanently removing the cause and effecting a 
cure unless they will obey certain principles. This is im- 
perative if disease is not to return. 
Number Eight 
PATIENTS DICTATING TREATMENT 
One of the most trying experiences you will have in 
some cases is that some patients insist upon dic- 
tating the character of their treatments and how often 
they are to be given, and expect to get well. As a rule 
these patients cannot be instructed concerning the cause 358 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
of their ailments. They know all about it because some 
“specialist” has told them what was wrong. In all such 
cases use your judgment as to the procedure. To refuse 
to treat as they insist may create a mental condition that 
will prevent you from doing much good. Employ a little 
tact, making them believe they are getting their way 
and yet you are giving your own treatment, will help to 
keep the good will and feelings of your patient. Be tact- 
ful, remember your patient is sick. 
Number Nine 
TREATMENT OF PATIENT 
Nothing has come to me with greater force than the 
“treatment of the patient.” Numerous patients have ex- 
pressed their bitterness towards doctors who failed to con- 
sider their feelings. If there is any one thing that marks 
a successful healer, it is being always gentle and treating 
the body with care and respect. Making physical exam- 
inations should be done with the greatest of consideration 
for the patient. It is his body that does the feeling and 
therefore should be considered. Never unduly expose the 
patient’s body. Modesty should be in evidence in all your 
treatments of women. Nothing that a woman dreads so 
much, as acts of an immodest physician who disregards 
her feelings and rights. She is not a machine and should 
not be so treated when she comes to your office. Consider 
her feelings. They are fine and delicate, and should be BE TACTFUL 
359 
respected. If she should be a grosser type you should 
still carry out the same ideas and thereby leave the impres- 
sion that you possess these qualities whether your patient 
does or not. 
Number Ten 
THE EFFECTS OF TREATMENT 
versus 
THE EFFECTS OF DISEASE 
One of the great problems that will meet you in your 
work is to distinguish between the effects of your treat- 
ment and the effects of the disease. It is imperative for 
every healer to eternally watch for symptoms, and note 
the progress of his cases. Many a healer has believed his 
patient has been getting worse and has become discour- 
aged, when in fact the new symptoms were only the prod- 
ucts of his treatments. 
Number Eleven 
EVIDENCE OF PROGRESS 
Many will not admit progress unless every pain is 
gone. What will be evidence to the healer is often not 
accepted as evidence by the patient, but that does not alter 
the fact. If a pain has decreased or shifted, it shows you 360 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
are master of that pain. If the tongue is clearing, if the 
complexion is changing and the expression of the eyes is 
brighter, then these denote a change of the whole system, 
which is more vital than the decrease of certain pains. 
This is made very plain in many cases where there is a 
bloated or dropsical condition. The abdomen may de- 
crease in size, the waistline and limbs become smaller, yet 
the pains and weaknesses may apparently be the same and 
in some cases worse, yet the decreasing in the size of these 
parts shows progress, as these are the things which should 
determine the nature of your treatments rather than the 
gratifying of the feelings or removing of pains. Remem- 
ber that when the system becomes clean it will adjust all 
things. 
Number Twelve 
REFUSE CREDIT 
Another very interesting thing that has been very 
noticeable, has been the failure to receive credit for my 
work in many cases. If the patient takes one single pill 
or applies any liniment or does anything else while taking 
treatments, they will give that the credit for their improve- 
ment instead of the treatment. Therefore it is never wise 
to mix anything of a medicinal nature with your treat- 
ments. Magnetism is sufficient if you will be persistent 
and patient. 
As a rule they have taken all kinds of medicine before PATIENT’S MEMORY BAD 
361 
coming to you. If it has done no good before, why did it 
become so effective as soon as you started treatments? 
One of the most peculiar things about the treatment 
of many patients is their great desire to attribute their 
improvement to something besides your treatment. They 
usually declare they have their good spells, or they will 
give credit to the weather or something they have done 
or have eaten, or some minor event in their lives. If they 
should have taken a single pill and felt better they do not 
hesitate to declare that the pill is the cause of their im- 
provement. It seems almost impossible in the great many 
cases to get them to admit the treatment has done them 
any good if they can find any other reason. 
Mr. was taking treatments for ailments which 
I concluded would be helped by placing his feet in a basin 
of hot water while treating. This produced a free perspira- 
tion of the whole body. I believed it was due to the 
treatment, but the patient declared that he always per- 
spired freely when the feet were in warm water. The 
next day no hot water could be obtained and cool water 
was used. He perspired just the same. This convinced 
him that the perspiring was due to the treatment other- 
wise he would have never given magnetism the credit for 
producing the perspiration. 
Number Thirteen 
FORGETTING CONDITIONS 
One of the most characteristic traits to be found in 
most patients is the fact of their ability to quickly forget 362 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
their ailments after they have been removed. If they had 
fifty ailments and you removed forty-nine they would 
continue to talk about the one condition left and forget the 
forty-nine. It is always a good plan to keep a complete 
list of the ailments that one gives when you first diagnose 
the case. This has a very valuable use in the successful 
treatment of many patients. As each symptom disappears 
it should be checked off the list. By this method the 
patient can be deeply impressed with the progress he has 
made and be forced to rejoice over what has disappeared 
instead of bemoaning over the troubles that still remain. 
Number Fourteen 
ESTABLISH CONFIDENCE 
Make your patient feel your ability to handle his case. 
When the patient comes to your office, or you are called 
to his room, you must use your judgment as to the best 
way to begin your work. The method of treatment is 
new to him and possibly he has no faith in it, and has 
only submitted to it as a last resort, or possibly at the 
earnest request of friends. 
You must first acquaint yourself with the situation. 
The appearance of the room, his condition—whether it 
is dangerous or not—his face and general appearance— 
all this must be seen and considered at a glance. If you 
should misjudge his face, and approach him as you would 
a patient who is very jolly and warm-hearted, and he 
should prove to be of a cold, reserved nature, you are THE NEED OF WISDOM 
363 
likely to make a wrong impression on him. In other 
words, you must cultivate the art of knowing how to 
rightly approach your patient. 
Number Fifteen 
TAKE TIME 
Do not be in a hurry to feel the pulse of the patient, 
or make an examination of any kind, until you have 
questioned him concerning his sickness; as to the length 
of time he has been sick, and how it has affected him, 
and where it affects him at the present time, what has 
been done to relieve the condition, and if you think best, 
what doctor he has had, what the doctor has said about 
the case. Under no circumstances dispute what the doc- 
tor has said. It would add nothing to your standing with 
your patient, but instead is likely to disgust him with 
you at once, for the doctor who has been treating him 
may have been his family physician for years. 
Inquire well into the cause of the illness to find if it 
is mental, or the result of an accident, or the result of 
some other illness, or is hereditary. 
Whatever you do, be sure to show a sympathetic 
interest. Allow the patient to tell you all the little de- 
tails of the case, for he will want to do so, and it will 
relieve his mind to do it. 364 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Number Sixteen 
BE WISE 
If symptoms are bad, do not tell him how bad. Rather 
tell him that he could be a great deal worse; that you 
know he is very sick, but, as a rule his kind of trouble 
responds very easily to treatment; that he must not be- 
come impatient or be in too big a hurry, as your treat- 
ment is Nature’s remedy. Just as soon as Nature has 
had time, she will rebuild the affected parts and remove 
the trouble. 
Number Seventeen 
EVADE SOME QUESTIONS 
If the patient should insist on knowing what is the 
trouble and it is something that it would be best for him 
not to know, you can answer him satisfactorily by telling 
him that there are so many things that cause the same 
symptoms that it is quite hard to tell at first. By this 
you never put yourself in the embarrassing position of 
having them know that you have made a mistake in 
diagnosis and thereby exposing your ignorance. 
Number Eighteen 
KEEP PATIENT CHEERFUL 
Whatever you do, let your face and whole attitude 
be such as to cheer the patient and make him feel that WATCH SYMPTOMS 
365 
he is going to get well. If you have done this in your 
first visit, half, if not more, of the battle is won. Get 
the patient always to look on the bright side of things. 
Show him the evil effects of despondent feelings. 
Number Nineteen 
LOOK FOR MENTAL TROUBLES 
Look for the cause of all nervous diseases, such as 
paralysis, neuralgia, and in fact almost all diseases, in the 
mind. Ascertain the fact as to whether the patient has 
had a period of despondency, worry, grief, anxiety, or 
anything of a mental nature. If this cause still exists, it 
is very difficult, if not impossible, to relieve the trouble 
until the cause is removed. 
Get the patient to magnify his strength instead of 
his weakness. If there is a point of improvement, con- 
tinually magnify that point to him. Get him, when 
speaking to his friends about his condition, to talk of 
being better rather than to continually repeat his old 
troubles. 
Number Twenty 
TEACH YOUR PATIENT 
Disabuse the mind of the patient of the idea that he 
has certain diseases because his parents had them. So 366 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
many people believe they cannot be cured of a disease 
because their father and their grandfather had the same 
trouble and died with it. Therefore they must also die 
with it. 
Number Twenty-One 
FEELINGS DO NOT CURE 
Be careful about telling the patient what sensations 
he will feel while you are treating him, for the treatment 
might not produce those sensations, and then you will 
have lost his confidence. Tell him that some feel certain 
sensations while being treated, while others do not. The 
feeling is not what cures them. As a rule, people feel 
the warmth from your hands, which is only the magnet- 
ism caused by the blood flowing through them. 
Number Twenty-Two 
MAGNIFYING THE DISEASE 
Some people think that their disease is very uncom- 
mon and no one ever had anything like it. After they 
have told their story, make them feel that their malady 
is very common and that you have known of many cases 
like theirs which have been cured. The effect on the 
mind of a patient is surprising. He thinks, of course, if 
those people get well so can he. CONTAGION NOT LIKELY 
367 
Number Twenty-Three 
DO NOT BE AFRAID 
Do not be afraid of taking their diseases. The prob- 
ability of your doing so is very slight indeed. It is al- 
most wholly in your mind. One of the most common 
occurrences will be the meeting of people who insist that 
it is possible for one person to take a non-contagious 
disease from another person and will cite instances 
where this has occurred. We do not doubt that there 
are instances where a person who has been much with an 
afflicted person, has felt pain similar to, or identical 
with, that of the suffering person. But it has been be- 
cause of an over-sympathetic nature. The mind has 
created a similar condition in the body. Indeed, we 
have personally known of such cases. 
Number Twenty-Four 
ADVISE DEEP BREATHING 
Give advice to your patient concerning deep breath- 
ing, exercises, drinking an abundance of fresh water, 
and having plenty of fresh air in the bedroom. 
Number Twenty-Five 
ADVERSE SUGGESTIONS HARMFUL 
I seldom if ever treat in the presence of any one 
except those who are nursing or members of the family, 
and in some cases even these should not be admitted. 368 
PERSONAL MAGNETISM 
Illustration:—I had one case which I was able to 
handle and quiet the child in every treatment. But the 
person who nursed the child through the night was much 
opposed to my work. This time to which I refer he was 
present during the treatment, and stood behind me, look- 
ing over my shoulder at the child. The child was rest- 
less and fretful and I could not quiet her in any manner. 
There was the impression made from some source upon 
my mind that if that nurse would leave the room condi- 
tions would be altered. I continued my efforts to quiet 
the child, but to no avail. I finally asked him to leave, 
which he did, and within five minutes the child was fast 
asleep. Never treat in the presence of anyone who is 
opposed to your method of work. 
Watch the environment. You cannot control those 
who visit a patient in your absence, but if they should 
be adverse to your method of treatment and would make 
adverse suggestions as to your power to handle the case, 
it may have a bad influence. But if you have perfect 
control of your patient you can turn their evil sugges- 
tions into good. If there has been any improvement in 
the patient tell him that when they say these things for 
him to constantly affirm that he is better and better, and 
constant affirmation will have the desired effect upon his 
sub-conscious mind, and therefore influence their evil 
suggestions for his improvement. 
All treatments should be given on the nude body 
when possible.